WO2024113551A1 - Earphone - Google Patents

Earphone Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024113551A1
WO2024113551A1 PCT/CN2023/083722 CN2023083722W WO2024113551A1 WO 2024113551 A1 WO2024113551 A1 WO 2024113551A1 CN 2023083722 W CN2023083722 W CN 2023083722W WO 2024113551 A1 WO2024113551 A1 WO 2024113551A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ear
hook
movement module
line segment
reference line
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/083722
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
严泽腾
郑泽英
徐江
Original Assignee
深圳市韶音科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 filed Critical 深圳市韶音科技有限公司
Publication of WO2024113551A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024113551A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04RLOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R1/00Details of transducers, loudspeakers or microphones
    • H04R1/10Earpieces; Attachments therefor ; Earphones; Monophonic headphones
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04RLOUDSPEAKERS, MICROPHONES, GRAMOPHONE PICK-UPS OR LIKE ACOUSTIC ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCERS; DEAF-AID SETS; PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS
    • H04R25/00Deaf-aid sets, i.e. electro-acoustic or electro-mechanical hearing aids; Electric tinnitus maskers providing an auditory perception
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02EREDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E60/00Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
    • Y02E60/10Energy storage using batteries

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of electronic equipment, and in particular to a headset.
  • Electronic devices have become an indispensable social and entertainment tool in people's daily lives, and people's requirements for electronic devices are getting higher and higher.
  • Electronic devices such as headphones and smart glasses have also been widely used in people's daily lives. They can be used in conjunction with terminal devices such as mobile phones and computers to provide users with an auditory feast.
  • terminal devices such as mobile phones and computers to provide users with an auditory feast.
  • the present application provides an earphone, the earphone comprises a movement module and a hook-shaped structure connected to the movement module, the movement module is located at the front side of the ear in a worn state, and the free end of the movement module not connected to the hook-shaped structure extends into the concha cavity of the ear in a worn state, at least part of the hook-shaped structure is located at the back side of the ear in a worn state, the movement module has a thickness direction, a length direction and a width direction orthogonal to each other, the thickness direction is defined as the direction in which the movement module approaches or moves away from the ear in a worn state, the length of the movement module is greater than the width of the movement module, and the length of the movement module is between 22 mm and 3 mm.
  • the hook-shaped structure has a transition portion connected to the movement module, the transition portion is located on the front side of the ear in the worn state, and the area of the outer surface of the transition portion on a reference cross-section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook-shaped structure gradually decreases along the length direction of the hook-shaped structure and in the positive direction away from the movement module.
  • the connection end of the movement module connected to the hook-shaped structure is closer to the top of the user's head, and the angle between the length direction and the direction of the human sagittal axis is between 15° and 60°.
  • the width of the movement module is between 10 mm and 16 mm.
  • the hook-shaped structure has a first reference line segment parallel to the width direction and with the longest length between its orthographic projection on a reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction and the orthographic projection of the movement module on the reference plane, and the orthographic projection of the transition portion has an inner edge and an outer edge that are respectively continuous arc-shaped transitions, the outer edge is farther away from the first reference line segment than the inner edge in the length direction, and the overall curvature of the inner edge is greater than that of the outer edge.
  • the orthographic projection of the transition portion has a second reference line segment, a third reference line segment, a fourth reference line segment, and a fifth reference line segment that are parallel to the length direction and spaced in sequence, and the starting points and end points of the second reference line segment, the third reference line segment, the fourth reference line segment, and the fifth reference line segment fall on the inner edge and the outer edge, respectively, and the point where the first reference line segment intersects with the orthographic projection of the movement module is used as the starting point of the first reference line segment, and the point where the first reference line segment intersects with the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure is used as the end point of the first reference line segment;
  • the length of the second reference line segment is between 5 mm and 8 mm, and the extension line of the second reference line segment passes through 1/8 of the first reference line segment;
  • the length of the third reference line segment is between 4 mm and 6.3 mm, and the extension line of the third reference line segment passes through 1/4 of the first reference line segment;
  • the length of the fourth reference line segment is between 3.5 mm and 5.4 mm, and the extension line of the fourth reference line segment passes through 3/8 of the first reference line segment;
  • the length of the fifth reference line segment is between 3 mm and 5 mm, and the extension line of the fifth reference line segment passes through a half of the first reference line segment.
  • the length of the first reference line segment is between 13 mm and 20 mm.
  • the orthographic projection of the hook structure and the orthographic projection of the core module do not overlap.
  • the movement module has an inner side surface facing the ear and an outer side surface away from the ear along the thickness direction in the worn state
  • the hook structure includes an adapter shell connected to the movement module and an elastic metal wire connected to the adapter shell, at least part of the adapter shell is located on the front side of the ear in the worn state, at least part of the elastic metal wire is located on the back side of the ear in the worn state, the area of the outer surface of the adapter shell on the reference cross section gradually decreases along the length direction of the hook structure and in the positive direction away from the movement module, the adapter shell extends toward the inner side surface away from the outer side surface in the thickness direction, and the plane where the elastic metal wire is located intersects with the inner side surface when not worn.
  • the movement module includes a movement housing and a speaker disposed in the movement housing.
  • the movement housing is provided with a sound outlet hole on one side facing the ear when in a worn state, and the sound waves generated by the speaker are transmitted through the sound outlet hole.
  • the movement module When in a worn state, the movement module cooperates with the concha cavity to form an auxiliary cavity connected to the external auditory canal of the ear, and the sound outlet hole is at least partially located in the auxiliary cavity.
  • the auxiliary cavity is semi-open.
  • the movement module and the hook structure jointly clamp the ear area from the front and back sides of the ear area corresponding to the concha cavity.
  • the beneficial effects of the present application are as follows: in the earphone provided by the present application, the movement module and at least part of the hook-shaped structure are respectively located at the front and rear sides of the ear in the wearing state, so as to allow the earphone to be worn on the ear, and the length of the movement module is between 22 mm and 35 mm, so as to allow the movement module to be worn on the ear.
  • the free end of the core module extends into the concha cavity, and the transition portion of the hook-shaped structure is located in front of the ear in the wearing state, and the transition portion is configured as a tapered structure, so that the overall appearance of the earphone is smoother and more symmetrical.
  • connection end of the core module connected to the hook-shaped structure is closer to the top of the user's head than the free end of the core module not connected to the hook-shaped structure, and the angle between the length direction of the core module and the direction of the human sagittal axis is between 15° and 60°, so that the transition portion with a tapered structure passes over the recessed area between the helix and the tragus of the ear as much as possible, which is conducive to reducing the risk of excessive interference of the transition portion with the user's skin, so as to improve the comfort of the earphone in wearing, and thus take into account both the stability and comfort of wearing.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the front profile of the ear of a user described in the present application.
  • FIG2 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application in a wearing state
  • FIG4 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG5 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG6 is a comparison diagram of frequency response curves measured at the same listening position when the movement module is located at different positions on the ear in an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application;
  • FIG7 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of the earphone in FIG2 along the A1-A1 section direction;
  • FIG8 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of the earphone in FIG2 along the A2-A2 section direction;
  • FIG9 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG10 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a movement housing provided by the present application.
  • FIG11 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a movement housing provided by the present application.
  • FIG12 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a bracket provided in the present application.
  • FIG13 is an enlarged structural diagram of the earphone embodiment in FIG8 in the B1 area
  • FIG14 is an enlarged structural diagram of the earphone embodiment in FIG8 in the B2 area
  • FIG15 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a hook-shaped structure provided by the present application.
  • FIG16 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the hook-shaped structure in FIG15 along the A3-A3 section direction;
  • FIG17 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of the hook-shaped structure in FIG15 along another cutting direction perpendicular to the A3-A3 cutting direction;
  • FIG18 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of an embodiment of the hook structure in FIG15;
  • FIG19 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG20 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG21 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG22 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG23 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application.
  • FIG24 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a hook-shaped structure provided by the present application.
  • FIG25 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the relative positions of the first coil and the second coil provided by the present application.
  • FIG26 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a main control circuit board provided by the present application.
  • FIG27 is a schematic diagram of the main structure of an earphone according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG28 is a schematic diagram of the left side structure of the earphone in FIG27;
  • FIG29 is a schematic diagram of the front side view of the earphone in FIG27 when it is in a worn state and observed along the coronal axis of the human body;
  • FIG30 is a schematic diagram of the earphone in FIG27 when it is in a worn state and observed from a rear perspective along the sagittal axis of the human body;
  • FIG31 is a schematic diagram of the front view structure of an embodiment of a headset provided by the present application.
  • FIG32 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the holding portion facing the ear portion in FIG31;
  • FIG33 is a schematic diagram of the front side view of the earphone in FIG31 when it is in a worn state and observed along the coronal axis of the human body;
  • FIG34 is a schematic diagram of the main structure of an earphone according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG35 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the holding portion facing the ear portion in FIG34;
  • FIG36 is a schematic diagram of the front view of the earphone in FIG34 when it is in a worn state and observed along the coronal axis of the human body.
  • the user's ear 100 may include physiological parts such as the external auditory canal 101, the concha cavity 102, the cymba concha 103, the triangular fossa 104, the antihelix 105, the scaphoid 106, the helix 107, and the antitragus 108.
  • physiological parts such as the external auditory canal 101, the concha cavity 102, the cymba concha 103, the triangular fossa 104, the antihelix 105, the scaphoid 106, the helix 107, and the antitragus 108.
  • the external auditory canal 101 has a certain depth and extends to the eardrum of the ear, for the sake of convenience of description and in conjunction with FIG1 , the external auditory canal 101 specifically refers to its entrance away from the eardrum (i.e., the ear hole) in this application unless otherwise specified.
  • the concha cavity 102, the cymba concha 103, the triangular fossa 104, and other physiological parts have a certain volume and depth; and the concha cavity 102 is directly connected to the external auditory canal 101, that is, it can be simply regarded as the aforementioned ear hole being located at the bottom of the concha cavity 102.
  • auricle 109 outside the external auditory canal of the ear 100, which has a certain depth and volume in three-dimensional space compared to the concha cavity 102, the cymba concha 103 and the triangular fossa 104, that is, these parts are respectively concave toward the back side of the ear in the direction close to the user's head, and the auricle 109 is convex toward the front side of the ear in the direction away from the user's head.
  • the "front side of the ear” described in this application is a concept relative to the "back side of the ear", the former refers to the side of the ear away from the head, such as Figure 1, and the latter refers to the side of the ear facing the head, both of which are for the user's ear.
  • a concave area is formed between the helix 107 and the auricle 109.
  • a simulator containing a head and its (left and right) ears can be made based on ANSI: S3.36, S3.25 and IEC: 60318-7 standards, such as GRAS 45BC KEMAR, HEAD Acoustics, B&K 4128 series, or B&K 5128 series, to present the scenario of most users wearing headphones 10.
  • the ear simulator can be any one of GRAS 45AC, GRAS 45BC, GRAS 45CC, or GRAS 43AG; taking HEAD Acoustics as an example, the ear simulator can be any one of HMS II.3, HMS II.3LN, or HMS II.3LN HEC. Therefore, in this application, descriptions such as “the user wears the headset", “the headset is in a wearing state” and “in a wearing state” may refer to the headset described in this application being worn on the ear of the aforementioned simulator. Of course, precisely because different users have individual differences, the headset worn by different users may have certain differences from the headset worn on the ear of the aforementioned simulator, but such differences should be tolerated.
  • the sagittal plane refers to a plane perpendicular to the ground along the front-to-back direction of the body, which divides the human body into left and right parts
  • the coronal plane refers to a plane perpendicular to the ground along the left-to-right direction of the body, which divides the human body into front and back parts
  • the horizontal plane refers to a plane parallel to the ground along the up-down direction of the body, which divides the human body into upper and lower parts.
  • the sagittal axis refers to an axis along the front-to-back direction of the body and perpendicular to the coronal plane
  • the coronal axis refers to an axis along the left-to-right direction of the body and perpendicular to the sagittal plane
  • the vertical axis refers to an axis along the up-down direction of the body and perpendicular to the horizontal plane.
  • the "front side of the ear" described in this application is a concept relative to the "back side of the ear". The former refers to the side of the ear away from the head, and the latter refers to the side of the ear facing the head. They are both for the user's ear. Among them, by observing the ear of the above simulator along the direction of the human coronal axis, a schematic diagram of the front side outline of the ear can be obtained as shown in Figure 1.
  • the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, the movement module 11 is located on the front side of the ear in the worn state, and at least part of the hook structure 12 is located on the back side of the ear in the worn state, so that the earphone 10 is hung on the ear in the worn state.
  • the movement module 11 may have a connecting end CE connected to the hook structure 12 and a free end FE not connected to the hook structure 12.
  • the movement module 11 can be configured not to block the external auditory canal in the worn state, so that the earphone 10 acts as an "open earphone".
  • the movement module 11 may partially block the external auditory canal, but the external auditory canal is still not blocked.
  • the earphone 10 may adopt any one of the following methods or a combination thereof.
  • at least a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 is configured as a contoured structure that fits at least one of the back side of the ear and the head, so as to increase the contact area between the hook-shaped structure 12 and the ear and/or the head, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 to falling off from the ear.
  • At least a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 is configured as an elastic structure so that it has a certain amount of deformation when being worn, so as to increase the positive pressure of the hook-shaped structure 12 on the ear and/or the head, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 to falling off from the ear.
  • at least a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 is configured to abut against the head when being worn, so as to form a reaction force that presses the ear, so that the movement module 11 is pressed against the front side of the ear, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 to falling off from the ear.
  • the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 are configured to clamp the antihelix area, the concha cavity area and other physiological parts from the front and back sides of the ear when worn, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 falling off the ear.
  • the movement module 11 or the auxiliary structure connected thereto is configured to at least partially extend into the concha cavity, the cymba concha, the triangular fossa and the scaphoid, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 falling off the ear.
  • the free end FE of the movement module 11 can extend into the concha cavity.
  • the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 can be configured to clamp the ear region corresponding to the concha cavity from both the front and rear sides, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 falling off the ear, thereby improving the stability of the earphone 10 in the wearing state.
  • the free end FE is pressed and held in the concha cavity in the length direction X1; for another example, the free end FE abuts against the concha cavity in the length direction Y1 and the width direction Z1.
  • the free end FE of the movement module 11 can not only extend into the concha cavity, but also be projected onto the antihelix, or onto the left and right sides of the head and located in front of the ear on the sagittal axis of the human body.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 can support the movement module 11 to be worn in the concha cavity, the antihelix, the front of the ear, and other wearing positions.
  • the movement module 11 may have an inner side surface IS facing the ear and an outer side surface OS away from the ear along the thickness direction X1 in the wearing state, and a connecting surface connecting the inner side surface IS and the outer side surface OS.
  • the thickness direction X1 can be defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state.
  • the aforementioned connecting surface is located in the concha cavity in the wearing state, and forms a first contact area with the front side of the above-mentioned ear area
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 forms a second contact area with the rear side of the above-mentioned ear area in the wearing state
  • the aforementioned second contact area and the aforementioned first contact area at least partially overlap in the ear thickness direction of the above-mentioned ear area.
  • the movement module 11 in the wearing state, and observed along the direction of the coronal axis, the movement module 11 can be set to a circular, elliptical, rounded square, rounded rectangle, etc. shape.
  • the above-mentioned connection surface can refer to the arc side of the movement module 11; and when the movement module 11 is set to a rounded square, rounded rectangle, etc. shape, the above-mentioned connection surface can include the lower side LS, upper side US and rear side RS mentioned later.
  • the movement module 11 can have a length direction Y1 and a width direction Z1 that are perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 and orthogonal to each other.
  • the length direction Y1 can be defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the back of the user's head in the wearing state
  • the width direction Z1 can be defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the top of the user's head in the wearing state. Therefore, for the convenience of description, this embodiment takes the movement module 11 set to a rounded rectangle as an example for exemplary description.
  • the length of the core module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be greater than the width of the core module 11 in the width direction Z1.
  • connection end CE is closer to the top of the head than the free end FE, so that the free end FE can extend into the concha cavity.
  • the angle between the length direction Y1 and the direction of the human sagittal axis can be between 15° and 60°.
  • the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on a reference plane perpendicular to the length direction Y1 partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the free end FE on the same reference plane.
  • the overlapping area formed by the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on the aforementioned reference plane and the orthographic projection of the free end FE on the same reference plane is located between the inner side surface IS and the outer side surface OS in the thickness direction X1.
  • the clamping force formed is mainly manifested as compressive stress, which is beneficial to improve the stability and comfort of the earphone 10 when worn.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may include an elastic metal wire 121 connected to the movement module 11 and a battery housing 123 connected to one end of the elastic metal wire 121 away from the movement module 11 , a battery 14 coupled to the movement module 11 is arranged in the battery housing 123 , and the orthographic projection of the battery housing 123 on the above-mentioned reference plane partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the free end FE on the same reference plane. In this way, when the free end FE abuts against the concha cavity, the battery housing 123 can support the ear from the back side of the ear, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 10 in the wearing state.
  • the battery housing 123 may include a cover shell 1231 connected to the elastic metal wire 121 and a battery compartment 1232 connected to the cover shell 1231 , and the battery compartment 1232 and the cover shell 1231 cooperate to form a cavity structure for accommodating the battery 14.
  • the core module 11 may have an upper side US facing away from the external auditory canal along the width direction Z1 and a lower side LS facing the external auditory canal in the wearing state, and a rear side RS connecting the upper side US and the lower side LS, the rear side RS being located at one end facing the back of the head in the length direction Y1 in the wearing state, and at least partially located in the concha cavity.
  • the edge of the positive projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on the reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 e.g., the YZ plane in FIG.
  • the dividing point DP between the first section S1 and the second section S2 is the position where the aforementioned edge is farthest from the upper side US along the width direction Z1.
  • the overall bending degree of the hook-shaped structure 12 in the first section S1 is greater than the overall bending degree of the hook-shaped structure 12 in the second section S2. In this way, the free end FE is allowed to extend into the concha cavity, and the hook-shaped structure 12 can cooperate with the core module 11 to provide a suitable clamping force.
  • the above overall curvature can be used to qualitatively describe the curvature of different sections of the hook-shaped structure 12, wherein the curvature radius of each section can be a constant value or continuously variable. Therefore, there is at least one point in the first section S1 whose curvature radius is smaller than the curvature radius of any point in the second section S2. Furthermore, the above overall curvature can also be quantitatively characterized by an average curvature radius, that is, first find the curvature radius of N points on each section and then take the average value.
  • the length of the second section S2 can be greater than the length of the first section S1, so that the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11 can clamp the ear together and increase the contact area between the hook structure 12 and the user's skin, which is beneficial
  • the invention is used to improve the stability of the earphone 10 when being worn.
  • the earphone 10 has a first reference line segment RL1 parallel to the width direction Z1, the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 is the point where the first reference line segment RL1 intersects with the upper side US, and the end point of the first reference line segment RL1 is the dividing point DP.
  • the second reference line segment RL2, the third reference line segment RL3, and the fourth reference line segment RL4 mentioned later are successively farther and farther away from the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 in the width direction Z1.
  • the length of the first reference line segment RL1 can be between 13 mm and 20 mm.
  • the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too small, it is easy to cause the free end FE to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 is too far away from the external auditory canal; if the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too large, it is also easy to cause the free end FE to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the external auditory canal is blocked by the movement module 11.
  • such a configuration allows the free end FE to extend into the concha cavity, while ensuring that the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 is at a suitable distance from the external auditory canal, so that the user can hear more sound waves generated by the movement module 11 without blocking the external auditory canal.
  • the distance between the first intersection point P1 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 may be between 9 mm and 15 mm, and the distance between the second intersection point P2 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 may be between 12 mm and 19 mm.
  • the third intersection point P1 may be between 9 mm and 15 mm, and the distance between the second intersection point P2 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 may be between 12 mm and 19 mm.
  • the distance between P3 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 can be between 11mm and 18mm, and the distance between the fourth intersection P4 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 can be between 12mm and 19mm;
  • the fourth reference line segment RL4 passing through 3/4 of the first reference line segment RL1 and parallel to the length direction Y1 intersects with the first segment S1 and the second segment S2 at the fifth intersection P5 and the sixth intersection P6 respectively, the distance between the fifth intersection P5 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 can be between 12mm and 19mm, and the distance between the sixth intersection P6 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 can be between 12mm and 19mm.
  • a fifth reference line segment RL5 with the shortest spacing along the length direction Y1 between the second segment S2 and the rear side surface RS, and the length of the fifth reference line segment RL5 can be between 2 mm and 3 mm. If the length of the fifth reference line segment RL5 is too short, it is easy to cause the clamping force of the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 on the ear to be too large, causing discomfort when wearing; if the length of the fifth reference line segment RL5 is too long, it is easy to cause the clamping force of the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 on the ear to be too small, causing unstable wearing. In other words, such a setting is to take into account both the stability and comfort of the earphone 10 when worn.
  • the fifth reference line segment RL5 is defined as follows: the point where the fifth reference line segment RL5 intersects with the rear side surface RS is used as the starting point of the fifth reference line segment RL5, and the point where the fifth reference line segment RL5 intersects with the second segment S2 is used as the end point of the fifth reference line segment RL5.
  • the movement module 11 may include a movement housing 111 connected to the hook structure 12 and a speaker 112 disposed in the movement housing 111.
  • the movement housing 111 is provided with a sound outlet 111a on the inner side (such as the inner side IS mentioned above) facing the ear in the wearing state, and the sound waves generated by the speaker 112 are propagated through the sound outlet 111a to facilitate transmission into the external auditory canal.
  • the sound outlet 111a can also be provided on the side of the movement housing 111 corresponding to the lower side LS, and can also be provided at the corner between the aforementioned inner side and the lower side LS.
  • the speaker 112 may include a magnetic circuit system, a voice coil extending into the magnetic circuit system, and a diaphragm connected to the voice coil.
  • the magnetic field generated after the voice coil is energized interacts with the magnetic field formed by the magnetic circuit system, thereby driving the diaphragm to produce mechanical vibrations, and then generating sound through the propagation of a medium such as air.
  • the earphone 10 may include a main control circuit board 13 disposed in the movement housing 111 and a battery 14 disposed at an end of the hook structure 12 away from the movement module 11, and the battery 14 and the speaker 112 are respectively coupled to the main control circuit board 13 to allow the battery 14 to power the speaker 112 under the control of the main control circuit board 13.
  • the battery 14 and the speaker 112 may also be both disposed in the movement housing 111, and the battery 14 may be closer to the connection end CE and the speaker 112 may be closer to the free end FE.
  • the concha cavity has a certain volume and depth, after the free end FE extends into the concha cavity, there can be a certain distance between the inner side IS of the movement housing 111 and the concha cavity.
  • the movement module 11 can cooperate with the concha cavity to form an auxiliary cavity connected to the external auditory canal in the worn state, and the sound outlet 111a is at least partially located in the aforementioned auxiliary cavity.
  • the sound waves generated by the speaker 112 and propagated through the sound outlet 111a will be restricted by the aforementioned auxiliary cavity, that is, the aforementioned auxiliary cavity can gather the sound waves so that the sound waves can be propagated more into the external auditory canal, thereby increasing the volume and sound quality of the sound heard by the user in the near field, which is conducive to improving the acoustic effect of the earphone 10.
  • the movement module 11 can be configured not to block the external auditory canal in the worn state, the aforementioned auxiliary cavity can be configured in a semi-open state.
  • the sound waves generated by the speaker 112 and propagated through the sound outlet 111a are mostly propagated to the external auditory canal, and a small part of them is propagated through the gap between the movement module 11 and the ear (for example, the sound waves from the concha cavity not covered by the movement module 11 are transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10 and the ear, thereby forming a first sound leakage in the far field; at the same time, the movement module 11 generally has an acoustic hole (such as the pressure relief hole 111c mentioned later), and the sound waves transmitted through the aforementioned acoustic hole generally form a second sound leakage in the far field, and the phase of the aforementioned first sound leakage and the phase of the aforementioned second sound leakage are (close to) opposite to each other, so that the two can cancel each other out in opposite phases in the far field, which is beneficial to reduce the sound leakage of the earphone 10 in the far field.
  • the acoustic hole such as the pressure relief hole 111c mentioned later
  • the earphone 10 may include an adjustment mechanism connecting the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12. Different users can adjust the relative position of the movement module 11 on the ear through the adjustment mechanism when wearing the earphone, so that the movement module 11 is located at a suitable position, so that the movement module 11 and the concha cavity form the auxiliary cavity. In addition, due to the existence of the adjustment mechanism, the user can also adjust the earphone 10 to a more stable and comfortable position.
  • the earphone 10 is first worn on the simulator, and then the position of the movement module 11 on the ear of the simulator is adjusted, and then the frequency response curve of the earphone 10 is measured by a detector (e.g., a microphone) disposed in the external auditory canal of the simulator (e.g., the position of the eardrum, i.e., the listening position), thereby simulating the listening effect of the user wearing the earphone 10.
  • a detector e.g., a microphone
  • the aforementioned frequency response curve can be used to characterize the changing relationship between the vibration magnitude and the frequency; the abscissa of the aforementioned frequency response curve can represent the frequency, in Hz; the ordinate of the aforementioned frequency response curve can represent the vibration magnitude, in dB.
  • curve 6_1 can represent the frequency response curve when the movement module 11 does not form the aforementioned auxiliary cavity with the concha cavity in the wearing state, and curve 6_2 can represent the frequency response curve when the movement module 11 cooperates with the concha cavity to form the aforementioned auxiliary cavity in the wearing state.
  • curve 6_2 is generally located above curve 6_1, that is, compared with the case where the movement module 11 does not form the above-mentioned auxiliary cavity with the concha cavity in the worn state, the movement module 11 forms the above-mentioned auxiliary cavity with the concha cavity in the worn state, which is more conducive to improving the acoustic effect of the earphone 10.
  • the movement module 11 may include a flexible insert 1131 disposed outside the movement housing 111 , and the hardness of the flexible insert 1131 is less than the hardness of the movement housing 111 .
  • the movement housing 111 may be a plastic part; the material of the flexible insert 1131 may be silicone, rubber, etc., and may be formed on a preset area of the movement housing 111 by injection molding. Further, the flexible insert 1131 may at least partially cover the area of the movement housing 111 corresponding to the free end FE, so that the movement module 11 at least partially abuts against the cavum concha through the flexible insert 1131 .
  • the portion of the movement housing 111 that extends into the cavum concha and contacts the cavum concha may be covered by the flexible insert 1131 .
  • the flexible insert 1131 acts as a buffer between the movement housing 111 and the ear (for example, the aforementioned ear area) to relieve the pressure of the earphone 10 on the ear, which is conducive to improving the comfort of the earphone 10 when worn.
  • the flexible insert 1131 can continuously cover at least part of the area of the core shell 111 corresponding to the rear side RS, the upper side US and the lower side LS.
  • the area of the core shell 111 corresponding to the rear side RS is covered by the flexible insert 1131 by more than 90%
  • the area of the core shell 111 corresponding to the upper side US and the lower side LS is covered by the flexible insert 1131 by about 30%. In this way, the comfort of the earphone 10 in the wearing state and the need to set structural parts such as the speaker 112 in the core shell 111 are taken into account.
  • the flexible insert 1131 when viewed along the thickness direction X1, may be arranged in a U-shape.
  • the portion of the flexible insert 1131 corresponding to the lower side LS can be against the antitragus.
  • the thickness of the portion of the flexible insert 1131 corresponding to the rear side RS can be respectively smaller than the thickness of the portion of the flexible insert 1131 corresponding to the upper side US and the lower side LS, so that good comfort can be obtained when the movement module 11 is against an uneven position in the concha cavity.
  • the movement housing 111 may include a movement inner shell 1111 and a movement outer shell 1112 that are buckled together along the thickness direction X1, and the movement inner shell 1111 is closer to the ear than the movement outer shell 1112 when worn.
  • the parting surface 111b between the movement outer shell 1112 and the movement inner shell 1111 is inclined toward the side where the movement inner shell 1111 is located in the direction close to the free end FE, so that the flexible insert 1131 can be arranged as much as possible in the area of the movement outer shell 111 corresponding to the free end FE.
  • the flexible inserts 1131 are all arranged in the area of the movement outer shell 111 corresponding to the free end FE, so as to simplify the structure of the movement module 11 and reduce the processing cost.
  • the movement module 11 may include a flexible coating 1132, and the hardness of the flexible coating 1132 is less than the hardness of the movement housing 111.
  • the movement housing 111 may be a plastic part; the material of the flexible coating 1132 may be silicone, rubber, etc., and may be formed on a preset area of the movement housing 111 by injection molding, glue connection, etc.
  • the flexible coating 1132 may be integrally covered on at least part of the outer surface of the flexible insert 1131 and at least part of the outer surface of the movement housing 1112 not covered by the flexible insert 1131, which is conducive to enhancing the consistency of the appearance of the movement module 11.
  • the flexible coating 1132 may further cover the outer surface of the movement inner shell 1111.
  • the hardness of the flexible insert 1131 is less than the hardness of the flexible coating 1132, so as to allow the flexible insert 1131 to be sufficiently soft.
  • the flexible coating 1132 can also improve the comfort of the earphone 10 when worn, and has a certain structural strength to protect the flexible insert 1131.
  • the area of the outer surface of the flexible insert 1131 can be between 126 mm2 and 189 mm2 .
  • the thickness of the flexible coating 1132 is less than the thickness of the movement housing 1112.
  • the movement module 11 may include a flexible cover 1132 disposed between the movement housing 1112 and the flexible cover 1132.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 and/or the touch pattern 1142 and other metal functional patterns are arranged between the movement housing 1112 and the movement housing 1112.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 can be formed on the outside of the movement housing 1112 by means of laser direct structuring (LDS);
  • the touch pattern 1142 can be formed on the outside of the movement housing 1112 by means of laser direct structuring technology, or it can be a flexible touch circuit board pasted on the outside of the movement housing 1112.
  • the movement housing 1112 is provided with metallized holes connected to the antenna pattern 1141 and the touch pattern 1142 respectively.
  • the main control circuit board 13 is arranged in the movement housing 111, for example, the main control circuit board 13 is connected to the movement housing 1112, so that the main control circuit board 13 can be in contact with the inner wall of the corresponding metallized hole through elastic metal parts such as pogo-PIN, metal spring, etc., for example, the antenna pattern 1141 and the touch pattern 1142 are respectively connected to the pogo-PIN131 and pogo-PIN132 welded on the main control circuit board 13. Accordingly, the speaker 112 is located on the side of the main control circuit board 13 away from the movement housing 1112.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 and the touch pattern 1142 being respectively arranged on the inner side of the movement housing 1112 facing the speaker 112
  • the antenna pattern 1141 being arranged on the outer side of the movement housing 1112 can increase the distance between it and the main control circuit board 13, that is, increase the antenna clearance area, thereby increasing the anti-interference performance of the antenna pattern 1141
  • the touch pattern 1142 being arranged on the outer side of the movement housing 1112 can shorten the distance between it and the external signal trigger source (such as the user's finger), that is, shorten the touch distance, thereby increasing the sensitivity of the touch pattern 1142 being triggered by the user.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 may surround the periphery of the touch pattern 1142 to fully utilize the space outside the core housing 1112.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 may be arranged in a U-shape, and the touch pattern 1142 may be arranged in a square shape.
  • the core module 11 may include a microphone 133 welded on the main control circuit board 13, and the microphone 133 may pick up user voice and ambient sound through a sound pickup through hole provided on the core housing 1112.
  • the main control circuit board 13 When the main control circuit board 13 is connected to the core housing 1112, the microphone 133 may be further pressed against the core housing 1112.
  • the movement inner shell 1111 may include a bottom wall 1113 and a first side wall 1114 connected to the bottom wall 1113
  • the movement outer shell 1112 may include a top wall 1115 and a second side wall 1116 connected to the top wall 1115
  • the second side wall 1116 and the first side wall 1114 are buckled with each other along the parting surface 111b, and the two can support each other.
  • the flexible insert 1131 is at least partially arranged on the outside of the second side wall 1116.
  • the flexible insert 1131 is not only disposed on the outer side of the second side wall 1116, but is also partially disposed on the outer side of the top wall 1115.
  • the sound outlet hole 111a can be disposed on the bottom wall 1113.
  • the sound outlet hole 111a can also be disposed on the side of the first side wall 1114 corresponding to the lower side surface LS, and can also be disposed at the corner between the first side wall 1114 and the bottom wall 1113.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 and the touch pattern 1142 and their respective metallized holes can be disposed on the top wall 1115, and the pickup through hole of the microphone 133 can also be disposed on the top wall 1115.
  • the movement housing 1112 may be provided with an embedding groove at least partially located on the second side wall 1116, and the flexible insert 1131 is embedded in the aforementioned embedding groove, so that the outer surface of the region of the movement housing 1112 not covered by the flexible insert 1131 is continuously transitioned to the outer surface of the flexible insert 1131.
  • the region where the flexible insert 1131 is located in FIG. 7 can be simply regarded as the aforementioned embedding groove.
  • the second side wall 1116 may include a first sub-side wall segment 1117 and a second sub-side wall segment 1118 connected to the first sub-side wall segment 1117, the first sub-side wall segment 1117 is closer to the top wall 1115 than the second sub-side wall segment 1118 in the thickness direction X1, and the second sub-side wall segment 1118 protrudes toward the outside of the movement housing 111 compared to the first sub-side wall segment 1117.
  • the second side wall 1116 may have a stepped structure.
  • the main control circuit board 13 can be connected to the core housing 1112, for example, fixed on a hot melt column connected to the top wall 1115, and can partially overlap with the first sub-side wall section 1117 in the thickness direction X1; the speaker 112 can partially overlap with the second sub-side wall section 1118 in the thickness direction X1. In this way, it is beneficial to set a sufficiently large speaker 112 in the core housing 111, thereby enhancing the sound volume produced by the earphone 10.
  • the movement housing 111 may be provided with a pressure relief hole 111c, and the pressure relief hole 111c enables the space on the side of the speaker 112 facing the main control circuit board 13 to be connected to the external environment, that is, the air can freely enter and exit the aforementioned space. In this way, it is helpful to reduce the resistance of the diaphragm of the speaker 112 during the vibration process.
  • the pressure relief hole 111c can be facing the top of the head when worn, which is helpful to avoid the sound waves propagating through the pressure relief hole 111c from leaking sound (that is, the above-mentioned second leakage sound) being heard.
  • the aperture of the pressure relief hole 111c can be as large as possible, so that the resonant frequency of the second leakage sound is shifted to a higher frequency band (for example, a frequency range greater than 4kHz) as much as possible, which is helpful to further avoid the second leakage sound from being heard.
  • a higher frequency band for example, a frequency range greater than 4kHz
  • the movement housing 111 may be provided with a tuning hole 111d, which makes the resonance frequency of the second sound leakage shift to a higher frequency band (e.g., a frequency range greater than 4kHz) as much as possible, which is helpful to further prevent the second sound leakage from being heard.
  • the area of the tuning hole 111d may be smaller than the area of the pressure relief hole 111c, so that the space on the side of the speaker 112 facing the main control circuit board 13 is larger.
  • the sound outlet 111a is connected to the external environment through the pressure relief hole 111c.
  • the distance between the sound outlet 111a and the pressure relief hole 111c in the width direction Z1 is greater than the distance between the sound outlet 111a and the tuning hole 111d in the width direction Z1, so as to avoid the sound waves propagated through the sound outlet 111a and the pressure relief hole 111c respectively from canceling each other out of phase in the near field, which is beneficial to increase the volume of the sound propagated through the sound outlet 111a heard by the user.
  • the tuning hole 111d is closer to the connection end CE than the sound outlet 111a, so as to increase the distance between the two in the length direction Y1, so as to avoid the sound waves propagated through the sound outlet 111a and the tuning hole 111d respectively from canceling each other out of phase in the near field, which is beneficial to increase the volume of the sound propagated through the sound outlet 111a heard by the user.
  • the sound outlet hole 111a, the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d can be arranged on the movement inner shell 1111, for example, the sound outlet hole 111a is arranged on the bottom wall 1113 and the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d are respectively arranged on the first side wall 1114.
  • the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d can be respectively arranged on the opposite sides of the first side wall 1114 along the width direction Z1.
  • the sound outlet hole 111a, the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d are all arranged on the movement inner shell 1111, the structure of the movement outer shell 1112 is simpler, which is conducive to reducing the processing cost.
  • the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d are respectively arranged on the opposite sides of the first side wall 1114 along the width direction Z1, the above-mentioned parting surface 111b can be symmetrically arranged about a reference plane perpendicular to the width direction Z1, which is beneficial to improving the appearance quality of the movement module 11.
  • the movement module 11 may include a bracket 115 disposed in the movement housing 111, and the bracket 115 and the speaker 112 may be arranged to form an acoustic cavity 116, so that the acoustic cavity 116 is separated from other structures in the movement housing 111 (such as the main control circuit board 13, etc.), which is conducive to improving the acoustic performance of the movement module 11.
  • the movement housing 111 is provided with an acoustic hole, for example, the acoustic hole is at least one of the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d, and the bracket 115 is provided with an acoustic channel 1151 connecting the acoustic hole and the acoustic cavity 116, so that the acoustic cavity 116 is connected to the external environment, that is, the air can freely enter and exit the acoustic cavity 116, which is conducive to reducing the resistance of the diaphragm of the speaker 112 during the vibration process.
  • the acoustic hole is at least one of the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d
  • the bracket 115 is provided with an acoustic channel 1151 connecting the acoustic hole and the acoustic cavity 116, so that the acoustic cavity 116 is connected to the external environment, that is, the air can freely enter and exit the acoustic cavity 116, which is conduc
  • the bracket 115 cooperates with the movement housing 111 to form a first glue-containing groove 1171 surrounding at least a portion of the acoustic hole.
  • the first glue-containing groove 1171 contains a first glue for sealing the assembly gap between the bracket 115 and the movement housing 111, that is, waterproof sealing is performed by the first glue, which is conducive to preventing external sweat, rainwater and other droplets from invading the space where the main control circuit board 13 is located in the movement housing 111.
  • the present technical solution uses the first glue for waterproof sealing, which can save the aforementioned silicone sleeve in the related art, and is conducive to shortening the length of the part (including the acoustic channel 1151 and the acoustic hole) of the acoustic cavity 116 connected to the external environment, so that the resonant frequency of the leakage sound (that is, the second leakage sound) formed by propagating through the pressure relief hole 111c is shifted to a higher frequency band (for example, a frequency range greater than 4kHz) as much as possible, thereby further preventing the second leakage sound from being heard.
  • a higher frequency band for example, a frequency range greater than 4kHz
  • the first adhesive groove 1171 surrounds at least a portion of the pressure relief hole 111c; when the above-mentioned acoustic hole is a sound tuning hole 111d, the first adhesive groove 1171 surrounds at least a portion of the sound tuning hole 111d; when the above-mentioned acoustic holes are the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound tuning hole 111d, the first adhesive groove 1171 surrounds at least a portion of the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound tuning hole 111d respectively.
  • this application takes the above-mentioned acoustic holes as the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound tuning hole 111d, and the first adhesive groove 1171 surrounds at least a portion of the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound tuning hole 111d respectively as an example for exemplary description.
  • the first glue groove 1171 can surround the entire acoustic hole, that is, the first glue groove 1171 is a complete annular structure.
  • the bracket 115 may include an annular main body 1152 and a docking portion 1153 connected to the annular main body 1152.
  • the annular main body 1152 is sleeved on the periphery of the speaker 112 to form an acoustic cavity 116, and the acoustic channel 1151 runs through the docking portion 1153 and the annular main body 1152.
  • the docking portion 1153 is located between the annular main body 1152 and the core housing 111, and surrounds at least a portion of the above-mentioned acoustic hole, and the docking portion 1153 cooperates with the core housing 111 to form a first glue containing groove 1171.
  • the acoustic hole can be a pressure relief hole 111c and a sound adjustment hole 111d
  • two docking portions 1153 are correspondingly provided, and two first glue containing grooves 1171 are also correspondingly provided.
  • the docking portion 1153 cooperates with the first side wall 1114 to form the first glue containing groove 1171.
  • the bracket 115 is arranged in a ring shape, the speaker 112 is exposed toward the side of the main control circuit board 13, which is conducive to reducing the thickness of the movement module 11 in the thickness direction X1.
  • a recessed area 1119 may be provided on the inner side of the movement housing 111, the acoustic hole may be provided at the bottom of the recessed area 1119, the movement module 11 may include an acoustic resistance net 118 provided in the recessed area 1119, and the docking portion 1153 presses the acoustic resistance net 118 on the bottom of the recessed area 1119.
  • the acoustic resistance net 118 can be pre-fixed at the bottom of the recessed area 1119 by double-sided tape or glue; the acoustic resistance net 118 can also be pre-fixed on the protective steel net first, and the aforementioned protective steel net is then pre-fixed at the bottom of the recessed area 1119 by double-sided tape or glue.
  • acoustic holes can be the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d, two recessed areas 1119 are correspondingly provided, and two acoustic resistance nets 118 are also correspondingly provided.
  • the first glue can be further used to seal the assembly gap between the bracket 115 and the acoustic resistance net 118 and/or the acoustic resistance net 118.
  • An assembly gap is created between the inner wall 118 and the movement housing 111 (eg, the side wall of the recessed area 1119), which is beneficial for further waterproof sealing.
  • the docking portion 1153 can be used to form the bottom wall and one side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171, and the core housing 111 can be used to form the other side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171.
  • the groove wall on the core housing 111 is arranged opposite to the groove wall on the docking portion 1153, so that the first adhesive containing groove 1171 has a certain width and depth.
  • the docking portion 1153 can be used to form one side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171, and the core housing 111 can be used to form the bottom wall and the other side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171; or, the docking portion 1153 can be used to form one side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171 and a part of the bottom wall, and the core housing 111 can be used to form the other side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171 and another part of the bottom wall.
  • the speaker 112 may include a body 1121 and an annular support 1122 arranged along the circumference of the body 1121, the lower end of the bracket 115 may be supported on the annular support 1122, the acoustic channel 1151 may be open on the side facing the annular support 1122, and the annular support 1122 further blocks the open part of the acoustic channel 1151.
  • it can be simply regarded as a part of the first glue groove 1171 surrounding the above-mentioned acoustic hole, so as to facilitate the subsequent use of methods such as glue dispensing process to fill glue in the first glue groove 1171.
  • the annular platform 1122 may include a first annular table 1123 and a second annular table 1124 that are arranged in a stepped shape, and the second annular table 1124 is arranged around the periphery of the first annular table 1123; a portion of the lower end of the bracket 115 can be supported on the first annular table 1123, and another portion of the lower end of the bracket 115 can form a spacing area with the second annular table 1124, so that the bracket 115, the annular platform 1122 and the movement shell 111 cooperate to form a second glue groove 1172, and the second glue groove 1172 contains a second glue for sealing the assembly gap between any two of the bracket 115, the annular platform 1122 and the movement shell 111 to perform corresponding waterproof sealing.
  • the upper end of the bracket 115 can be placed on the body 1121 and cooperate with the body 1121 to form a third glue groove 1173, which contains a third glue for sealing the assembly gap between the bracket 115 and the body 1121 to perform corresponding waterproof sealing.
  • the following process steps may be included, and the order of all process steps may be adjusted as needed: 1) pre-fix the acoustic resistance net 118 at the bottom of the recessed area 1119 by double-sided adhesive; 2) fix the speaker 112 on the bottom wall 1113, and dispense glue to the assembly gap between the two, and the corresponding glue portion is accumulated on the second annular table 1124 of the speaker 112; 3) before the glue in step 2) is cured, fix the bracket 115 on the speaker 112, wherein the lower end of the bracket 115 supports On the first annular table 1123 of the speaker 112, the space between the lower end of the bracket 115 and the second annular table 1124 is also filled with glue, the docking portion 1153 of the bracket 115 presses the acoustic resistance net 118, and cooperates with the first side wall 1114 to form a first glue groove 1171, the upper end of the bracket 115 is placed on the main body 1121, and cooperates with the main body
  • the assembly gap between the lower end of the bracket 115 and the speaker 112 and the movement inner shell 1111 is very close to the first glue groove 1171, the assembly gap between the lower end of the bracket 115 and the speaker 112 and the movement inner shell 1111 can be simply regarded as a continuation of the first glue groove 1171, that is, the first glue groove 1171 and the second glue groove 1172 can be connected.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may include a transfer housing 122 connected to the movement module 11, and the transfer housing 122 may be pre-formed with a receiving cavity 124, and the earphone 10 may include an electronic component 15 subsequently installed in the receiving cavity 124.
  • the connection method between the transfer housing 122 and the movement module 11 may be one or a combination of assembly methods such as snap connection, welding, glue connection, threaded connection and screw connection.
  • the present technical solution is not only conducive to saving the space of the movement module 11, making it more compact and small in structure, but also conducive to simplifying the structure of the movement module 11, making it more efficient to assemble, and also conducive to reasonably arranging the relative positions of various structural components in the earphone 10, so that both the movement module 11 and the hook-shaped structure 12 can be fully utilized.
  • the adapter shell 122 is pre-formed with a accommodating cavity 124, which may mean that the accommodating cavity 124 is formed at the same time when the adapter shell 122 is molded, rather than being formed by processing after the adapter shell 122 is molded.
  • the adapter shell 122 is a plastic shell, and the corresponding accommodating cavity 124 can be obtained after the plastic shell is injection molded by setting a corresponding core.
  • the subsequent installation of the electronic component 15 in the accommodating cavity 124 may refer to the electronic component 15 and the adapter shell 122 being non-integrally molded structural parts.
  • the adapter shell 122 is a plastic shell, and the electronic component 15 is not integrally injection molded in the plastic shell by means of an insert.
  • the description of the adapter shell 122 pre-formed with a through hole 1251, a blind hole 1252 and a through hole 1253 mentioned in the following text is the same or similar to this, and will not be repeated here.
  • the accommodating cavity 124 can also be obtained by means of a drilling process after the adapter shell 122 is formed, and the through hole 1251, the blind hole 1252 and the through hole 1253 can also be obtained by means of a drilling process after the adapter shell 122 is formed.
  • the electronic component 15 can be coupled to the main control circuit board 13 to achieve electrical connection between the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11, and the adapter housing 122 can be plugged and fixed with the movement housing 111 to achieve structural connection between the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11, which is simple and reliable.
  • the aforementioned plug-in fixation can refer to one of the adapter housing 122 and the movement housing 111 partially extending into the other along the assembly direction and then plugged and fixed with the help of other limiting structures such as latches, and the assembly direction of the aforementioned limiting structure is not parallel to the aforementioned assembly direction; the aforementioned plug-in fixation can also refer to one of the adapter housing 122 and the movement housing 111 partially extending into the other. It can be plugged and fixed without the aid of the aforementioned limiting structure.
  • the adapter housing 122 can be provided with a first snap-on structure 1221
  • the core housing 111 can be provided with a second snap-on structure 1222.
  • the first snap-on structure 1221 extends into the core housing 111, and snaps with the second snap-on structure 1222, so that the adapter housing 122 and the core housing 111 are snap-on fixed, and the two are directly plugged and fixed without the aid of other limiting structures, which is simple and reliable.
  • the first snap-on structure 1221 can be integrally provided on the adapter housing 122, and two can be relatively spaced apart in the thickness direction X1; the second snap-on structure 1222 can be integrally provided on the core inner shell 1111, and is provided one-to-one with the first snap-on structure 1221.
  • the earphone 10 may include a flexible circuit board 16, which may be at least partially disposed in the accommodating cavity 124 to connect with the electronic component 15 and extend into the movement housing 111, so that the electronic component 15 is connected to the main control circuit board 13 through the flexible circuit board 16.
  • the electronic component 15 is welded to one end of the flexible circuit board 16 by means of surface mount technology (SMT), and the other end of the flexible circuit board 16 and the main control circuit board 13 are buckled by means of a BTB connector.
  • SMT surface mount technology
  • the speaker 112 may be arranged to be connected to the flexible circuit board 16 on the extension path of the flexible circuit board 16, for example, the lead of the speaker 112 is welded on the corresponding area of the flexible circuit board 16, so that the speaker 112 is also connected to the main control circuit board 13 through the flexible circuit board 16, so that the lead of the speaker 112 does not need to be extended to connect with the main control circuit board 13, which is conducive to simplifying the wiring structure of the earphone 10 and reducing the production cost.
  • the adapter shell 122 may be pre-formed with a through hole 1251 that is connected to the accommodating cavity 124, and the electronic component 15 may include an electrode terminal 151 that is at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251.
  • the electrode terminal 151 may be a retractable elastic component such as a pogo-PIN, or a non-retractable rigid component such as a metal column.
  • the aperture of the through hole 1251 may be larger than the outer diameter of the electrode terminal 151 to facilitate the subsequent installation of the electrode terminal 151.
  • the electrode terminal 151 may also be integrally formed with the adapter shell 122 in the form of an insert.
  • the electrode terminal 151 may be oriented toward the ear in the worn state, so that it is invisible in the worn state, which is conducive to improving the appearance quality of the headset 10 in the worn state.
  • the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151 can be its retractable direction; and when the electrode terminal 151 is configured as a non-retractable rigid component such as a metal column, the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151 can be the direction of its axis.
  • a plurality of electrode terminals 151 may be provided according to actual usage requirements, for example, for charging, detection, etc.
  • the electrode terminal 151 may include a positive charging terminal 1511 and a negative charging terminal 1512 that are spaced apart from each other, and the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512 may be respectively disposed in respective through holes 1251, so that the earphone 10 can be charged through the electrode terminal 151.
  • the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512 may be disposed on the adapter housing 122, and the other may be disposed on other housings in the hook structure 12, such as the battery housing 123, or on the movement inner housing 1111.
  • the electrode terminal 151 may include a detection terminal 1513 spaced apart from the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512, and the detection terminal 1513 may be used to perform detection functions such as charging detection, detection of the earphone 10 being placed in or taken out of the charging box, etc.
  • the detection terminal 1513 may also be replaced by an electronic component such as a Hall sensor.
  • the connecting lines between the positive charging terminal 1511 , the negative charging terminal 1512 , and the detection terminal 1513 may form a triangle, such as an equilateral triangle.
  • the positive charging terminal 1511, the negative charging terminal 1512, and the detection terminal 1513 can be arranged in a line segment spaced apart from each other, for example, in a straight line segment.
  • the distance between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512 can be greater than the distance between the negative charging terminal 1512 and the detection terminal 1513.
  • the negative charging terminal 1512 is located between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the detection terminal 1513, and the distance between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512 is greater than the distance between the negative charging terminal 1512 and the detection terminal 1513; for another example, the detection terminal 1513 is located between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512.
  • a boss 126 may be provided on the outside of the adapter housing 122, and a through hole 1251 further penetrates the boss 126, so that a plurality of electrode terminals 151 are exposed at the boss 126.
  • the boss 126 makes the uneven part of the adapter housing 122 due to a certain curvature become flat, so as to facilitate the arrangement of the electrode terminal 151.
  • the positive charging terminal 1511, the negative charging terminal 1512 and the detection terminal 1513 may be arranged in sequence along the length direction of the boss 126.
  • the hook structure 12 may include a magnet 127, and the magnet 127 and the electrode terminal 151 may be exposed on the same side of the adapter shell 122, that is, both may be visible on the same side surface of the adapter shell 122, so that the magnet 127 is closer to the outside world to which the exposed end of the electrode terminal 151 faces, thereby shortening the distance between the magnet 127 and the magnetic attraction structure used to cooperate with the magnet 127 in a charging device such as a charging box, or the distance between the Hall sensor used to cooperate with the magnet 127, which is beneficial to improving the reliability of functions such as charging and detection.
  • the magnet 127 and the electrode terminal 151 may be arranged adjacent to each other to allow the magnet 127 to cooperate with the magnetic attraction structure in a charging device such as a charging box, so that the electrode terminal 151 cooperates with the electrode terminal in the charging device to facilitate charging.
  • the boss 126 can protrude from the adapter housing 122 around the magnet 127, that is, the magnet 127 can be lower than the boss 126, so that the electrode terminal 151 can contact the electrode terminal in a charging device such as a charging box.
  • the magnet 127 cooperates with a Hall sensor in a charging device such as a charging box for detection
  • the magnet 127 is arranged adjacent to the electrode terminal 151, and the electrode terminal used to cooperate with the electrode terminal 151 in a charging device such as a charging box can also be arranged adjacent to the aforementioned Hall sensor, which is conducive to reducing the area used to carry the aforementioned electrode terminal and the aforementioned Hall sensor in a charging device such as a charging box.
  • the hook structure 12 may include a flexible coating 128, and the hardness of the flexible coating 128 is less than the hardness of the adapter shell 122.
  • the adapter shell 122 may be a plastic part; the material of the flexible coating 128 may be silicone, rubber, etc., and may be formed on the adapter shell 122 by injection molding, glue connection, etc.
  • the flexible coating 128 may cover the adapter shell 122 and the magnet 127, so that the magnet 127 is not exposed and the electrode terminal 151 is exposed, that is, the magnet 127 is invisible and the electrode terminal 151 is visible. In this way, the use requirements of the electrode terminal 151 can be met, and the magnet 127 can be shielded to prevent it from being exposed and worn or affecting the appearance quality.
  • the flexible coating 128 is also conducive to improving the comfort of the earphone 10 when wearing. Among them, the thickness of the flexible coating 128 is less than the thickness of the adapter shell 122.
  • the adapter housing 122 may be pre-formed with a blind hole 1252 that is not connected to the accommodating chamber 124, so as to increase the waterproof and dustproof performance of the accommodating chamber 124.
  • the magnet 127 may be at least disposed in the blind hole 1252 and exposed through the open end of the blind hole 1252. In this way, it is not only helpful to reduce the thickness of the adapter housing 122 in the area where the magnet 127 is located, but also helpful to improve the appearance quality of the earphone 10 in the area where the magnet 127 is located.
  • the blind hole 1252 may also be configured as a through hole.
  • the plurality of electrode terminals 151 may be arranged at intervals to form a line segment, such as a straight line segment or a broken line segment.
  • the magnet 127 may be located on any side of the aforementioned line segment, or the magnet 127 intersects with the aforementioned line segment and is at least partially located between any two adjacent electrode terminals 151.
  • the number of magnets 127 is one, and the magnet 127 is located on one side of the aforementioned line segment as a whole, or intersects with the aforementioned line segment and is located between any two adjacent electrode terminals 151 as a whole.
  • the number of magnets 127 is two, one magnet 127 is located on one side of the aforementioned line segment as a whole, and the other magnet 127 is located on the other side of the aforementioned line segment as a whole.
  • the number of magnets 127 is one, a part of the magnet 127 intersects with the aforementioned line segment and is located between any two adjacent electrode terminals 151, and the other part is located below the electrode terminal 151 in the aforementioned extension direction.
  • the plurality of electrode terminals 151 may include a charging positive terminal 1511, a charging negative terminal 1512, and a detection terminal 1513 arranged in a straight line segment.
  • the magnet 127 may be located on one side of the aforementioned straight line segment. Further, along the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151, the center of the magnet 127 has a first distance, a second distance, and a third distance from the center of the charging positive terminal 1511, the charging negative terminal 1512, and the detection terminal 1513, respectively, and the third distance is greater than the first distance and the second distance, respectively, to prioritize the reliability of charging.
  • the flexible coating 128 may be removed first.
  • the electronic component 15 may include an electrode terminal 151 and a microphone 152, and the adapter housing 122 may be pre-formed with a through hole 1251 and a through hole 1253 that are connected to the accommodating cavity 124 and the accommodating cavity 124, respectively.
  • the through hole 1251 and the through hole 1253 may be located on different side walls of the adapter housing 122.
  • the electrode terminal 151 may be at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251
  • the microphone 152 may be disposed in the accommodating cavity 124, and pick up the sound outside the earphone 10 (such as user voice, environmental sound) through the through hole 1253.
  • the earphone 10 may include a support assembly 17 at least partially disposed in the accommodating cavity 124, and the support assembly 17 may respectively support and fix the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 on the side walls corresponding to the through hole 1251 and the through hole 1253. In this way, it is not only helpful to prevent the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 from being separated from the adapter housing 122, but also helpful to increase the waterproof and dustproof performance of the electronic component 15, and the structure is simple and reliable.
  • the flexible circuit board 16 may include a first circuit board portion 161, a second circuit board portion 162, and a third circuit board portion 163 of an integrated structure, the electrode terminal 151 is welded to the first circuit board portion 161, the second circuit board portion 162 is bent relative to the first circuit board portion 161, and the microphone 152 is welded to the third circuit board portion 163 and bent relative to the second circuit board portion 162.
  • the first circuit board portion 161, the second circuit board portion 162, and the third circuit board portion 163 may correspond to three adjacent sides of the hexagonal structure.
  • one end of the second circuit board portion 162 away from the third circuit board portion 163 is connected to the first circuit board portion 161, and the other parts are not connected to the first circuit board portion 161.
  • the operator is allowed to first press the end of the second circuit board portion 162 connected to the first circuit board portion 161 to make it as flush as possible with the first circuit board portion 161 to avoid the support component 17 that is assembled subsequently.
  • the transfer housing 122 may include two housings whose parting surfaces are perpendicular to the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151, and the two housings are buckled together to form the accommodating cavity 124.
  • the support assembly 17 may be integrally formed with one of the housings to respectively support (or press) the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 when the two housings are buckled together.
  • at least one of the first support member for supporting the electrode terminal 151 and the second support member for supporting the microphone 152 in the support assembly 17 may be independent of the transfer housing 122 to allow the two housings to be buckled together.
  • the supporting assembly 17 When the two shells are engaged, the supporting assembly 17 is respectively supported (or pressed) by the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152, or after the two shells are engaged, the supporting assembly 17 is assembled to respectively support (or press) the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152.
  • At least the portion of the adapter housing 122 corresponding to the accommodating cavity 124 is a complete housing structure.
  • at least the first support member of the support assembly 17 for supporting the electrode terminal 151 and the second support member for supporting the microphone 152 can be independent of the adapter housing 122 to at least facilitate the assembly of the electrode terminal 151.
  • the support assembly 17 can be independent of the adapter housing 122 and inserted into the accommodating cavity 124.
  • the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 can be independent of the adapter housing 122, they can be assembled in a certain sequence, which is conducive to avoiding unnecessary interference in the structure and making the assembly efficiency higher.
  • the first support member for supporting the electrode terminal 151 and the second support member for supporting the microphone 152 in the support assembly 17 can be independent of the adapter housing 122, that is, the first support member and the second support member are independent of each other to respectively support (or press) the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152. In this way, the first support member and the second support member in the support assembly 17 can be designed differently according to actual needs.
  • the support assembly 17 can be an integrally formed structural member, that is, the first support member for supporting the electrode terminal 151 and the second support member for supporting the microphone 152 in the support assembly 17 are connected to each other, which is not only conducive to simplifying the structure of the support assembly 17, but also conducive to avoiding the first support member and the second support member being too small to be difficult to assemble.
  • the support assembly 17 can be tightly fixed with the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 after being inserted into place, that is, the support assembly 17 has a certain damping during the insertion or removal process, and the structure is simple and reliable.
  • the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 can be provided with guide grooves and limit grooves that cooperate with the support assembly 17.
  • the support assembly 17 can be further glued to the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 by means of a glue dispensing process.
  • the dimensions of at least part of the support assembly 17 and the accommodating cavity 124 in at least one reference direction perpendicular to the insertion direction of the support assembly 17 relative to the accommodating cavity 124 can be set to gradually decrease along the aforementioned insertion direction, so that the support assembly 17 can be extended into the spacing area between the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152.
  • the dimensions of at least part of the support assembly 17 in at least one reference direction perpendicular to the aforementioned insertion direction can be set to gradually decrease along the aforementioned insertion direction
  • the dimensions of at least part of the accommodating cavity 124 in the same reference direction can be set to gradually decrease along the aforementioned insertion direction
  • the change trends of the two are the same or similar, which is conducive to the support assembly 17 being tightly matched and fixed with the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 after being inserted into place.
  • the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 may include a first cavity wall 1241 and a second cavity wall 1242 arranged side by side and spaced apart from each other, and a third cavity wall 1243 connecting the first cavity wall 1241 and the second cavity wall 1242.
  • the through hole 1251 may be arranged on the first cavity wall 1241, and the through hole 1253 may be arranged on the third cavity wall 1243.
  • the supporting assembly 17 may include a bottom plate 171 and a first side plate 172 connected to the bottom plate 171, for example, in an L-shaped structure.
  • One side main surface of the bottom plate 171 may be arranged opposite to the first cavity wall 1241 and support the electrode terminal 151; one side main surface of the first side plate 172 may be arranged opposite to the third cavity wall 1243 and support the microphone 152.
  • the support assembly 17 is inserted into the accommodating cavity 124 along the above-mentioned insertion direction and after being inserted into place, the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 can be supported respectively by the bottom plate 171 and the first side plate 172.
  • the orthographic projection of the microphone 152 on the first cavity wall 1241 may cover at least a portion of the electrode terminal 151 , for example, the microphone 152 covers a portion of the positive charging terminal 1511 , which is conducive to a more compact structure of each part.
  • the size of at least part of the bottom plate 171 and the accommodating cavity 124 in the first reference direction RD1 perpendicular to the insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the bottom plate 171 can be set to gradually decrease along the insertion direction, that is, one of the front end and the rear end of the bottom plate 171 in the insertion direction or the part between the front end and the rear end can be set to keep the size in the first reference direction RD1 unchanged along the insertion direction.
  • the size of the first side plate 172 and the accommodating cavity 124 in the second reference direction RD2 perpendicular to the insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the first side plate 172 can be set to remain unchanged along the insertion direction.
  • the size of at least part of the first side plate 172 and the accommodating cavity 124 in the second reference direction RD2 perpendicular to the insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the first side plate 172 can be set to gradually decrease along the insertion direction, that is, one of the front end and the rear end of the first side plate 172 in the insertion direction or the part between the front end and the rear end can be set to keep the size in the second reference direction RD2 unchanged along the insertion direction.
  • the size of the bottom plate 171 and the accommodating cavity 124 in the first reference direction RD1 perpendicular to the insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the bottom plate 171 can be set to remain unchanged along the insertion direction.
  • the dimensions of at least a portion of the first side plate 172 and the accommodating cavity 124 in a second reference direction RD2 perpendicular to the above-mentioned insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the first side plate 172 can be set to gradually decrease along the above-mentioned insertion direction
  • the dimensions of at least a portion of the first side plate 172 and the accommodating cavity 124 in a second reference direction RD2 perpendicular to the above-mentioned insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the first side plate 172 can be set to gradually decrease along the above-mentioned insertion direction.
  • the size of the bottom plate 171 in the first reference direction RD1 can be simply regarded as the width of the bottom plate 171
  • the size of the first side plate 172 in the second reference direction RD2 can be simply regarded as the height of the first side plate 172 .
  • the support assembly 17 may include a second side plate 173 connected to the bottom plate 171, the second side plate 173 and the first side plate 172 are arranged side by side and spaced apart on the same side of the bottom plate 171, the second side plate 173 abuts against the second cavity wall 1242 to provide a supporting force for the bottom plate 171 toward the electrode terminal 151, which is conducive to improving the support assembly 17 for the electrode terminal 151.
  • the second side plate 173 may be located between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512, so that each part of the electrode terminal 151 is evenly stressed, which is conducive to further improving the supporting effect of the support assembly 17 on the electrode terminal 151.
  • the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 may include a fourth cavity wall 1244 connecting the first cavity wall 1241 and the second cavity wall 1242 and opposite to the third cavity wall 1243.
  • the first cavity wall 1241 and the second cavity wall 1242 can be generally arranged as a planar structure parallel to each other, and the third cavity wall 1243 and the fourth cavity wall 1244 can be generally arranged as an arc surface structure expanding outward from each other, so as to expand the volume of the accommodating cavity 124 as much as possible when the volume of the transfer housing 122 is limited.
  • the support assembly 17 may include a third side plate 174 connected to the bottom plate 171, the first side plate 172 and the third side plate 174 are respectively located at the two side edges of the bottom plate 171 in a direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned insertion direction, and the second side plate 173 is located between the first side plate 172 and the third side plate 174.
  • the third side plate 174 abuts against the fourth cavity wall 1244 to provide a supporting force for the first side plate 172 toward the microphone 152 , which is beneficial to improve the supporting effect of the supporting assembly 17 on the microphone 152 .
  • the height of the second side plate 173 may be greater than the height of the first side plate 172 and the height of the third side plate 174, so that the second side plate 173 is in contact with the second cavity wall 1242, and the third side plate 174 is in contact with the fourth cavity wall 1244. Since the second side plate 173 and the third side plate 174 are not in direct contact with any of the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152, they can also be guided during the insertion of the support assembly 17 into the accommodating cavity 124. Accordingly, since the height of the second side plate 173 is relatively the highest, the support assembly 17 may include a reinforcing rib 175 connecting the second side plate 173 and the bottom plate 171. The reinforcing rib 175 may be provided on opposite sides of the second side plate 173 facing the first side plate 172 and the third side plate 174.
  • the hook structure 12 may include an elastic metal wire 121, a transfer housing 122, a battery housing 123 and a wire 129, and the two ends of the elastic metal wire 121 and the wire 129 may be connected to the transfer housing 122 and the battery housing 123, respectively, so that the wire 129 extends along the elastic metal wire 121 and is inserted into the transfer housing 122 and the battery housing 123.
  • the wire 129 may also be inserted into the preset threading channel after the elastic metal wire 121 is connected to the transfer housing 122 and the battery housing 123.
  • the battery 14 may be arranged in the battery housing 123, and may be connected to the flexible circuit board 16 through the wire 129, so that the battery 14 is also connected to the main control circuit board 13 through the flexible circuit board 16, which is conducive to simplifying the wiring structure of the earphone 10 and reducing the production cost.
  • components such as the electrode terminal 151, the microphone 152 and the battery 14 in the hook structure 12 can be connected to the main control circuit board 13 through the flexible circuit board 16.
  • the flexible covering layer 128 may further cover at least the exposed parts of the elastic metal wire 121 and the wire 129 , and at least a part of the battery 123 , so that the wire 129 is exposed, which is beneficial to improving the appearance quality of the earphone 10 .
  • the adapter shell 122 can also be used as a part of the structure of the movement shell 111, for example, the adapter shell 122 is integrally formed with the movement inner shell 1111, and another example is that a part of the adapter shell 122 is integrally formed with the movement inner shell 1111 and the remaining part is integrally formed with the movement outer shell 1112.
  • other parts of the hook-shaped structure 12 except the adapter shell 122 such as the end of the elastic metal wire 121 away from the battery shell 123, and another example is the battery shell 123, are fixedly connected to the movement module 11 with the adapter shell 122 at the adapter shell 122, such as plug-in fixation.
  • structural components such as the electrode terminal 151, the microphone 152 and the magnet 127 are also adjusted in position accordingly, which will not be repeated here.
  • the present application provides a shell component, which may include a plastic shell, a metal functional pattern and a silicone coating, wherein the metal functional pattern is arranged on the outside of the plastic shell, and the silicone coating may be covered on the side of the metal functional pattern away from the plastic shell and on the plastic shell not covered by the metal functional pattern by integral injection molding, glue connection, etc.
  • the metal functional pattern is arranged on the outer side of the plastic shell facing the silicone coating, so that it is further away from the interference of other electronic components in the shell component, or closer to the signal trigger source outside the shell component, thereby increasing the anti-interference and sensitivity of the metal functional pattern.
  • the structure of the plastic shell may be the same or similar to that of the movement shell 111 or its movement shell 1112
  • the structure of the silicone coating may be the same or similar to that of the flexible coating 1132, which will not be repeated here.
  • the metal functional pattern can be configured as an antenna pattern 1141 or a touch pattern 1142.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 is configured on the outside of the plastic housing, which can increase the distance between the antenna pattern 1141 and other electronic components in the plastic housing, that is, increase the antenna clearance area, thereby increasing the anti-interference performance of the antenna pattern 1141;
  • the touch pattern 1142 is configured on the outside of the plastic housing, which can shorten the distance between the touch pattern 1142 and an external signal trigger source (such as a user's finger), that is, shorten the touch distance, thereby increasing the sensitivity of the touch pattern 1142 to be triggered by the user.
  • the metal functional pattern may include an antenna pattern 1141 and a touch pattern 1142.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 may surround the periphery of the touch pattern 1142 to fully utilize the space outside the plastic housing.
  • the antenna pattern 1141 may be U-shaped, and the touch pattern 1142 may be square.
  • the thickness of the silicone coating may be smaller than the thickness of the plastic housing, so that the silicone coating shields and protects the metal functional pattern while further increasing the anti-interference and sensitivity of the metal functional pattern and reducing the volume of the housing assembly.
  • the housing assembly can be used as a core housing for accommodating the speaker 112.
  • the relative position relationship may be the same or similar to that between the movement housing 111 and the flexible covering 1132 , and will not be described in detail here.
  • the shell assembly can also be applied to other electronic devices such as smart glasses.
  • the electronic device may include a movement module provided with a speaker 112, and may also include a main control circuit board 13, and a speaker 112 and a battery 14 respectively coupled to the main control circuit board 13; the shell assembly can be used to accommodate at least one of the electronic components such as the speaker 112, the main control circuit board 13 and the battery 14, and can also be used to support the speaker 112 in the electronic device to be located in the corresponding wearing position.
  • the speaker 112 can be adaptively adjusted to a bone conduction speaker.
  • the basic structure of the bone conduction speaker is well known to those skilled in the art and will not be repeated here.
  • the present application provides a shell assembly, which may include a first shell, an electrode terminal 151, a magnet 127 and a flexible coating 128.
  • the electrode terminal 151 and the magnet 127 are exposed on the same side of the first shell, and the hardness of the flexible coating 128 is less than that of the first shell, and covers the first shell and the magnet 127, so that the magnet 127 is not exposed and the electrode terminal 151 is exposed.
  • the technical solution makes the magnet 127 closer to the outside world to which the exposed end of the electrode terminal 151 faces, thereby shortening the distance between the magnet 127 and the magnetic attraction structure used to cooperate with the magnet 127 in the charging device such as the charging box or the distance between the Hall sensor used to cooperate with the magnet 127, which is conducive to improving the reliability of functions such as charging and detection. Therefore, the shell assembly can be applied to both power receiving devices such as headphones 10 and smart glasses, and charging devices such as charging boxes.
  • the electronic device can be either a power receiving device or a charging device.
  • the first shell can be a transfer shell 122.
  • the first shell may be provided with a through hole 1251 and a blind hole 1252
  • the electrode terminal 151 may be at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251
  • the magnet 127 may be at least partially disposed in the blind hole 1252 and exposed through the open end of the blind hole 1252.
  • the blind hole 1252 can also be set as a through hole.
  • a boss 126 may be provided on the outside of the first shell, the boss 126 is provided adjacent to the magnet 127 and protrudes from the first shell around the magnet 127, and the through hole 1251 further penetrates the boss 126, so that the plurality of electrode terminals 151 are exposed at the boss 126.
  • the boss 126 makes the uneven part of the first shell due to a certain curvature become flat, so as to facilitate the arrangement of the electrode terminal 151.
  • the boss 126 can be provided in a long strip shape, which is simple and reliable in structure.
  • the housing assembly may include a flexible circuit board 16, and the electrode terminal 151 is connected to the flexible circuit board 16 to simplify the routing of the electrode terminal 151.
  • the first housing may be formed with a receiving cavity 124, and at least part of the flexible circuit board 16 may be disposed in the receiving cavity 124.
  • the through hole 1251 is connected to the receiving cavity 124, and the blind hole 1252 is not connected to the receiving cavity 124, so as to improve the waterproof and dustproof performance of the first housing.
  • the housing assembly may include a second housing, an elastic wire 121, and a wire 129, and the two ends of the elastic wire 121 and the wire 129 may be connected to the first housing and the second housing, respectively, so that the wire 129 extends along the elastic wire 121 and is inserted into the first housing and the second housing.
  • the second housing may be a battery housing 123.
  • a battery 14 is disposed in the second housing, and the battery 14 is connected to the flexible circuit board 16 through the wire 129, that is, the battery 14 and the electrode terminal 151 are both connected to the flexible circuit board 16 to simplify the wiring.
  • the flexible coating 128 at least further covers the elastic wire 121 and the wire 129, so that the wire 129 is exposed.
  • the housing assembly can be used for the earphone 10 and can include a third housing for accommodating the speaker 112 , the third housing being plugged and fixed to the first housing.
  • the third housing can be the core housing 111 .
  • the present application provides a housing assembly, which may include a first housing, an electrode terminal 151, a microphone 152, and a support assembly 17.
  • the first housing may be provided with a housing cavity 124, and through holes 1251 and 1253 respectively connected to the housing cavity 124, the through holes 1251 and 1253 are located on different side walls of the first housing, the electrode terminal 151 may be at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251, the microphone 152 may be disposed in the housing cavity 124, and pick up the sound outside the housing assembly through the through hole 1253.
  • the support assembly 17 may be disposed in the housing cavity 124, and may support and fix the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 on the side walls corresponding to the through hole 1251 and the through hole 1253, respectively.
  • the first shell may be the adapter shell 122 , the core shell 111 , or a shell structure in which the core shell 111 and the adapter shell 122 are integrally formed.
  • the support assembly 17 may be independent of the first shell and inserted into the accommodating cavity 124 .
  • the support assembly 17 may be an integrally formed structure.
  • the housing assembly can be used for the earphone 10 and can include a third housing for accommodating the speaker 112 , and the third housing is plugged and fixed to the first housing.
  • the first housing can be the adapter housing 122
  • the third housing can be the core housing 111 .
  • the shell assembly can also be applied to other electronic devices such as smart glasses.
  • the electronic device may include a main control circuit board 13, and a speaker 112 and a battery 14 respectively coupled to the main control circuit board 13; the shell assembly can be used to accommodate at least one of the electronic components such as the speaker 112, the main control circuit board 13 and the battery 14, and can also be used to support the speaker 112 in the electronic device to be located at a corresponding wearing position.
  • the speaker 112 can be adaptively adjusted to be a bone conduction speaker.
  • the basic structure of the bone conduction speaker is well known to those skilled in the art and will not be described in detail here.
  • the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, and the movement module 11 may be located on the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located on the back side of the ear in the wearing state.
  • the movement module 11 may have an inner side surface IS facing the ear and an outer side surface OS away from the ear along the thickness direction X1 in the wearing state, and the thickness direction X1 is defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 first extends toward the side of the inner side surface IS away from the outer side surface OS, and then extends to the other side of the inner side surface IS toward the outer side surface OS.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 since the hook-shaped structure 12 first extends toward the side of the inner side IS away from the outer side OS in the thickness direction X1, a part of the hook-shaped structure 12 can be staggered with the projection of the core module 11 in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, so that when the ear is worn, the upper ear root of the ear can provide less support force to the earphone 10, which is conducive to improving the comfort of the earphone 10 in wearing; and the hook-shaped structure 12 is further extended to the other side of the inner side IS toward the outer side OS in the thickness direction X1, so that another part of the hook-shaped structure 12 can overlap with the projection of the core module 11 in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, so that when the ear is worn, other physiological parts of the ear except the upper ear root can provide more support force to the earphone 10, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 10 in wearing.
  • the aforementioned support force can include the clamping force of the earphone 10 on the ear and the friction between the earphone 10 and the ear (and the surrounding head).
  • the free end of the movement module 11 extends into the concha cavity of the ear when worn, such a configuration is also beneficial for the free end of the movement module 11 to extend into the concha cavity when worn.
  • the inner side surface IS may be configured as a plane, wherein in a non-wearing state, the plane where the inner side surface IS is located may intersect with the hook-shaped structure 12 .
  • the clamping force applied by the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11 on the ear in the thickness direction X1 for example, the earphone 10 clamps the ear from the left and right directions of the head, can be used as a part of the clamping force of the earphone 10 on the ear.
  • the aforementioned clamping force can be measured with the aid of a dynamometer.
  • the earphone 10 wear the earphone 10 on the above-mentioned simulator or the ear of the user, that is, in the wearing state; then fix the dynamometer (for example: Wedo WDF-10 digital push-pull dynamometer, which will not be repeated in the following text) on the side of the movement module 11 away from the ear, then pull the dynamometer and observe; when the side of the movement module 11 facing the ear of the user is just separated from the skin of the ear, read the tension displayed on the dynamometer, and the tension can be simply regarded as the clamping force.
  • the dynamometer for example: Wedo WDF-10 digital push-pull dynamometer, which will not be repeated in the following text
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may include an elastic wire 121 connected to the movement module 11, at least part of the elastic wire 121 may be located at the rear side of the ear in the wearing state, and the plane where the elastic wire 121 is located may intersect with the inner side surface IS in the non-wearing state.
  • the elastic wire 121 may undergo a certain elastic deformation relative to the movement module 11 in the thickness direction X1, so that it can provide a corresponding clamping force.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 includes a coating such as a flexible coating 128, the structural components such as the elastic wire 121, the adapter shell 122 and the cover shell 1231 shown in FIG. 9 are not visible in FIG. 19.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may not include the elastic metal wire 121.
  • a hard plastic part may be used instead of the elastic metal wire 121, and the deformation ability of the hook-shaped structure 12 in various directions may be designed according to the material, length, cross-sectional dimensions, etc. of the hard plastic part, which will not be repeated in the following text.
  • the aforementioned angle may be between 15° and 30°. If the aforementioned angle is too small, the earphone 10 may be unstable to wear due to insufficient clamping force on the ear; if the aforementioned angle is too large, the earphone 10 may be uncomfortable to wear due to excessive clamping force on the ear.
  • the aforementioned median line may refer to the axis of the elastic metal wire 121.
  • the diameter of the elastic metal wire 121 may be between 0.6 mm and 0.8 mm. If the diameter is too small, it is easy for the elastic metal wire 121 to provide insufficient clamping force and insufficient structural strength; if the diameter is too large, it is easy for the elastic metal wire 121 to be difficult to deform elastically and provide excessive clamping force.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may include a transfer shell 122 connecting the elastic metal wire 121 and the movement module 11, and at least part of the transfer shell 122 may be located on the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and the transfer shell 122 extends toward the inner side surface IS away from the outer side surface OS in the thickness direction X1.
  • This arrangement allows a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 to be offset from the projection of the movement module 11 in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, so that in the wearing state, the upper ear root of the ear can provide less support force to the earphone 10. It is worth noting that when the hook-shaped structure 12 includes a coating such as a flexible coating 128, the transfer shell 122 shown in Figure 9 is not visible in Figure 19.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may include a battery housing 123 connected to one end of the elastic metal wire 121 away from the movement module 11, and a battery 14 coupled to the movement module 11 is disposed in the battery housing 123.
  • the battery housing 123 In the non-wearing state, at least part of the battery housing 123 may be located between the inner side IS and the outer side OS in the thickness direction X1. The battery housing 123 may contact the back of the ear and/or the head in the wearing state.
  • the core module 11 may have a length direction Y1 and a width direction Z1 that are perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 and orthogonal to each other, and the length of the core module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be greater than the width of the core module 11 in the width direction Z1.
  • the core module 11 may have an upper side US facing away from the external auditory canal of the ear along the width direction Z1 in the wearing state and a lower side LS facing the external auditory canal, and a rear side RS connecting the upper side US and the lower side LS, and the rear side RS is located at one end of the length direction Y1 facing the back of the head in the wearing state.
  • the median line ML of the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on a reference plane perpendicular to the width direction Z1 (such as the XY plane in FIG. 19) and the orthographic projection of the inner side IS on the same reference plane can form a first intersection O1
  • the median line ML and the orthographic projection of the rear side RS on the same reference plane can form a second intersection O2.
  • the center line ML can pass through the geometric center of the cross section of any point on the hook-shaped structure 12, for example, the center line ML is the axis of the elastic metal wire 121.
  • the positive projection of the movement module 11 on the reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 is a non-circular structure such as a rounded rectangle
  • the positive projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 along the width direction Z1 falls on the upper side surface US. It is worth noting that: since the movement module 11 and the hook-shaped structure 12 partially overlap in the width direction, the dotted lines in FIG. 19 illustrate the parts of the inner side surface IS and the rear side surface RS that are blocked by the hook-shaped structure 12.
  • the first intersection O1 and the second intersection O2 are connected to form a first reference line segment O1O2, and the first reference line segment O1O2 may have a first component and a second component in the length direction Y1 and the thickness direction Z, respectively.
  • the ratio of the first component to the length of the movement module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be between 0.12 and 0.19, and the ratio of the second component to the thickness of the movement module 11 in the thickness direction X1 may be between 0.1 and 0.16.
  • This arrangement allows the hook structure 12 to have a suitable angle with the inner side surface IS, such as an angle ⁇ between 15° and 30°, thereby allowing the earphone 10 to apply a suitable clamping force to the ear.
  • the farthest point O3 of the median line ML in the thickness direction X1, which is farthest from the inner side surface IS, and the first intersection O1 are connected to form a second reference line segment O1O3, and the second reference line segment O1O3 may have a third component and a fourth component in the length direction Y1 and the thickness direction X1, respectively.
  • the ratio between the third component and the length of the movement module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be between 0.43 and 0.66, and the ratio between the fourth component and the thickness of the movement module 11 in the thickness direction X1 may be between 0.26 and 0.4.
  • This arrangement allows the hook structure 12 to have a suitable angle with the inner side surface IS, such as an angle ⁇ between 15° and 30°, thereby allowing the earphone 10 to apply a suitable clamping force to the ear.
  • the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, the movement module 11 may be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and the free end FE of the movement module 11 that is not connected to the hook-shaped structure 12 may extend into the concha cavity of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located at the back side of the ear in the wearing state.
  • the movement module 11 and the hook-shaped structure 12 may jointly clamp the ear area from the front and back sides of the ear area corresponding to the concha cavity with a certain clamping force. If the aforementioned clamping force is too small, the earphone 10 may be unstable when worn; if the aforementioned clamping force is too large, the earphone 10 may be uncomfortable to wear.
  • the clamping force applied to the ear by the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11 in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 for example, the earphone 10 clamps the ear from the front-to-back direction of the head, can be used as a part of the clamping force of the earphone 10 on the ear.
  • the aforementioned clamping force can be measured with the aid of a dynamometer.
  • the deformation capability of the hook structure 12 relative to the core module 11 can be reflected by a corresponding measurement method, thereby characterizing the clamping force that the earphone 10 can exert on the ear.
  • the aforementioned measurement method is exemplarily described below.
  • the orthographic projections of the hook structure 12 and the core module 11 on a first reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 may not overlap, and the thickness direction X1 is defined as the direction in which the core module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state, so as to allow the earphone 10 to clamp the ear from the front and rear directions of the above-mentioned ear region.
  • a first reference line segment RL1 with the shortest length between the orthographic projection of the hook structure 12 and the orthographic projection of the core module 11.
  • the orthographic projection of the core module 11 on the reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 may be a rounded rectangle or an ellipse, or a circle or a rounded square.
  • the hook structure 12 may have a tensile force between 0.6N and 8N after being pulled away from the core module 11 by a distance of 5mm to 10mm at the measurement fixed position P1 along a direction parallel to the first reference line segment RL1 and away from the core module 11 (e.g., as shown by arrow F in FIG. 20 ).
  • the measurement fixed position P1 can be defined as 16mm to 27mm away from the free end of the hook-like structure 12 not connected to the movement module 11 (for example, as shown by arrow L in FIG. 9 , which will not be described in detail hereinafter) in the length direction of the hook-like structure 12 (for example, as shown by arrow L in FIG. 9 , which will not be described in detail hereinafter).
  • the hook-like structure 12 at the measurement fixed position P1 can have a pulling force between 0.8N and 5N after being pulled away from the movement module 11 by a distance of 5mm to 10mm in a direction parallel to the first reference line segment RL1 and away from the movement module 11.
  • the hook structure 12 can have a pulling force between 0.1N and 1.96N after being pulled away from the movement module 11 by a distance of 1mm to 5mm in a direction parallel to the first reference line segment RL1 and away from the movement module 11 at the measurement fixed position P1.
  • the earphone 10 in a non-wearing state, can be fixed on a measuring platform, for example, the movement module 11 is fixed on a fixture of the measuring platform.
  • the first reference line segment RL1 can be parallel to the horizontal plane, and the hook structure 12 can be in a suspended state.
  • the dynamometer 20 can be fixed on the hook structure 12, for example, the hook of the dynamometer 20 can be hooked or sleeved on the measurement fixed position P1, and the measurement fixed position P1 is therefore shown as a straight line segment in Figure 20.
  • the measurement personnel can manually and slowly pull the dynamometer 20, for example, so that the displacement of the dynamometer 20 is d, and the hook structure 12 is also correspondingly deformed from the initial position L1 to the measurement position L2, and the tension F under this displacement is recorded.
  • the dynamometer 20 has different displacements, and the tension F under the corresponding displacement is recorded, thereby reflecting the deformation ability of the hook structure 12 relative to the core module 11, and further representing the clamping force that the earphone 10 can apply to the ear.
  • the dynamometer 20 can also be used as part of the measurement platform, and the measurement platform makes the hook structure 12 away from the core module 11 after the earphone 10 is fixed, that is, automatic measurement.
  • the movement module 11 when not in wear, can be pressed on the edge of the table, and the hook structure 12 can be kept suspended as much as possible.
  • the hook of the dynamometer 20 can be hooked or sleeved on the measurement fixed position P1, and the measurement is performed as described above, which will not be repeated here.
  • each tension F can be averaged after multiple measurements, for example, the average value is taken after three measurements.
  • the length of the first reference line segment RL1 may be between 2 mm and 3 mm. If the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too small, the earphone 10 may be uncomfortable to wear; if the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too large, the earphone 10 may be unstable to wear.
  • the distance between the measurement fixing position P1 and the first reference line segment RL1 is less than or equal to 1 mm, so as to allow the measurement fixing position P1 to be as close as possible to the preset position on the hook structure 12 that contacts the ear.
  • the core module 11 may have a length direction Y1 and a width direction Z1 that are perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 and orthogonal to each other, and the length of the core module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be greater than the width of the core module 11 in the width direction Z1.
  • the orthographic projection of the free end FE of the core module 11 on a second reference plane perpendicular to the length direction Y1 e.g., the XZ plane in FIG.
  • the geometric center is the center of the circumscribed circle of the aforementioned orthographic projection, and the spacing between the measurement fixed position P1 and the extension line passing through the geometric center GC and parallel to the first reference line segment RL1 may be less than or equal to 1 mm. This arrangement allows the measurement fixed position P1 to be as close as possible to the preset position on the hook structure 12 that contacts the ear.
  • the movement module 11 has an inner side surface IS facing the ear and an outer side surface OS away from the ear along the thickness direction X1 when worn, as well as an upper side surface US of the external auditory canal away from the ear and a lower side surface LS facing the external auditory canal along the width direction Z1, and the inner side surface IS, the outer side surface OS, the upper side surface US and the lower side surface LS form a geometric figure on the second reference plane, and the geometric center GC is defined as the center of the circumscribed circle of the aforementioned geometric figure.
  • the movement module 11 may have a length direction Y1 and a width direction Z1 that are perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 and orthogonal to each other, and the length of the movement module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be greater than the width of the movement module 11 in the width direction Z1.
  • the movement module 11 may have an upper side surface US facing away from the external auditory canal of the ear along the width direction Z1 in the wearing state and a lower side surface LS facing the external auditory canal.
  • second reference line segment RL2 parallel to the width direction Z1 and with the longest length between the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 and the orthographic projection of the movement module 11, and the length of the second reference line segment RL2 may be between 13 mm and 20 mm.
  • the length of the second reference line segment RL2 is too short, it is easy to cause the free end FE of the movement module 11 to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 is too far away from the external auditory canal; if the length of the second reference line segment RL2 is too long, it is also easy to cause the free end FE to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the external auditory canal is excessively blocked by the movement module 11.
  • such a setting allows the free end FE of the movement module 11 to extend into the concha cavity, and the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 has a suitable distance from the external auditory canal, so that the user can hear more sound waves generated by the movement module 11 when the external auditory canal is not blocked.
  • the direction of the first reference line segment RL1 may be parallel to the length direction Y1.
  • the orthographic projection of the core module 11 on the reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 is set to a rounded rectangle, the distance between the orthographic projection of the hook structure 12 and the orthographic projection of the core module 11 in the length direction Y1 is the smallest.
  • the point P3 where the second reference line segment RL2 intersects with the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 is used as the starting point of the second reference line segment RL2, and the point P4 where the second reference line segment RL2 intersects with the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 is used as the end point of the second reference line segment RL2.
  • the third reference line segment RL3 passing through 1/4 of the second reference line segment RL2 and parallel to the length direction Y1 intersects with the hook-shaped structure 12 at the first intersection point P5 and the second intersection point P6.
  • the first intersection point P5 is closer to the movement module than the second intersection point P6 in the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12.
  • the distance between the first intersection point P5 and the starting point of the second reference line segment RL2 can be between 9 mm and 15 mm, and the distance between the second intersection point P6 and the starting point of the second reference line segment RL2 can be between 12 mm and 19 mm.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may include an elastic wire 121 connected to the movement module 11 and a battery housing 123 connected to one end of the elastic wire 121 away from the movement module 11, and a battery 14 coupled to the movement module 11 is arranged in the battery housing 123.
  • the extension line of the first reference line segment RL1 can pass through the battery housing 123.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 clamps the ear together with the movement module 11 through the battery housing 123, which is conducive to improving the comfort of the earphone 10 in wearing.
  • the elastic wire 121 can undergo a certain elastic deformation relative to the movement module 11 in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, so that it can provide a corresponding clamping force. It is worth noting that when the hook structure 12 includes a coating such as the flexible coating 128 , structural components such as the elastic wire 121 , the transition housing 122 , and the cover shell 1231 shown in FIG. 9 are not visible in FIG. 20 .
  • the battery housing 123 may include a cover shell 1231 connected to the elastic metal wire 121 and a battery compartment 1232 connected to the cover shell 1231, and the battery compartment 1232 and the cover shell 1231 cooperate to form a cavity structure for accommodating the battery 14.
  • the hook structure 12 may include a flexible coating 128 that at least covers the elastic metal wire 121 and the cover shell 1231, and the hardness of the flexible coating 128 may be less than the hardness of the cover shell 1231.
  • the extension line of the first reference line segment RL1 may pass through the section where the flexible coating 128 overlaps with the cover shell 1231. In this way, the hook structure 12 further clamps the ear together with the movement module 11 through the flexible coating 128 on the cover shell 1231, which is conducive to further improving the wearing comfort of the earphone 10.
  • one end of the battery compartment 1232 in the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be open, and the cover shell 1231 is partially embedded in the open end of the battery compartment 1232.
  • the area of the outer surface of the cover shell 1231 on the reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be smaller than the area of the outer surface of the battery compartment 1232 on the reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12, that is, the outer diameter of the cover shell 1231 may be smaller than the outer diameter of the battery compartment 1232.
  • the flexible cover layer 128 may not cover the battery compartment 1232, and the outer surface of the flexible cover layer 128 and the outer surface of the battery compartment 1232 have a smooth transition to improve the appearance quality of the earphone 10 when not worn.
  • the measurement fixed position P1 may be located at the junction between the flexible cover layer 128 and the battery compartment 1232. This arrangement allows the measurement fixed position P1 to be as close as possible to the preset position on the hook-shaped structure 12 that contacts the ear.
  • the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, and the hook-shaped structure 12 may include a battery housing 123, and a battery 14 coupled to the movement module 11 is arranged in the battery housing 123.
  • the movement module 11 can be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and the free end FE of the movement module 11 that is not connected to the hook-shaped structure 12 can extend into the concha cavity of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 can be located at the back side of the ear in the wearing state.
  • the movement module 11 and the battery housing 123 can clamp the ear area from the front and back sides of the ear area corresponding to the concha cavity, so as to allow the earphone 10 to be stably and comfortably worn on the ear.
  • the battery housing 123 can also contact the head skin outside the ear, which is conducive to increasing the contact area of the battery housing 123 and the user's skin, so that when the user wears the earphone 10 stably and comfortably, he can be aware that he is wearing the earphone 10, providing the user with a sense of stability when wearing, and improving the user's wearing experience.
  • the contact area between the earphone 10 and the user's skin is increased, it is also helpful to reduce the risk of the earphone 10 slipping off the ear when the user lowers, raises, or shakes his head.
  • the maximum area of the outer surface of the battery housing 123 on a reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook structure 12 may be between 60 mm 2 and 100 mm 2. If the aforementioned maximum area is too small, it is easy for the battery housing 123 to be difficult to contact the head skin outside the ear, and the capacity of the battery 14 is insufficient to meet the endurance requirements of the earphone 10; if the aforementioned maximum area is too large, it is easy for the battery housing 123 to be seen too much from the front side of the ear, thereby affecting the appearance quality of the earphone 10 when worn.
  • the battery housing 123 may include a cover shell 1231 and a battery compartment 1232 connected to the cover shell 1231.
  • One end of the battery compartment 1232 in the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be open, and the cover shell 1231 may be partially embedded in the open end of the battery compartment 1232 to cooperate to form a cavity structure for accommodating the battery 14.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may be set to a tapered structure at the cover shell 1231, which is conducive to alleviating the outer diameter difference between the battery compartment 1232 and other parts of the hook-shaped structure 12 (such as the elastic metal wire 121), so that the hook-shaped structure 12 is smoother and more symmetrical in overall appearance.
  • the cover 1231 can contact the ear region to clamp the ear with the movement module 11, and the battery compartment 1232 can contact the head skin outside the ear to increase the contact area between the battery housing 123 and the user's skin.
  • different parts of the battery housing 123 contact the skin at different physiological positions.
  • the contact area between the cover shell 1231 and the head skin around the ear can be smaller than the contact area between the battery compartment 1232 and the head skin around the ear, so that when the cover shell 1231 and the movement module 11 clamp the ear, the cover shell 1231 does not need to take into account the contact between the battery housing 123 and the head skin around the ear.
  • different parts of the battery housing 123 can have different design intentions. Therefore, the cover shell 1231 may not be in contact with the head skin around the ear.
  • the hook structure 12 may include an elastic wire 121 connecting the movement module 11 and the cover shell 1231, and a flexible coating 128 covering at least the elastic wire 121 and the cover shell 1231.
  • the cover shell 1231 may contact the ear region through the flexible coating 128 to improve the wearing comfort of the earphone 10.
  • the flexible coating 128 may not cover the battery compartment 1232, which helps to reduce the risk of the hook structure 12 being too thick at the battery compartment 1232 and being exposed too much from the front side of the ear, thereby improving the appearance quality of the earphone 10 when worn.
  • the outer surface of the flexible coating 128 may smoothly transition with the outer surface of the battery compartment 1232 to improve the appearance quality of the earphone 10 when not worn.
  • the movement module 11 may have an inner side surface IS facing the ear and an outer side surface OS away from the ear along the thickness direction X1 in the wearing state, and the thickness direction X1 is defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state.
  • the non-wearing state at least part of the battery housing 123 is located between the inner side surface IS and the outer side surface OS in the thickness direction X1, so that the clamping force of the earphone 10 on the ear is mainly manifested as positive pressure, which is conducive to improving the wearing comfort of the earphone 10.
  • the movement module 11 may have a length direction Y1 and a width direction Z1 that are perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 and orthogonal to each other, and the length of the movement module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be greater than the width of the movement module 11 in the width direction Z1.
  • the orthographic projection of the cover shell 1231 along the length direction Y1 and the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 along the length direction Y1 can at least partially overlap
  • the orthographic projection of the battery compartment 1232 along the length direction Y1 and the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 along the length direction Y1 can at least partially not overlap, so as to allow the hook structure 12 to mainly clamp the ear together with the movement module 11 at the cover shell 1231.
  • the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, the movement module 11 may be located on the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located on the back side of the ear in the wearing state.
  • the orthographic projections of the hook-shaped structure 12 and the movement module 11 on a reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 may not overlap, and the thickness direction X1 is defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may include a battery housing 123 and a flexible covering 128, the battery housing 123 is provided with a battery 14 coupled to the movement module 11, and may include a cover shell 1231 and a battery compartment 1232 connected to the cover shell 1231, and the flexible covering 128 may cover the cover shell 1231.
  • the flexible covering 128 may cover the cover shell 1231.
  • there may be a first reference line segment RL1 with the shortest length between the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 and the orthographic projection of the movement module 11, and the point where the first reference line segment RL1 intersects with the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located in the section where the flexible coating 128 and the cover shell 1231 overlap.
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may contact the back side of the ear through the cover shell 1231 and the flexible coating 128 thereon, and then clamp the ear together with the movement module 11, which is conducive to improving the wearing comfort of the earphone 10.
  • the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 on the reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 may be a rounded rectangle or an ellipse, or a circle or a rounded square.
  • the clamping force applied by the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11 on the ear in the thickness direction X1 for example, the earphone 10 clamps the ear from the left and right directions of the head, can serve as part of the clamping force of the earphone 10 on the ear.
  • the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11 when worn, apply a clamping force to the ear in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, for example, the earphone 10 clamps the ear from the front-to-back direction of the head, which can serve as part of the clamping force of the earphone 10 on the ear.
  • the earphone 10 in the non-wearing state, may have a second reference line RL2 parallel to the first reference line segment RL1 on a reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 (e.g., the YZ plane in FIG. 22 ), and the second reference line RL2 intersects with the orthographic projection of the battery housing 123 and is farthest from the first reference line segment RL1.
  • the edge of the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on the side of the movement module 11 may have a maximum distance to the second reference line RL2, such as the length of the third reference line segment RL3 in FIG. 22 , and the aforementioned maximum distance may be between 34 mm and 52 mm.
  • the aforementioned maximum distance is too small, it is easy to cause the capacity of the battery 14 to be insufficient and it is difficult to meet the endurance requirements of the earphone 10; if the aforementioned maximum distance is too large, it is not only easy to cause the hook-shaped structure 12 to be seen too much from the front side of the ear due to the battery housing 123 being too long, thereby affecting the appearance quality of the earphone 10 in the wearing state, but also easy to cause the hook-shaped structure 12 to interfere with the earlobe or earrings worn by the user on the ear, especially for female users, thereby affecting the user's use preference.
  • the distance between the free end of the hook structure 12 that is not connected to the movement module 11 and the upper ear root of the ear on the vertical axis of the human body can be between 37mm and 56mm.
  • the aforementioned distance is too small, it is easy to cause the capacity of the battery 14 to be insufficient and it is difficult to meet the battery life requirements of the headset 10; if the aforementioned distance is too large, it is not only easy to cause the hook structure 12 to be seen too much from the front side of the ear due to the battery shell 123 being too long, thereby affecting the appearance quality of the headset 10 in the wearing state, but also easy to cause the hook structure 12 to interfere with the earlobe or the earrings near the ear worn by the user, especially for female users, thereby affecting the user's use preference.
  • the distance between the free end of the hook structure 12 that is not connected to the movement module 11 and the edge of the earlobe on the vertical axis of the human body (for example, as shown by V2 in FIG. 3 ) can be less than or equal to 10 mm. If the aforementioned distance is too large, the capacity of the battery 14 is insufficient and it is difficult to meet the battery life requirements of the headset 10.
  • the length of the battery compartment 1232 in the length direction of the hook structure 12 may be between 10 mm and 20 mm. This configuration is provided to take into account both the battery life of the headset 10 and its appearance quality when worn.
  • the battery compartment 1232 may be provided in a hollow cylindrical shape, and the outer surface of the battery compartment 1232 is perpendicular to the hook.
  • the area of the reference cross section of the structure 12 in the length direction may be between 60 mm 2 and 100 mm 2. If the aforementioned area is too small, the capacity of the battery 14 may be insufficient and it may be difficult to meet the endurance requirement of the earphone 10; if the aforementioned area is too large, the battery housing 123 may be seen too much from the front side of the ear, thereby affecting the appearance quality of the earphone 10 when worn.
  • the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, the movement module 11 may be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and the free end FE of the movement module 11 not connected to the hook-shaped structure 12 may extend into the concha cavity of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located at the back side of the ear in the wearing state.
  • the movement module 11 may have a thickness direction X1, a length direction Y1 and a width direction Z1 that are orthogonal to each other, the thickness direction X1 is defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state, and the length of the movement module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be greater than the width of the movement module 11 in the width direction Z1. Further, the length of the movement module 11 in the length direction Y1 (such as shown in L in FIG. 3 ) may be between 22 mm and 35 mm.
  • the length of the movement module 11 is too small, it is easy for the free end FE of the movement module 11 to be difficult to extend into the concha cavity, and it is also difficult to further clamp the ear with the hook structure 12; if the length of the movement module 11 is too large, it is also easy for the free end FE of the movement module 11 to be difficult to extend into the concha cavity, and even affect the wearing of the earphone 10.
  • the hook structure 12 can have a transition portion 12a connected to the movement module 11, and the transition portion 12a can be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and the area of the outer surface of the transition portion 12a on the reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook structure 12 can be gradually reduced in the positive direction along the length direction of the hook structure 12 and away from the movement module 11, that is, the transition portion 12a can be set as a tapered structure, so that the earphone 10 is smoother and more symmetrical in overall appearance.
  • connection end CE of the movement module 11 connected to the hook structure 12 is closer to the top of the user's head, and the angle between the length direction Y1 and the direction of the human sagittal axis (for example, as shown by ⁇ in Figure 3) can be between 15° and 60°, so that the transition portion 12a passes over the recessed area between the helix and the tragus of the ear as much as possible, which is conducive to reducing the risk of the transition portion 12a interfering too much with the user's skin, thereby improving the wearing comfort of the headset 10.
  • the hook structure 12 and the core module 11 can be plugged and fixed in a direction perpendicular to the width direction Z1. Based on this, the length of the core module 11 in the length direction Y1 can be measured after the core module 11 and the hook structure 12 are disassembled.
  • the width of the core module 11 in the width direction Z1 may be between 10 mm and 16 mm. If the width of the core module 11 is too small, it is easy to cause discomfort when wearing due to too small a contact area between the core module 11 and the ear; if the width of the core module 11 is too large, it is easy to cause the core module 11 to block the external auditory canal too much.
  • the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on a reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 (e.g., the YZ plane in FIG. 23) toward the edge of the movement module 11 on one side and the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 on the same reference plane has a first reference line segment RL1 parallel to the width direction Z1 and the longest length.
  • the point P1 where the first reference line segment RL1 intersects with the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 is used as the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1
  • the point P2 where the first reference line segment RL1 intersects with the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 is used as the end point of the first reference line segment RL1.
  • the orthographic projection of the transition portion 12a may have an inner edge IE and an outer edge OE that are respectively continuous arc transitions, and the outer edge OE is farther away from the first reference line segment RL1 than the inner edge IE in the length direction Y1.
  • the overall curvature of the inner edge IE may be greater than the overall curvature of the outer edge OE, so that the transition portion 12a is smoother and more symmetrical in overall appearance.
  • the orthographic projection of the transition portion 12a may have a second reference line segment RL2, a third reference line segment RL3, a fourth reference line segment RL4, and a fifth reference line segment RL5 that are parallel to the length direction Y1 and spaced in sequence.
  • the second reference line segment RL2, the third reference line segment RL3, the fourth reference line segment RL4, and the fifth reference line segment RL5 are successively farther and farther away from the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 in the width direction Z1.
  • the starting point and the end point of the second reference line segment RL2, the third reference line segment RL3, the fourth reference line segment RL4, and the fifth reference line segment RL5 fall on the inner edge IE and the outer edge OE, respectively.
  • the length of the second reference line segment RL2 can be between 5mm and 8mm, and the extension line of the second reference line segment RL2 passes through 1/8 of the first reference line segment RL1;
  • the length of the third reference line segment RL3 can be between 4mm and 6.3mm, and the extension line of the third reference line segment RL3 passes through 1/4 of the first reference line segment RL1;
  • the length of the fourth reference line segment RL4 can be between 3.5mm and 5.4mm, and the extension line of the fourth reference line segment RL4 passes through 3/8 of the first reference line segment RL1;
  • the length of the fifth reference line segment RL5 can be between 3mm and 5mm, and the extension line of the fifth reference line segment RL5 passes through 1/2 of the first reference line segment RL1.
  • the length of the first reference line segment RL1 may be between 13 mm and 20 mm. If the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too small, it is easy to cause the free end FE of the movement module 11 to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 is too far away from the external auditory canal; if the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too large, it is also easy to cause the free end FE to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the external auditory canal is excessively blocked by the movement module 11.
  • such a setting allows the free end FE of the movement module 11 to extend into the concha cavity, and the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 has a suitable distance from the external auditory canal, so that the user can hear more sound waves generated by the movement module 11 when the external auditory canal is not blocked.
  • the hook structure 12 may include a transfer housing 122 connected to the movement module 11 and an elastic metal wire 121 connected to the transfer housing 122. At least part of the transfer housing 122 may be located on the front side of the ear in the wearing state.
  • the wire 121 can be located at the rear side of the ear in the worn state.
  • the portion of the adapter shell 122 located at the front side of the ear in the worn state can serve as a portion of the transition portion 12a or the entire transition portion 12a.
  • the movement module 11 can have an inner side surface IS facing the ear along the thickness direction X1 and an outer side surface OS away from the ear in the worn state, and the area of the outer surface of the adapter shell 122 on a reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook structure 12 can gradually decrease in the positive direction along the length direction of the hook structure 12 and away from the movement module 11, so as to allow the transition portion 12a to be set as a tapered structure.
  • the adapter shell 122 can extend toward the side of the inner side surface IS away from the outer side surface OS in the thickness direction X1, so as to allow a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 to be staggered with the projection of the movement module 11 in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, and thus in the worn state, the upper ear root of the ear can provide less supporting force to the earphone 10; the plane where the elastic metal wire 121 is located and the inner side surface IS can cross in the non-worn state, so as to allow a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 to overlap with the projection of the movement module 11 in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, and thus in the worn state, the elastic metal wire 121 clamps the ear and adheres to the ear together with the movement module 11 due to elastic deformation.
  • the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, the movement module 11 may be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and the free end FE of the movement module 11 that is not connected to the hook-shaped structure 12 may extend into the concha cavity of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located at the back side of the ear in the wearing state.
  • the movement module 11 may have a first inner side surface IS1 facing the ear along the thickness direction X1 in the wearing state and an outer side surface OS away from the ear, the thickness direction X1 being defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state, the hook-shaped structure 12 may have a transition portion 12a connected to the movement module 11, the transition portion 12a may be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and may have a second inner side surface IS2 facing the ear along the thickness direction X1 in the wearing state.
  • first inner side surface IS1 can cover at least a part of the tragus of the ear in the wearing state
  • the second inner side surface IS2 can be bent in the thickness direction X1 relative to the first inner side surface IS1 in the direction away from the outer side surface OS, for example, the part of the hook-shaped structure 12 located in the front side of the ear in the wearing state is bent relative to the movement module 11.
  • a space for accommodating the tragus can be formed between the hook-shaped structure 12 and the movement module 11, that is, the earphone 10 can avoid the tragus, which is conducive to reducing the risk of the earphone 10 pressing the tragus, thereby improving the comfort of the earphone 10 in the wearing state.
  • the angle between the second inner side surface IS2 and the first inner side surface IS1 may be between 119° and 170°. If the angle is too small, it is easy to violate the original intention of the earphone 10 to avoid the tragus; if the angle is too large, it is easy to reduce the fit between the earphone 10 and the user's skin when the earphone is worn.
  • the distance between the end of the second inner side surface IS2 away from the core module 11 and the first inner side surface IS1 in the thickness direction X1 may be between 1.6 mm and 2.4 mm. If the distance is too small, it is easy to violate the original intention of the earphone 10 to avoid the tragus; if the distance is too large, it is easy to reduce the fit between the earphone 10 and the user's skin when worn.
  • the transition portion 12a may include an adapter shell 122 connected to the movement module 11, and at least a portion of the adapter shell 122 may be located on the front side of the ear in the worn state.
  • the portion of the adapter shell 122 located on the front side of the ear in the worn state may serve as a portion of the transition portion 12a or the entirety of the transition portion 12a.
  • the adapter shell 122 may be configured as a tapered structure, for example, the area of the outer surface of the adapter shell 122 on a reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12 may gradually decrease in the positive direction along the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12 and away from the movement module 11.
  • the transition portion 12a may also be configured as a tapered structure to make the earphone 10 smoother and more symmetrical in overall appearance.
  • the adapter shell 122 can extend toward the side of the first inner side surface IS1 away from the outer side surface OS in the thickness direction X1, so as to allow the earphone 10 to avoid the tragus when worn, and allow a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 to be offset from the projection of the movement module 11 in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, so that when worn, the upper ear root of the ear can provide less support force to the earphone 10.
  • the elastic metal wire 121 in the non-wearing state, can pass through the plane where the first inner side surface IS1 is located to allow a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 to overlap with the projection of the movement module 11 in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, and then in the wearing state, the elastic metal wire 121 clamps the ear and adheres to the ear together with the movement module 11 due to elastic deformation.
  • the plane where the elastic metal wire 121 is located may intersect with the first inner side surface IS1, so as to allow a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 to overlap with the projection of the movement module 11 in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, and then in the wearing state, the elastic metal wire 121 and the movement module 11 clamp the ear and adhere to the ear due to elastic deformation.
  • the angle between the elastic metal wire 121 and the first inner side surface IS1 may be between 15° and 30°.
  • the movement housing 111 may include a movement inner housing 1111 and a movement outer housing 1112 connected to the movement inner housing 1111, for example, the two are buckled in the thickness direction X1.
  • the movement inner housing 1111 may be closer to the ear than the movement outer housing 1112 in the wearing state, and the sound outlet 111a may be provided on the movement inner housing 1111.
  • at least one of the movement inner housing 1111 and the movement outer housing 1112 may be plugged and fixed with the adapter housing 122, for example, the movement inner housing 1111 and the adapter housing 122 shown in FIG. 7 are plugged and fixed.
  • the movement housing 111 may include a movement inner housing 1111 and a movement outer housing 1112 connected to the movement inner housing 1111, for example, the two are buckled in the thickness direction X1.
  • the movement inner housing 1111 may be closer to the ear than the movement outer housing 1112 when worn, and the sound outlet 111a may be provided on the movement inner housing 1111.
  • one of the movement inner housing 1111 and the movement outer housing 1112 may be provided as an integrally formed structural component with the adapter housing 122, and the other may be fixedly connected to the aforementioned integrally formed structural component.
  • the area corresponding to the speaker 112 can be simply regarded as the inner shell 1111 of the movement, and the area with a tapered structure or the area corresponding to the electronic component 15 can be simply regarded as the adapter shell 122.
  • the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, the movement module 11 may be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located at the back side of the ear in the wearing state.
  • the movement module 11 may include a movement housing 111 and a speaker 112 disposed in the movement housing 111
  • the hook-shaped structure 12 may include a transfer housing 122 connected to the movement housing 111, and at least part of the transfer housing 122 may be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state.
  • the transfer housing 122 may be formed with a accommodating cavity 124 and a through hole 1251 connected to the accommodating cavity 124, and the earphone 10 may include an electrode terminal 151 at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251. Since a receiving cavity 124 is formed in the transfer housing 122, some components can be accommodated in the receiving cavity 124, which is beneficial to saving space in the movement module 11, so as to allow the volume of the speaker 112 to be as large as possible.
  • the electrode terminal 151 can be arranged on the transfer housing 122, which is beneficial to shortening the distance between the electrode terminal 151 and the speaker 112 in the length direction of the hook structure 12, so as to make full use of the magnetic attraction between the magnetic circuit system of the speaker 112 (which includes a magnet) and the magnetic attraction structure in the charging box, so that the electrode terminal 151 can more reliably contact the electrode terminal in the charging box.
  • the electrode terminal 151 can be oriented toward the front of the ear when worn, so that the electrode terminal 151 can be closer to the speaker 112, which is beneficial for further shortening the distance between the electrode terminal 151 and the speaker 112 in the length direction of the hook structure 12.
  • the electrode terminal 151 may include a charging positive terminal 1514 and a charging negative terminal 1515 that are spaced apart from each other.
  • the charging positive terminal 1514 and the charging negative terminal 1515 may be respectively disposed in their respective through holes 1251 to facilitate charging of the earphone 10 through the electrode terminal 151.
  • the electrode terminal 151 may include a communication terminal 1516 spaced apart from the positive charging terminal 1514 and the negative charging terminal 1515 , and the communication terminal 1516 may be correspondingly disposed in a corresponding through hole 1251 to facilitate communication connection between the earphone 10 and a charging device such as a charging box.
  • the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the negative charging terminal 1515 may be greater than the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516, and the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516 may be greater than the distance between the communication terminal 1516 and the negative charging terminal 1515.
  • the potential of the positive charging terminal 1514 is generally higher than the potential of the communication terminal 1516, and the communication terminal 1516 is generally more easily damaged by high voltage.
  • the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516 is larger than the distance between the communication terminal 1516 and the negative charging terminal 1515. Furthermore, in order to avoid or reduce the probability of damage to the earphone 10 caused by a short circuit between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the negative charging terminal 1515, the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the negative charging terminal 1515 may be larger than the distance between the communication terminal 1516 and the negative charging terminal 1515.
  • the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the negative charging terminal 1515 is larger than the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516, so that the electrode terminals 151 are arranged as concentratedly as possible to reduce the space occupied by the electrode terminals 151, and the risk of short circuit between the electrode terminals 151 is reduced as much as possible, and the degree of damage to the earphone 10 is minimized.
  • the connecting lines between the positive charging terminal 1514 , the negative charging terminal 1515 , and the communication terminal 1516 may form an unequal-sided triangle.
  • the positive charging terminal 1514, the communication terminal 1516 and the negative charging terminal 1515 can be arranged in a line segment spaced apart from each other, for example, arranged in sequence into a straight line segment.
  • the magnet 127 and the movement module 11 can be located on both sides of the aforementioned straight line segment, respectively. In this arrangement, when the earphone 10 is placed in the charging box, the magnetic circuit system of the speaker 112 forms a first magnetic pair with the permanent magnet or soft magnet in the charging box, and the magnet 127 forms a second magnetic pair with another permanent magnet or soft magnet in the charging box.
  • the electrode terminal 151 is located between the first magnetic pair and the second magnetic pair and more reliably contacts the electrode terminal in the charging box. Furthermore, the area of the outer surface of the adapter housing 122 on the reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook structure 12 can be gradually reduced in the positive direction along the length direction of the hook structure 12 and away from the movement module 11, that is, the adapter housing 122 can be set to a tapered structure to allow the transition portion 12a of the hook structure 12 to be set to a tapered structure, so that the overall appearance of the earphone 10 is smoother and more symmetrical.
  • the center of the magnet 127 has a first distance, a second distance and a third distance from the center of the charging positive terminal 1514, the communication terminal 1516 and the charging negative terminal 1515, respectively, and the third distance can be greater than the first distance and the second distance, respectively, which is conducive to reducing the risk of the adapter housing 122 having too small a wall thickness due to the magnet 127 being too close to the charging negative terminal 1515, thereby increasing the structural strength of the adapter housing 122.
  • the movement shell 111 may have a first inner side surface IS1 facing the ear along the thickness direction X1 and an outer side surface OS away from the ear in the wearing state, and the thickness direction X1 is defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 is close to or away from the ear in the wearing state.
  • the adapter shell 122 may have a second inner side surface facing the ear along the thickness direction X1 in the wearing state (for example, the second inner side surface IS2 of the transition portion 12a).
  • the second inner side surface IS2 may be bent in the thickness direction X1 relative to the first inner side surface IS1 in the direction away from the outer side surface OS, for example, the adapter shell 122 is bent relative to the movement module 11.
  • the electrode terminal 151 is exposed on the second inner side surface IS2 to facilitate contact with the electrode terminal in the charging box, and the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151 can be aligned with the speaker 112.
  • the winding direction of the coil i.e., the voice coil mentioned above
  • This arrangement allows the suction direction of the first magnetic pair to intersect with the suction direction of the second magnetic pair, which is beneficial to reduce the risk of the earphone 10 shaking in the charging box, so that the electrode terminal 151 can more reliably contact the electrode terminal in the charging box.
  • the movement module 11 may include a main control circuit board 13 disposed in the movement housing 111 and coupled to the speaker 112.
  • the main control circuit board 13 and the speaker 112 are stacked in the thickness direction X1 and are located on the side of the speaker 112 facing the outer side surface OS.
  • Such a configuration is beneficial to increase the area of the speaker 112 when the size of the movement housing 111 on the reference section perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 is limited, and to make the speaker 112 closer to the permanent magnet or soft magnet in the charging box, thereby increasing the suction force of the first magnetic attraction pair, so that the electrode terminal 151 can more reliably contact the electrode terminal in the charging box.
  • the earphone 10 may include a charging positive terminal 1514, a charging negative terminal 1515 and a communication terminal 1516 which are spaced apart from each other.
  • the charging positive terminal 1514, the charging negative terminal 1515 and the communication terminal 1516 may be located on the same side of the ear when worn, for example, all three are located on the front side of the ear.
  • the spacing between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the charging negative terminal 1515 may be greater than the spacing between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516, and the spacing between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516 may be greater than the spacing between the communication terminal 1516 and the charging negative terminal 1515.
  • the potential of the charging positive terminal 1514 is generally higher than the potential of the communication terminal 1516, and the communication terminal 1516 is generally more easily damaged by high voltage.
  • the distance between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516 is larger than the distance between the communication terminal 1516 and the charging negative terminal 1515.
  • the distance between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the charging negative terminal 1515 can also be larger than the distance between the communication terminal 1516 and the charging negative terminal 1515.
  • the distance between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the charging negative terminal 1515 is greater than the distance between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516, so that the electrode terminals 151 are arranged as concentratedly as possible to reduce the space occupied by the electrode terminals 151, while minimizing the risk of short circuit between the electrode terminals 151 and minimizing the damage to the earphone 10.
  • At least one of the positive charging terminal 1514 , the negative charging terminal 1515 and the communication terminal 1516 is disposed at the adapter housing 122 , for example, all three are disposed at the adapter housing 122 , and for another example, all three are disposed at the battery housing 123 .
  • At least one of the charging positive terminal 1514 , the charging negative terminal 1515 and the communication terminal 1516 is disposed at the movement housing 111 , for example, any one is disposed at the movement housing 111 and the remaining two are disposed at the adapter housing 122 .
  • the movement module 11 includes a movement housing 111, and a speaker 112 and a main control circuit board 13 disposed in the movement housing 111, and the speaker 112 is electrically connected to the main control circuit board 13.
  • the main control circuit board 13 is used to process signals and transmit the processed electrical signals to the speaker 112, and the speaker 112 is used to convert the received electrical signals into mechanical vibrations.
  • the speaker 112 may include a first coil 1125 (that is, the voice coil mentioned above) coupled to the main control circuit board 13, the first coil 1125 may extend into the magnetic circuit system of the speaker 112, and a second coil 134 may be disposed on the main control circuit board 13.
  • the winding axial direction of the second coil 134 (for example, as shown in C2 in FIG. 25) and the winding axial direction of the first coil 1125 (for example, as shown in C1 in FIG. 25) may be arranged crosswise.
  • Such a configuration is conducive to weakening the mutual inductive coupling between the second coil 134 and the first coil 1125, thereby reducing the mutual influence between the two coils, for example, reducing the risk of the current change of the second coil 134 causing noises such as "rustling" and "squeaking" in the speaker 112 through mutual inductance.
  • the main control circuit board 13 can be allowed to be closer to the speaker 112, which is conducive to making the movement module 11 more compact in structure.
  • the main control circuit board 13 and the speaker 112 can be stacked on the winding axis of the first coil 1125.
  • This arrangement is conducive to setting a larger speaker 112 in the movement housing 111 when the volume of the movement housing 111 is constant, thereby increasing the sensitivity and maximum volume of the earphone 10.
  • the winding axis of the second coil 134 and the winding axis of the first coil 1125 can be orthogonal, for example, the winding axis of the second coil 134 and the winding axis of the first coil 1125 are respectively parallel to the length direction Y1 and the thickness direction X1, so as to further weaken the mutual inductive coupling between the second coil 134 and the first coil 1125.
  • the distance between the main control circuit board 13 and the speaker 112 on the winding axis of the first coil 1125 can be further reduced, so as to facilitate the movement module 11 to be more compactly arranged in the thickness direction X1, and reduce the volume of the movement module 11.
  • the distance between the main control circuit board 13 and the speaker 112 in the winding axis direction of the first coil 1125 may be less than or equal to 3 mm.
  • the second coil 134 may be arranged on the side of the main control circuit board 13 away from the speaker 112 or on the other side facing the speaker 112.
  • the second coil 134 is arranged on the side of the main control circuit board 13 away from the speaker 112, and the distance between the main control circuit board 13 and the speaker 112 in the winding axis direction of the first coil 1125 is less than or equal to 1 mm.
  • the second coil 134 is arranged on the other side of the main circuit board 13 facing the speaker 112, and the distance between the main circuit board 13 and the speaker 112 in the winding axis direction of the first coil 1125 is less than or equal to 2 mm.
  • the movement module 11 may include an inductor or a transceiver coil or other components, and the inductor or transceiver coil component may include a second coil 134.
  • the movement module 11 may include a switching power supply, which may be used to achieve voltage conversion, and the switching power supply may be arranged on the main control circuit board 13 and electrically connected to the main control circuit board 13; the inductor of the switching power supply may be the second coil 134, which is used to achieve energy storage, filtering, etc.
  • the movement module 11 may include a communication device, which may be used to achieve The headset 10 is used in conjunction with terminal devices such as mobile phones and computers.
  • the communication device is arranged on the main control circuit board 13 and is electrically connected to the main control circuit board 13; the communication device may include a transceiver coil to realize signal reception and transmission, and the transceiver coil of the communication device may be a second coil 134.
  • the main control circuit board 13 may include a substrate 135, a metal trace 136 formed on the substrate 135, and a load 137 disposed on the substrate 135.
  • the substrate 135 may have electrical insulation
  • the metal trace 136 may be printed on the substrate 135 by means of copper etching and other techniques
  • the load 137 may be soldered on the substrate 135 by means of surface mounting and other techniques, and connected to the metal trace 136.
  • the main control circuit board 13 may use any one of a single-sided board, a double-sided board, and a multi-layer board as required.
  • the metal trace 136 may include a power trace 1361 and a loop trace 1362 for connecting the load 137 to an external power source (e.g., a battery 14), the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362 are arranged side by side, and the current direction of the power trace 1361 is opposite to the current direction of the loop trace 1362, so as to allow a circuit loop to be formed between the load 137 and the external power source.
  • the ratio between the absolute value of the difference between the width of any one of the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362 and the width mean and the width mean may be less than or equal to 20%, the aforementioned ratio may preferably be less than or equal to 15%, and the aforementioned ratio may more preferably be less than or equal to 10%.
  • the aforementioned width mean is defined as the average value of the widths of the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362.
  • the aforementioned ratio can be used to measure the degree to which the width of any one of the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362 deviates from the average value of the widths of the two. Therefore, the smaller the aforementioned ratio is, the closer the width of the power trace 1361 is to the width of the loop trace 1362. With such arrangement, since the current direction of the power trace 1361 is opposite to the current direction of the loop trace 1362, the magnetic field generated by the power trace 1361 and the magnetic field generated by the loop trace 1362 can cancel each other out when the vectors are superimposed in three-dimensional space.
  • the total magnetic field intensity of the magnetic field generated by the power trace 1361 and the magnetic field generated by the loop trace 1362 after the vector superposition in three-dimensional space is small, which is beneficial to reduce the electromagnetic interference of the metal trace 136 on the main control circuit board 13 to other electronic components, for example, reducing the risk of the speaker 112 producing noises such as "rustling” and "squeaking” due to the magnetic field generated by the metal trace 136 on the main control circuit board 13.
  • the extension direction of the power line 1361 and the extension direction of the loop line 1362 can be set in parallel, which is conducive to the magnetic field generated by the power line 1361 and the magnetic field generated by the loop line 1362 to offset each other.
  • the thickness of the power line 1361 and the thickness of the loop line 1362 can be equal, which is conducive to simplifying the molding process of the metal line 136
  • the width of the power line 1361 and the width of the loop line 1362 can be equal, which is conducive to the magnetic field generated by the power line 1361 and the magnetic field generated by the loop line 1362 to offset each other.
  • the length of the power line 1361 and the length of the loop line 1362 can be equal, which is conducive to the magnetic field generated by the power line 1361 and the magnetic field generated by the loop line 1362 to offset each other. It is worth noting that the thickness of the loop line 1362 can refer to its size in the thickness direction of the main control circuit board 13 (for example, parallel to the thickness direction X1).
  • the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362 may be disposed on the same layer on the substrate 135 .
  • the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362 may be arranged on different layers on the substrate 135 , and the orthographic projections of the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362 in the thickness direction of the main control circuit board 13 may at least partially overlap.
  • the load 137 may be a component such as a main control chip or a communication chip.
  • the main control circuit board 13 may include a connector 138, and the connector 138 may be disposed on the substrate 135 by means of surface mounting or other technologies.
  • One end of the power supply line 1361 and the loop line 1362 are respectively connected to the connector 138, and the other end is respectively connected to the load 137, so that the load 137 is connected to the external power supply.
  • the battery 14 is used as an external power supply, and the battery 14 is connected to one end of the flexible circuit board 16 through the wire 129, and the other end of the flexible circuit board 16 is buckled with the connector 138, so that the battery 14 is connected to the main control circuit board 13.
  • any one of the embodiments described in FIGS. 27 to 36 or any combination thereof are the relevant contents of the priority text.
  • the structure of at least a part of the technical features, the relative position or connection relationship between the technical features, the role played by the technical features, etc. in any one of the embodiments described in FIGS. 2 to 18 or any combination thereof are the same or similar to the structure of at least a part of the technical features, the relative position or connection relationship between the technical features, the role played by the technical features, etc. in any one of the embodiments described in FIGS. 27 to 36 or any combination thereof.
  • the structures of the "earphone 10", “movement module 11", “hook-shaped structure 12", “speaker 112", “main control circuit board 13", “battery 14", etc. in any embodiment or combination described in Figures 2 to 18 are respectively the same or similar to the structures of the "earphone 20", “holding portion 23”, “hook-shaped portion 21", “movement 24", “mainboard 25”, “battery 26", etc. in any embodiment or combination described in Figures 27 to 36, and the relative positions and connection relationships between them are also the same or similar.
  • the relative position between the "free end FE" and the "connection end CE" in any embodiment or combination described in Figures 2 to 18 is the same or similar to the relative position between the "free end 231" and the "connection end 232" in any embodiment or combination described in Figures 27 to 36.
  • the relative position between the "adapter housing 122" and the “battery housing 123" in any embodiment or combination described in Figure 18 is the same as or similar to the relative position between the "connecting section 211" and the “free section 212" in any embodiment or combination described in Figures 27 to 36; for example, "the relative position or connection relationship between the flexible insert 1131 and the flexible coating 1132 and the movement housing 111, and the role they play” in any embodiment or combination described in Figures 2 to 18 is the same as or similar to "for the composite structure of sponge and silicone, the sponge can be mainly located at the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23, so that the retaining portion 23 contacts the ear through the sponge and the silicone thereon, that is, the area of the retaining portion 23 where the sponge is located is softer than other areas”.
  • the earphone 20 may include a hook portion 21 and a retaining portion 23 connected to the hook portion 21, at least part of the hook portion 21 is used to be hung between the back side of the user's ear and the head, and the retaining portion 23 is used to contact the front side of the ear to allow the hook portion 21 and the retaining portion 23 to clamp the ear together.
  • the hook portion 21 and the retaining portion 23 may not be coplanar.
  • the retaining portion 23 may have a thickness direction, a length direction and a width direction that are orthogonal to each other, the aforementioned thickness direction is defined as the direction in which the retaining portion 23 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state, and the length of the retaining portion 23 in the aforementioned length direction is greater than or equal to the width of the retaining portion 23 in the aforementioned width direction.
  • the hook portion 21 may include a connecting segment 211 connected to the retaining portion 23 and a free segment 212 connected to the connecting segment 211, and the connecting segment 211 and the free segment 212 are respectively located on opposite sides of the retaining portion 23 in the aforementioned width direction.
  • the maximum spacing between the connecting section 211 and the retaining portion 23 in the aforementioned width direction may be between 10 mm and 17 mm.
  • the aforementioned maximum spacing may be between 11 mm and 14 mm.
  • a simulator containing a head and its (left and right) ears can be made, such as GRAS 45BC KEMAR, so the descriptions such as “the user wears headphones” or “the headphones are in a wearing state” in this application can refer to the headphones being worn on the ears of the aforementioned simulator.
  • the "wearing state” described in this application can refer to the normal wearing state after the headphones are worn on the ears of the aforementioned simulator; for the convenience of description, the aforementioned normal wearing state can be further illustrated from the perspectives of the front side and the back side of the ear, such as the normal wearing state shown in Figures 29 and 30.
  • the center of gravity described in this application refers to the point of action of the combined force of the earth's gravity on each tiny part of the object
  • the center of mass described in this application refers to an imaginary point on the material system where the mass is considered to be concentrated.
  • the gravitational field of our environment is uniform, so the center of mass and the center of gravity can be simply regarded as coincident. Based on this, the center of gravity of an object (such as the retaining portion 23) can be found with a plumb line.
  • the retaining portion 23 can be separated from the earphone 20 along the reference line RL shown in FIG. 27.
  • the reference line RL can be the dividing line between the hook portion 21 and the retaining portion 23.
  • the hook portion 21 has an elastic metal wire built in, and the retaining portion 23 is a plastic part, and the two are plug-in connected, then the retaining portion 23 can be removed from the earphone 20 by destroying the plug-in connection relationship between the two.
  • the retaining portion 23 can also be removed from the earphone 20 by destroying the connection relationship between the two.
  • the earphone 20 may also include a movement 24, a mainboard 25 and a battery 26.
  • the movement 24 is mainly used to convert electrical signals into corresponding mechanical vibrations (that is, "sound"), and can be electrically connected to the mainboard 25 and the battery 26 through corresponding conductors;
  • the mainboard 25 is mainly used to control the sound of the movement 24;
  • the battery 26 is mainly used to provide electrical energy for the sound of the movement 24.
  • the earphone 20 described in the present application may also include microphones such as microphones and pickups, and may further include communication devices such as Bluetooth, which are electrically connected to the mainboard 25 and the battery 26 through corresponding conductors to achieve corresponding functions.
  • the holding portion 23 when the earphone 20 is in a wearing state, since the holding portion 23 is mainly located on the front side of the user's ear, as shown in Figure 29, the holding portion 23, in addition to being used to set the movement 24, can also be set with some function keys that facilitate the user to interact with the earphone 20. Based on this, the mainboard 25 can also be set in the holding portion 23 to shorten the wiring distance between the movement 24 and other such as function keys and the mainboard 25.
  • the angle between the length direction of the retaining portion 23 and the direction of the human sagittal axis can be between 15° and 60°.
  • the aforementioned angle can be between 25° and 45°.
  • the retaining portion 23 is generally arranged as a regular structure, for example, the outer shape of the retaining portion 23 is arranged as a rounded rectangle, the retaining portion 23 is at least symmetrically arranged in outer shape relative to a symmetry axis parallel to the length direction of the retaining portion 23 (for example, as shown by the dotted line SA), that is, the angle ⁇ can be the angle between the symmetry axis SA and the human sagittal axis Y.
  • the holding portion 23 has a free end 231 not connected to the hook portion 21 and a connecting end 232 connected to the hook portion 21.
  • the free end 231 of the holding portion 23 may be further away from the end of the free section 212 of the hook portion 21 away from the connecting section 211 than the connecting end 232 of the holding portion 23.
  • the free end 231 of the holding portion 23 not connected to the hook portion 21 is closer to the top of the user's head than the connecting end 232 of the holding portion 23 connected to the hook portion 21.
  • the holding portion 23 is tilted relative to the sagittal axis of the human body, so that the holding portion 23 is tilted toward the external auditory canal of the ear in the wearing state, so as to increase the distance between the center of gravity of the holding portion 23 and the upper ear root of the ear, that is, to reduce the center of gravity of the holding portion 23 in the wearing state, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
  • the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23 contacts the antihelix of the ear, so that the retaining portion 23 presses the ear at least at the antihelix of the ear; when the retaining portion 23 is projected onto the ear along the direction of the human coronal axis, it partially overlaps with the concha cavity of the ear, that is, the concha cavity of the ear is at least partially covered by the retaining portion 23.
  • the retaining portion 23 When projected onto the ear along the direction of the human coronal axis, it is at least partially offset from the external auditory canal of the ear, that is, the external auditory canal of the ear is at least partially not covered by the retaining portion 23, so as to "liberate" the external auditory canal of the ear.
  • the concha cavity of the ear in this embodiment is at least partially covered by the retaining portion 23, that is, the retaining portion 23 is inclined toward the external auditory canal of the ear in the wearing state, so that the distance between the center of mass of the retaining portion 23 and the antihelix of the ear is increased, that is, the rotational inertia of the earphone 20 relative to the antihelix or the upper ear root of the ear is increased during the user's movements such as shaking the head left and right, lowering and raising the head, and jumping up and down, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
  • the ratio between the distance between the center of gravity of the retaining portion 23 (e.g., shown in G) and the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23 (e.g., shown in T2) and the length of the retaining portion 23 (e.g., shown in L) can be between 0.5 and 0.75.
  • the center of gravity of the retaining portion 23 is further away from the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23, so that the distance between the center of mass of the retaining portion 23 and the anti-helix of the ear is increased, that is, the moment of inertia of the earphone 20 relative to the anti-helix or the upper ear root of the ear is increased during the user's movements such as shaking the head left and right, lowering the head and raising the head, and jumping up and down, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
  • the reference plane where the human body sagittal plane is located can also be defined as a reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction of the retaining portion 23.
  • the length of the retaining portion 23 (such as shown by L in FIG. 29 ) may be between 22 mm and 35 mm. Preferably, the aforementioned length may be between 25 mm and 32 mm. If the length of the retaining portion 23 is too short, for example, so short that it cannot contact the antihelix of the ear, it is not conducive to the retaining portion 23 and the hook portion 21 clamping the user's ear together; and if the length of the retaining portion 23 is too long, for example, so long that a large part of it protrudes from the antihelix of the ear, it is easy for the user or a third party to touch the earphone 20, which is not conducive to the reliability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
  • the ratio between the width of the holding portion 23 at 3/4 of its length and the width of the holding portion 23 at 1/4 of its length may be between 1 and 2.
  • the aforementioned ratio may be between 1 and 1.3.
  • the movement 24 can be arranged on the holding part 23, and the holding part 23 can also be tilted toward the external auditory canal of the ear when being worn, so that the movement 24 can be located at the connecting end 232 of the holding part 23, so as to shorten the distance between the movement 24 (specifically, the sound outlet hole on the holding part 23) and the external auditory canal of the ear, which is conducive to increasing the intensity of the sound emitted by the movement 24 heard by the user.
  • the connecting end 232 of the holding part 23 is arranged wider than its free end 231, the volume of the movement 24 allowed to be arranged at the connecting end 232 of the holding part 23 can also be larger, which is conducive to increasing the intensity of the sound emitted by the movement 24.
  • the battery 26 can be arranged in the hook 21 (not shown), specifically, the battery 26 can be arranged close to the free section 212 of the hook 21. This is conducive to increasing the capacity of the battery 26 and balancing the weight distribution of the earphone 20.
  • the movement 24, the main board 25 and the battery 26 can be arranged in the holding portion 23.
  • the hook-shaped portion 21 can be contoured to be a structure that fits better with the back side of the ear (and the head), which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
  • the movement 24 can be located at the connecting end 232 of the holding portion 23, and the battery 26 can be located at the free end 231 of the holding portion 23.
  • the position of the center of gravity of the holding portion 23 can be adjusted by changing the volume of the movement 24, the capacity of the battery 26 and other parameters.
  • the battery 26 is closer to the free end 231 than the movement 24, and the size of the movement 24 in the width direction of the holding portion 23 is larger than the size of the battery 26 in the aforementioned width direction.
  • the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23 may be closer to the end of the free section 212 of the hook-shaped portion 21 away from the connecting section 211 than the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23.
  • the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23 that is not connected to the hook-shaped portion 21 is farther away from the top of the user's head than the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23 that is connected to the hook-shaped portion 21.
  • the retaining portion 23 is also tilted relative to the sagittal axis of the human body to increase the distance between the center of gravity of the retaining portion 23 and the upper ear root of the ear, that is, to lower the center of gravity of the retaining portion 23 in the wearing state, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
  • the free end 231 of the holding portion 23 that is not connected to the hook-shaped portion 21 can be extended into the concha cavity of the ear, so as to allow the holding portion 23 to be tilted relative to the sagittal axis of the human body.
  • the movement 24, the main board 25 and the battery 26 can also be arranged in the holding portion 23, so that the contoured structure of the hook-shaped portion 21 will not interfere with the battery 26.
  • the movement 24 can be closer to the free end 231 than the battery 26 to shorten the distance between the movement 24 (specifically, the sound outlet hole on the holding portion 23) and the external auditory canal of the ear, which is conducive to increasing the intensity of the sound emitted by the movement 24 heard by the user.
  • the free end 231 of the holding portion 23 is arranged to extend into the concha cavity of the ear, the holding portion 23 does not extend into the external auditory canal of the ear, so as to "liberate" the external auditory canal.
  • the retaining portion 23 may cover a portion of the external auditory canal. This scenario cannot be confused with the retaining portion 23 being directly inserted into the external auditory canal, that is, the two are different.
  • the free end 231 of the holding portion 23 can abut against or be pressed against the concha cavity of the ear.
  • the holding portion 23 abuts against the concha cavity of the ear in its length direction, and for another example, the holding portion 23 is pressed against the concha cavity of the ear in its thickness direction.
  • the holding portion 23 can also abut against the concha cavity of the ear.
  • the earphone 20 is provided with abutting force or clamping force and a friction force and other forces, thereby improving the stability of the earphone 20 when being worn.
  • the inventors of the present application have found in their long-term research and development work that when the free end 231 of the holding portion 23 is configured to extend into the concha cavity of the ear, the holding portion 23 will at least partially cover the tragus of the ear; and the tragus of the ear generally protrudes toward the front side of the ear in a direction away from the user's head, making it easy to be pressed by the holding portion 23, which may cause discomfort when wearing the earphone 20 for a long time.
  • the holding portion 23 is configured to avoid the tragus of the ear in the wearing state to avoid squeezing the tragus of the ear, thereby improving the wearing comfort of the earphone 20.
  • the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23 partially protrudes compared to the free end 231, so that the inner side of the retaining portion 23 facing the ear is not flat as a whole.
  • the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23 contacts the skin around the tragus, so that other areas of the retaining portion 23 can avoid the tragus of the ear.
  • the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23 partially protrudes relative to the free end 231, and the battery 26 can be arranged at the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23, the size of the battery 26 in the thickness direction of the retaining portion 23 is increased, which is beneficial to increase the capacity of the battery 26, thereby extending the standby/use time of the headset 20.
  • connection end 232 of the retaining portion 23 is bent relative to the free end 231, so that the retaining portion 23 is not a plane as a whole.
  • the connection end 232 of the retaining portion 23 contacts the skin around the tragus, so that other areas of the retaining portion 23 can avoid the tragus of the ear.
  • the connection end 232 of the retaining portion 23 is bent relative to the free end 231, and the movement 24 and the battery 26 can be respectively arranged at the free end 231 and the connection end 232 of the retaining portion 23, the bend between the connection end 232 and the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23 can exactly correspond to the area between the movement 24 and the battery 26.
  • the main difference lies in: the position where the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23 contacts the user's skin when worn, wherein compared with the embodiments shown in Figures 31 to 33, the position where the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23 contacts the user's skin when worn in the embodiments shown in Figures 34 to 36 is closer to the upper ear root of the ear, that is, closer to the top of the user's head.
  • optimizing the weight distribution of the earphone 20 and the clamping force provided by the earphone 20 is also beneficial to improving the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
  • the ratio between the mass of the hook-shaped portion 21 and the mass of the retaining portion 23 may be between 1/9 and 1/2.
  • the aforementioned ratio may be between 1/6.5 and 1/3.5.
  • the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing is increased by adjusting parameters such as the mass of the hook-shaped portion 21 and the mass of the retaining portion 23.
  • the retaining portion 23 a part of it can be regarded as the retaining portion 23, and the other part can be regarded as the hook-shaped portion 21, so as to measure the masses of the hook-shaped portion 21 and the retaining portion 23 respectively.
  • the hook portion 21 may include an elastic wire connected to the retaining portion 23 and an elastic coating coated on the elastic wire, wherein the elastic wire mainly enables the hook portion 21 to cooperate with the retaining portion 23 to provide a corresponding clamping force, and the elastic coating is mainly used to improve the comfort of the hook portion 21 in wearing and the fit between the hook portion 21 and the back of the ear (and the head).
  • the thickness of the elastic coating may be between 1 mm and 3.5 mm.
  • the aforementioned thickness may be between 1.5 mm and 2.5 mm.
  • the Shore hardness of the elastic coating may be 0-40A; preferably, the aforementioned Shore hardness may be 0-10A.
  • the material of the elastic coating may be one or a combination of silicone, foam sponge, thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer, thermoplastic elastomer, etc.
  • the material of the elastic coating may preferably be a single silicone or thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer, or a composite structure of sponge and silicone, such as sponge coated on the elastic wire and silicone coated on the sponge.
  • the holding portion 23 may include a shell and an elastic coating coated on the shell, the shell is mainly used to accommodate structural parts such as the movement 24, the mainboard 25, the battery 26, and cooperate with the hook portion 21 to provide a corresponding clamping force, and the elastic coating is mainly used to improve the comfort of the holding portion 23 in wearing and the fit between it and the front side of the ear.
  • the thickness of the elastic coating may be between 1 mm and 3.5 mm.
  • the aforementioned thickness may be between 1.5 mm and 2.5 mm.
  • the Shore hardness of the elastic coating may be 0-40A; preferably, the aforementioned Shore hardness may be 0-10A.
  • the material of the elastic coating may be one or a combination of silicone, foam sponge, thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer, thermoplastic elastomer, etc.
  • the material of the elastic coating may preferably be a single silicone or thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer, or a composite structure of sponge and silicone, for example, the sponge is coated on the shell and the silicone is coated on the sponge.
  • the sponge can be mainly located at the free end 231 of the holding portion 23, so that the holding portion 23 contacts the ear through the sponge and the silicone thereon, that is, the area where the sponge is located in the holding portion 23 is softer than other areas.
  • the area where the sponge is located in the holding portion 23 can be greater than 2 ⁇ 2 mm 2 ; preferably, the aforementioned area can be greater than 5 ⁇ 5 mm 2 .
  • the clamping force applied by the retaining portion 23 and the hook portion 21 to the user's ear may be between 0.1 N and 0.5 N.
  • the clamping force may be between 0.15 N and 0.3 N. If the clamping force is too large, it is not conducive to the comfort of the earphone 20 in wearing; and if the clamping force is too small, it is not conducive to the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
  • the clamping force described in this application can be measured by a tensile force gauge.
  • the device or the ear of the user that is, in the wearing state; then the tensile gauge is fixed to the side of the retaining portion 23 away from the ear, and the tensile gauge is pulled immediately to observe; when the side of the retaining portion 23 facing the ear of the user is just separated from the skin of the user, the tension displayed on the tensile gauge is read, and the tension can be simply regarded as the clamping force.
  • the hook-shaped portion 21 can partially overlap the holding portion 23 when being orthogonally projected onto the holding portion 23 along the thickness direction of the holding portion 23. In this way, in the wearing state, the hook-shaped portion 21 and the holding portion 23 can not only press the ear from the front and back sides of the ear, but also the aforementioned clamping force is mainly manifested as compressive stress, which is conducive to increasing the stability and comfort of wearing.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Acoustics & Sound (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Headphones And Earphones (AREA)

Abstract

The present application mainly relates to an earphone, comprising a core module and a hook-shaped structure, wherein the core module is located on the front side of an ear in a worn state; at least part of the hook-shaped structure is located on the rear side of the ear in the worn state; the core module has a length between 22 mm and 35 mm, and thus a free end of the core module can extend into the cavum conchae; and a transition part of the hook-shaped structure is configured in a tapered structure, such that the earphone has a smoother and uniform overall appearance. In the worn state, and in a direction along the coronal axis of the human body, it is observed that a connecting end of the core module connected to the hook-shaped structure is closer to the top of a user's head than the free end, and an included angle between the length direction of the core module and the direction of the sagittal axis of the human body ranges from 15° to 60°, such that the transition part of the tapered structure can extend beyond a recessed area between the helix and the tragus of the ear as much as possible, which is beneficial for reducing the risk of excessive interference of the transition part with the skin of a user, improving the degree of wearing comfort of the earphone.

Description

一种耳机A headset 技术领域Technical Field
本申请涉及电子设备的技术领域,具体是涉及一种耳机。The present application relates to the technical field of electronic equipment, and in particular to a headset.
背景技术Background technique
随着电子设备的不断普及,电子设备已经成为人们日常生活中不可或缺的社交、娱乐工具,人们对于电子设备的要求也越来越高。耳机、智能眼镜这类电子设备,也已广泛地应用于人们的日常生活,它可以与手机、电脑等终端设备配合使用,以便于为用户提供听觉盛宴。对于耳机而言,其在佩戴方面容易出现难以兼顾稳定性和舒适度的问题。With the increasing popularity of electronic devices, electronic devices have become an indispensable social and entertainment tool in people's daily lives, and people's requirements for electronic devices are getting higher and higher. Electronic devices such as headphones and smart glasses have also been widely used in people's daily lives. They can be used in conjunction with terminal devices such as mobile phones and computers to provide users with an auditory feast. For headphones, it is easy to have problems with stability and comfort when wearing them.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了一种耳机,耳机包括机芯模组和与机芯模组连接的钩状结构,机芯模组在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,且机芯模组不与钩状结构连接的自由端在佩戴状态下伸入耳部的耳甲腔内,至少部分钩状结构在佩戴状态下位于耳部的后侧,机芯模组具有彼此正交的厚度方向、长度方向和宽度方向,厚度方向定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组靠近或者远离耳部的方向,机芯模组的长度大于机芯模组的宽度,且机芯模组的长度介于22mm与35mm之间,钩状结构具有与机芯模组连接的过渡部,过渡部在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,且过渡部的外表面在垂直于钩状结构的长度方向的参考截面上的面积在沿钩状结构的长度方向且远离机芯模组的正方向上逐渐减小,在佩戴状态下,并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察,相较于机芯模组不与钩状结构连接的自由端,机芯模组与钩状结构连接的连接端更靠近用户的头顶,长度方向与人体矢状轴所在方向之间的夹角介于15°与60°之间。The present application provides an earphone, the earphone comprises a movement module and a hook-shaped structure connected to the movement module, the movement module is located at the front side of the ear in a worn state, and the free end of the movement module not connected to the hook-shaped structure extends into the concha cavity of the ear in a worn state, at least part of the hook-shaped structure is located at the back side of the ear in a worn state, the movement module has a thickness direction, a length direction and a width direction orthogonal to each other, the thickness direction is defined as the direction in which the movement module approaches or moves away from the ear in a worn state, the length of the movement module is greater than the width of the movement module, and the length of the movement module is between 22 mm and 3 mm. 5mm, the hook-shaped structure has a transition portion connected to the movement module, the transition portion is located on the front side of the ear in the worn state, and the area of the outer surface of the transition portion on a reference cross-section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook-shaped structure gradually decreases along the length direction of the hook-shaped structure and in the positive direction away from the movement module. In the worn state, and observed along the direction of the human coronal axis, compared with the free end of the movement module not connected to the hook-shaped structure, the connection end of the movement module connected to the hook-shaped structure is closer to the top of the user's head, and the angle between the length direction and the direction of the human sagittal axis is between 15° and 60°.
在一些实施方式中,机芯模组的宽度介于10mm与16mm之间。In some embodiments, the width of the movement module is between 10 mm and 16 mm.
在一些实施方式中,钩状结构在一垂直于厚度方向的参考平面上的正投影与机芯模组在参考平面上的正投影之间具有一平行于宽度方向且长度最长的第一参考线段,过渡部的正投影具有分别呈连续的弧形过渡的内边缘和外边缘,外边缘在长度方向上相较于内边缘更远离第一参考线段,内边缘的整体弯曲程度大于外边缘的整体弯曲程度。In some embodiments, the hook-shaped structure has a first reference line segment parallel to the width direction and with the longest length between its orthographic projection on a reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction and the orthographic projection of the movement module on the reference plane, and the orthographic projection of the transition portion has an inner edge and an outer edge that are respectively continuous arc-shaped transitions, the outer edge is farther away from the first reference line segment than the inner edge in the length direction, and the overall curvature of the inner edge is greater than that of the outer edge.
在一些实施方式中,过渡部的正投影具有平行于长度方向且依次间隔的第二参考线段、第三参考线段、第四参考线段和第五参考线段,第二参考线段、第三参考线段、第四参考线段和第五参考线段的起点和终点分别落在内边缘和外边缘上,以第一参考线段与机芯模组的正投影相交的点作为第一参考线段的起点,以第一参考线段与钩状结构的正投影相交的点作为第一参考线段的终点;其中,In some embodiments, the orthographic projection of the transition portion has a second reference line segment, a third reference line segment, a fourth reference line segment, and a fifth reference line segment that are parallel to the length direction and spaced in sequence, and the starting points and end points of the second reference line segment, the third reference line segment, the fourth reference line segment, and the fifth reference line segment fall on the inner edge and the outer edge, respectively, and the point where the first reference line segment intersects with the orthographic projection of the movement module is used as the starting point of the first reference line segment, and the point where the first reference line segment intersects with the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure is used as the end point of the first reference line segment; wherein,
第二参考线段的长度介于5mm与8mm之间,且第二参考线段的延长线过第一参考线段的1/8处;The length of the second reference line segment is between 5 mm and 8 mm, and the extension line of the second reference line segment passes through 1/8 of the first reference line segment;
第三参考线段的长度介于4mm与6.3mm之间,且第三参考线段的延长线过第一参考线段的1/4处;The length of the third reference line segment is between 4 mm and 6.3 mm, and the extension line of the third reference line segment passes through 1/4 of the first reference line segment;
第四参考线段的长度介于3.5mm与5.4mm之间,且第四参考线段的延长线过第一参考线段的3/8处;The length of the fourth reference line segment is between 3.5 mm and 5.4 mm, and the extension line of the fourth reference line segment passes through 3/8 of the first reference line segment;
第五参考线段的长度介于3mm与5mm之间,且第五参考线段的延长线过第一参考线段的1/2处。The length of the fifth reference line segment is between 3 mm and 5 mm, and the extension line of the fifth reference line segment passes through a half of the first reference line segment.
在一些实施方式中,第一参考线段的长度介于13mm与20mm之间。In some embodiments, the length of the first reference line segment is between 13 mm and 20 mm.
在一些实施方式中,钩状结构的正投影和机芯模组的正投影不重叠。In some embodiments, the orthographic projection of the hook structure and the orthographic projection of the core module do not overlap.
在一些实施方式中,机芯模组具有在佩戴状态下沿厚度方向朝向耳部的内侧面和背离耳部的外侧面,钩状结构包括与机芯模组连接的转接壳体和与转接壳体连接的弹性金属丝,至少部分转接壳体在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,至少部分弹性金属丝在佩戴状态下位于耳部的后侧,转接壳体的外表面在参考截面上的面积在沿钩状结构的长度方向且远离机芯模组的正方向上逐渐减小,转接壳体在厚度方向上朝内侧面背离外侧面的一侧延伸,弹性金属丝所在平面与内侧面在非佩戴状态下交叉。In some embodiments, the movement module has an inner side surface facing the ear and an outer side surface away from the ear along the thickness direction in the worn state, the hook structure includes an adapter shell connected to the movement module and an elastic metal wire connected to the adapter shell, at least part of the adapter shell is located on the front side of the ear in the worn state, at least part of the elastic metal wire is located on the back side of the ear in the worn state, the area of the outer surface of the adapter shell on the reference cross section gradually decreases along the length direction of the hook structure and in the positive direction away from the movement module, the adapter shell extends toward the inner side surface away from the outer side surface in the thickness direction, and the plane where the elastic metal wire is located intersects with the inner side surface when not worn.
在一些实施方式中,机芯模组包括机芯壳体和设置在机芯壳体内的扬声器,机芯壳体在佩戴状态下朝向耳部的一侧设置有出声孔,扬声器产生的声波经由出声孔传播而出,机芯模组在佩戴状态下与耳甲腔配合形成与耳部的外耳道连通的辅助腔体,出声孔至少部分位于辅助腔体内。In some embodiments, the movement module includes a movement housing and a speaker disposed in the movement housing. The movement housing is provided with a sound outlet hole on one side facing the ear when in a worn state, and the sound waves generated by the speaker are transmitted through the sound outlet hole. When in a worn state, the movement module cooperates with the concha cavity to form an auxiliary cavity connected to the external auditory canal of the ear, and the sound outlet hole is at least partially located in the auxiliary cavity.
在一些实施方式中,辅助腔体呈半开放式设置。In some embodiments, the auxiliary cavity is semi-open.
在一些实施方式中,在佩戴状态下,机芯模组和钩状结构从耳甲腔所对应的耳部区域的前后两侧共同夹持耳部区域。In some embodiments, in the wearing state, the movement module and the hook structure jointly clamp the ear area from the front and back sides of the ear area corresponding to the concha cavity.
本申请的有益效果是:本申请提供的耳机中,机芯模组和至少部分钩状结构在佩戴状态下分别位于耳部的前侧和后侧,以允许耳机佩戴在耳部上,机芯模组的长度介于22mm与35mm之间,以允许机 芯模组的自由端伸入耳甲腔内,钩状结构的过渡部在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,且过渡部设置成渐缩结构,以使得耳机在整体外观上更加平滑、匀称。进一步地,在佩戴状态下,并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察,机芯模组与钩状结构连接的连接端相较于机芯模组不与钩状结构连接的自由端更靠近用户的头顶,且机芯模组的长度方向与人体矢状轴所在方向之间的夹角介于15°与60°之间,以使得呈渐缩结构的过渡部尽可能地越过位于耳部的耳轮与耳屏之间的凹陷区,这样有利于降低过渡部过多地与用户的皮肤发生干涉的风险,以改善耳机在佩戴方面的舒适度,进而兼顾佩戴的稳定性和舒适度。The beneficial effects of the present application are as follows: in the earphone provided by the present application, the movement module and at least part of the hook-shaped structure are respectively located at the front and rear sides of the ear in the wearing state, so as to allow the earphone to be worn on the ear, and the length of the movement module is between 22 mm and 35 mm, so as to allow the movement module to be worn on the ear. The free end of the core module extends into the concha cavity, and the transition portion of the hook-shaped structure is located in front of the ear in the wearing state, and the transition portion is configured as a tapered structure, so that the overall appearance of the earphone is smoother and more symmetrical. Further, in the wearing state, and observed along the direction of the human coronal axis, the connection end of the core module connected to the hook-shaped structure is closer to the top of the user's head than the free end of the core module not connected to the hook-shaped structure, and the angle between the length direction of the core module and the direction of the human sagittal axis is between 15° and 60°, so that the transition portion with a tapered structure passes over the recessed area between the helix and the tragus of the ear as much as possible, which is conducive to reducing the risk of excessive interference of the transition portion with the user's skin, so as to improve the comfort of the earphone in wearing, and thus take into account both the stability and comfort of wearing.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案,下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application, the drawings required for use in the description of the embodiments will be briefly introduced below. Obviously, the drawings described below are only some embodiments of the present application. For ordinary technicians in this field, other drawings can be obtained based on these drawings without paying any creative work.
图1是本申请所述的用户的耳部的前侧轮廓示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the front profile of the ear of a user described in the present application;
图2是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图;FIG2 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application;
图3是本申请提供的耳机一实施例在佩戴状态下的示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application in a wearing state;
图4是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图;FIG4 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application;
图5是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图;FIG5 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application;
图6是本申请提供的耳机一实施例中机芯模组位于耳部上不同位置时在同一听音位置测得的频响曲线的对比图;FIG6 is a comparison diagram of frequency response curves measured at the same listening position when the movement module is located at different positions on the ear in an embodiment of the earphone provided by the present application;
图7是图2中耳机一实施例沿A1-A1剖切方向的剖面结构示意图;FIG7 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of the earphone in FIG2 along the A1-A1 section direction;
图8是图2中耳机一实施例沿A2-A2剖切方向的剖面结构示意图;FIG8 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of the earphone in FIG2 along the A2-A2 section direction;
图9是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图;FIG9 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application;
图10是本申请提供的机芯壳体一实施例的结构示意图;FIG10 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a movement housing provided by the present application;
图11是本申请提供的机芯壳体一实施例的结构示意图;FIG11 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a movement housing provided by the present application;
图12是本申请提供的支架一实施例的结构示意图;FIG12 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a bracket provided in the present application;
图13是图8中耳机一实施例在B1区域的放大结构示意图;FIG13 is an enlarged structural diagram of the earphone embodiment in FIG8 in the B1 area;
图14是图8中耳机一实施例在B2区域的放大结构示意图;FIG14 is an enlarged structural diagram of the earphone embodiment in FIG8 in the B2 area;
图15是本申请提供的钩状结构一实施例的结构示意图;FIG15 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a hook-shaped structure provided by the present application;
图16是图15中钩状结构一实施例沿A3-A3剖切方向的剖面结构示意图;FIG16 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the hook-shaped structure in FIG15 along the A3-A3 section direction;
图17是图15中钩状结构一实施例沿垂直于A3-A3剖切方向的另一剖切方向的剖面结构示意图;FIG17 is a schematic cross-sectional structure diagram of an embodiment of the hook-shaped structure in FIG15 along another cutting direction perpendicular to the A3-A3 cutting direction;
图18是图15中钩状结构一实施例的分解结构示意图;FIG18 is a schematic diagram of the exploded structure of an embodiment of the hook structure in FIG15;
图19是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图;FIG19 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application;
图20是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图;FIG20 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application;
图21是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图;FIG21 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application;
图22是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图;FIG22 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application;
图23是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的结构示意图;FIG23 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an earphone provided by the present application;
图24是本申请提供的钩状结构一实施例的结构示意图;FIG24 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a hook-shaped structure provided by the present application;
图25是本申请提供的第一线圈和第二线圈相对位置一实施例的结构示意图;FIG25 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of the relative positions of the first coil and the second coil provided by the present application;
图26是本申请提供的主控电路板一实施例的结构示意图;FIG26 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of a main control circuit board provided by the present application;
图27是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的主视结构示意图;FIG27 is a schematic diagram of the main structure of an earphone according to an embodiment of the present application;
图28是图27中耳机的左视结构示意图;FIG28 is a schematic diagram of the left side structure of the earphone in FIG27;
图29是图27中耳机处于佩戴状态且沿人体冠状轴观察的前侧视角示意图;FIG29 is a schematic diagram of the front side view of the earphone in FIG27 when it is in a worn state and observed along the coronal axis of the human body;
图30是图27中耳机处于佩戴状态且沿人体矢状轴观察的后侧视角示意图;FIG30 is a schematic diagram of the earphone in FIG27 when it is in a worn state and observed from a rear perspective along the sagittal axis of the human body;
图31是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的主视结构示意图;FIG31 is a schematic diagram of the front view structure of an embodiment of a headset provided by the present application;
图32是图31中保持部朝向耳部一侧的结构示意图;FIG32 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the holding portion facing the ear portion in FIG31;
图33是图31中耳机处于佩戴状态且沿人体冠状轴观察的前侧视角示意图;FIG33 is a schematic diagram of the front side view of the earphone in FIG31 when it is in a worn state and observed along the coronal axis of the human body;
图34是本申请提供的耳机一实施例的主视结构示意图;FIG34 is a schematic diagram of the main structure of an earphone according to an embodiment of the present application;
图35是图34中保持部朝向耳部一侧的结构示意图;FIG35 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the holding portion facing the ear portion in FIG34;
图36是图34中耳机处于佩戴状态且沿人体冠状轴观察的前侧视角示意图。FIG36 is a schematic diagram of the front view of the earphone in FIG34 when it is in a worn state and observed along the coronal axis of the human body.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面结合附图和实施例,对本申请作进一步的详细描述。特别指出的是,以下实施例仅用于说明本申请,但不对本申请的范围进行限定。同样的,以下实施例仅为本申请的部分实施例而非全部实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The present application is further described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings and embodiments. It is particularly noted that the following embodiments are only used to illustrate the present application, but do not limit the scope of the present application. Similarly, the following embodiments are only some embodiments of the present application and not all embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by ordinary technicians in this field without making any creative work shall fall within the scope of protection of this application.
本申请中提及“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是,本申请所描述的实施例可以与其他实施例相结合。Reference to "embodiment" in this application means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in conjunction with the embodiment may be included in at least one embodiment of this application. It is explicitly and implicitly understood by those skilled in the art that the embodiments described in this application may be combined with other embodiments.
结合图1,用户的耳部100可以包括外耳道101、耳甲腔102、耳甲艇103、三角窝104、对耳轮105、耳舟106、耳轮107及对耳屏108等生理部位。其中,虽然外耳道101具有一定的深度并延伸至耳部的鼓膜,但是为了便于描述,并结合图1,本申请在没有特别说明的情况下,外耳道101具体是指其背离鼓膜的入口(也即耳孔)。进一步地,耳甲腔102、耳甲艇103、三角窝104等生理部位具有一定的容积及深度;且耳甲腔102与外耳道101直接连通,也即可以简单地视作前述耳孔位于耳甲腔102的底部。In conjunction with FIG1 , the user's ear 100 may include physiological parts such as the external auditory canal 101, the concha cavity 102, the cymba concha 103, the triangular fossa 104, the antihelix 105, the scaphoid 106, the helix 107, and the antitragus 108. Among them, although the external auditory canal 101 has a certain depth and extends to the eardrum of the ear, for the sake of convenience of description and in conjunction with FIG1 , the external auditory canal 101 specifically refers to its entrance away from the eardrum (i.e., the ear hole) in this application unless otherwise specified. Furthermore, the concha cavity 102, the cymba concha 103, the triangular fossa 104, and other physiological parts have a certain volume and depth; and the concha cavity 102 is directly connected to the external auditory canal 101, that is, it can be simply regarded as the aforementioned ear hole being located at the bottom of the concha cavity 102.
进一步地,耳部100的外耳道外围还有耳屏109,其中相较于耳甲腔102、耳甲艇103和三角窝104等部位在三维空间中具有一定的深度及容积,也即这些部位分别沿靠近用户的头部的方向朝耳部的后侧凹陷,耳屏109则沿背离用户的头部的方向朝耳部的前侧凸起。其中,本申请所述的“耳部的前侧”是一个相对于“耳部的后侧”的概念,前者指耳部背离头部的一侧,例如图1,后者指耳部朝向头部的一侧,他们均是针对用户的耳部。相应地,耳轮107与耳屏109之间形成一凹陷区。Furthermore, there is also an auricle 109 outside the external auditory canal of the ear 100, which has a certain depth and volume in three-dimensional space compared to the concha cavity 102, the cymba concha 103 and the triangular fossa 104, that is, these parts are respectively concave toward the back side of the ear in the direction close to the user's head, and the auricle 109 is convex toward the front side of the ear in the direction away from the user's head. Among them, the "front side of the ear" described in this application is a concept relative to the "back side of the ear", the former refers to the side of the ear away from the head, such as Figure 1, and the latter refers to the side of the ear facing the head, both of which are for the user's ear. Correspondingly, a concave area is formed between the helix 107 and the auricle 109.
进一步地,不同的用户可能存在个体差异,导致耳部存在不同的形状、大小等尺寸差异。为了便于描述,以及减小(甚至是消除)不同用户的个体差异,基于ANSI:S3.36,S3.25和IEC:60318-7标准可以制得一含头部及其(左、右)耳部的模拟器,例如GRAS 45BC KEMAR、HEAD Acoustics、B&K 4128系列或者B&K 5128系列,以此呈现出大多数用户佩戴耳机10的情景。以GRAS KEMAR作为示例,耳部的模拟器可以为GRAS 45AC、GRAS 45BC、GRAS 45CC或者GRAS 43AG等中的任意一种;以HEAD Acoustics作为示例,耳部的模拟器可以为HMS II.3、HMS II.3LN或者HMS II.3LN HEC等中的任意一种。因此,本申请中,诸如“用户佩戴耳机”、“耳机处于佩戴状态”及“在佩戴状态下”等描述可以指本申请所述的耳机佩戴于前述模拟器的耳部。当然,正是因为不同的用户存在个体差异,耳机被不同的用户佩戴时可能会与耳机佩戴于前述模拟器的耳部存在一定的差异,但是这种差异应该是被容忍的。Furthermore, different users may have individual differences, resulting in different shapes, sizes, and other dimensional differences in the ears. For ease of description, and to reduce (or even eliminate) individual differences between different users, a simulator containing a head and its (left and right) ears can be made based on ANSI: S3.36, S3.25 and IEC: 60318-7 standards, such as GRAS 45BC KEMAR, HEAD Acoustics, B&K 4128 series, or B&K 5128 series, to present the scenario of most users wearing headphones 10. Taking GRAS KEMAR as an example, the ear simulator can be any one of GRAS 45AC, GRAS 45BC, GRAS 45CC, or GRAS 43AG; taking HEAD Acoustics as an example, the ear simulator can be any one of HMS II.3, HMS II.3LN, or HMS II.3LN HEC. Therefore, in this application, descriptions such as "the user wears the headset", "the headset is in a wearing state" and "in a wearing state" may refer to the headset described in this application being worn on the ear of the aforementioned simulator. Of course, precisely because different users have individual differences, the headset worn by different users may have certain differences from the headset worn on the ear of the aforementioned simulator, but such differences should be tolerated.
需要说明的是:在医学、解剖学等领域中,可以定义人体的矢状面(Sagittal Plane)、冠状面(Coronal Plane)和水平面(Horizontal Plane)三个基本切面以及矢状轴(Sagittal Axis)、冠状轴(Coronal Axis)和垂直轴(Vertical Axis)三个基本轴。其中,矢状面是指沿身体前后方向所作的与地面垂直的切面,它将人体分为左右两部分;冠状面是指沿身体左右方向所作的与地面垂直的切面,它将人体分为前后两部分;水平面是指沿身体上下方向所作的与地面平行的切面,它将人体分为上下两部分。相应地,矢状轴是指沿身体前后方向且垂直于冠状面的轴,冠状轴是指沿身体左右方向且垂直于矢状面的轴,垂直轴是指沿身体上下方向且垂直于水平面的轴。进一步地,本申请所述的“耳部的前侧”是一个相对于“耳部的后侧”的概念,前者指耳部背离头部的一侧,后者指耳部朝向头部的一侧,他们均是针对用户的耳部。其中,沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察上述模拟器的耳部,可以得到图1所示的耳部的前侧轮廓示意图。It should be noted that in the fields of medicine and anatomy, three basic planes of the human body can be defined: the sagittal plane, the coronal plane, and the horizontal plane, as well as three basic axes: the sagittal axis, the coronal axis, and the vertical axis. Among them, the sagittal plane refers to a plane perpendicular to the ground along the front-to-back direction of the body, which divides the human body into left and right parts; the coronal plane refers to a plane perpendicular to the ground along the left-to-right direction of the body, which divides the human body into front and back parts; the horizontal plane refers to a plane parallel to the ground along the up-down direction of the body, which divides the human body into upper and lower parts. Correspondingly, the sagittal axis refers to an axis along the front-to-back direction of the body and perpendicular to the coronal plane, the coronal axis refers to an axis along the left-to-right direction of the body and perpendicular to the sagittal plane, and the vertical axis refers to an axis along the up-down direction of the body and perpendicular to the horizontal plane. Furthermore, the "front side of the ear" described in this application is a concept relative to the "back side of the ear". The former refers to the side of the ear away from the head, and the latter refers to the side of the ear facing the head. They are both for the user's ear. Among them, by observing the ear of the above simulator along the direction of the human coronal axis, a schematic diagram of the front side outline of the ear can be obtained as shown in Figure 1.
作为示例性地,结合图2至图5,耳机10可以包括机芯模组11和与机芯模组11连接的钩状结构12,机芯模组11在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,至少部分钩状结构12在佩戴状态下位于耳部的后侧,以使得耳机10在佩戴状态下挂设在耳部上。其中,机芯模组11可以具有与钩状结构12连接的连接端CE和不与钩状结构12连接的自由端FE。进一步地,机芯模组11可以设置成在佩戴状态下不堵住外耳道,使得耳机10作为“开放式耳机”。其中,由于不同的用户存在个体差异,使得耳机10被不同的用户佩戴时,机芯模组11可能会部分遮挡外耳道,但外耳道依旧未被堵住。As an example, in conjunction with Figures 2 to 5, the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, the movement module 11 is located on the front side of the ear in the worn state, and at least part of the hook structure 12 is located on the back side of the ear in the worn state, so that the earphone 10 is hung on the ear in the worn state. Among them, the movement module 11 may have a connecting end CE connected to the hook structure 12 and a free end FE not connected to the hook structure 12. Further, the movement module 11 can be configured not to block the external auditory canal in the worn state, so that the earphone 10 acts as an "open earphone". Among them, due to individual differences among different users, when the earphone 10 is worn by different users, the movement module 11 may partially block the external auditory canal, but the external auditory canal is still not blocked.
为了改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性,耳机10可以采用以下几种方式中的任何一种或其组合。其一,钩状结构12的至少部分设置成与耳部的后侧和头部中的至少一者贴合的仿形结构,以增加钩状结构12与耳部和/或头部的接触面积,从而增加耳机10从耳部上脱落的阻力。其二,钩状结构12的至少部分设置成弹性结构,使之在佩戴状态下具有一定的形变量,以增加钩状结构12对耳部和/或头部的正压力,从而增加耳机10从耳部上脱落的阻力。其三,钩状结构12至少部分设置成在佩戴状态下抵靠在头部上,使之形成压持耳部的反作用力,以使得机芯模组11压持在耳部的前侧,从而增加耳机10从耳部上脱落的阻力。其四,机芯模组11和钩状结构12设置成在佩戴状态下从耳部的前后两侧夹持对耳轮所在区域、耳甲腔所在区域等生理部位,从而增加耳机10从耳部上脱落的阻力。其五,机芯模组11或者与之连接的辅助结构设置成至少部分伸入耳甲腔、耳甲艇、三角窝及耳舟等生理部位内,从而增加耳机10从耳部上脱落的阻力。In order to improve the stability of the earphone 10 when being worn, the earphone 10 may adopt any one of the following methods or a combination thereof. First, at least a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 is configured as a contoured structure that fits at least one of the back side of the ear and the head, so as to increase the contact area between the hook-shaped structure 12 and the ear and/or the head, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 to falling off from the ear. Second, at least a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 is configured as an elastic structure so that it has a certain amount of deformation when being worn, so as to increase the positive pressure of the hook-shaped structure 12 on the ear and/or the head, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 to falling off from the ear. Third, at least a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 is configured to abut against the head when being worn, so as to form a reaction force that presses the ear, so that the movement module 11 is pressed against the front side of the ear, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 to falling off from the ear. Fourthly, the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 are configured to clamp the antihelix area, the concha cavity area and other physiological parts from the front and back sides of the ear when worn, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 falling off the ear. Fifthly, the movement module 11 or the auxiliary structure connected thereto is configured to at least partially extend into the concha cavity, the cymba concha, the triangular fossa and the scaphoid, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 falling off the ear.
作为示例性地,结合图3,在佩戴状态下,机芯模组11的自由端FE可以伸入耳甲腔内。其中,机芯模组11和钩状结构12可以设置成从耳甲腔所对应的耳部区域的前后两侧共同夹持前述耳部区域,从而增加耳机10从耳部上脱落的阻力,进而改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性。例如,自由端FE在厚 度方向X1上压持在耳甲腔内;再例如,自由端FE在长度方向Y1和宽度方向Z1上抵接在耳甲腔内。As an example, in conjunction with FIG3 , in the wearing state, the free end FE of the movement module 11 can extend into the concha cavity. The movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 can be configured to clamp the ear region corresponding to the concha cavity from both the front and rear sides, thereby increasing the resistance of the earphone 10 falling off the ear, thereby improving the stability of the earphone 10 in the wearing state. For example, the free end FE is pressed and held in the concha cavity in the length direction X1; for another example, the free end FE abuts against the concha cavity in the length direction Y1 and the width direction Z1.
需要说明的是:在佩戴状态下,机芯模组11的自由端FE除了伸入耳甲腔内之外,也可以正投影落在对耳轮上,还可以正投影落在头部的左右两侧且在人体矢状轴上位于耳部前侧的位置上。换言之,钩状结构12可以支撑机芯模组11佩戴至耳甲腔、对耳轮、耳部前侧等佩戴位。It should be noted that: in the wearing state, the free end FE of the movement module 11 can not only extend into the concha cavity, but also be projected onto the antihelix, or onto the left and right sides of the head and located in front of the ear on the sagittal axis of the human body. In other words, the hook-shaped structure 12 can support the movement module 11 to be worn in the concha cavity, the antihelix, the front of the ear, and other wearing positions.
作为示例性地,结合图3及图4,机芯模组11可以具有在佩戴状态下沿厚度方向X1朝向耳部的内侧面IS和背离耳部的外侧面OS,以及连接内侧面IS和外侧面OS的连接面。其中,厚度方向X1可以定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组11靠近或者远离耳部的方向。进一步地,至少部分前述连接面在佩戴状态下位于耳甲腔内,并与上述耳部区域的前侧形成第一接触区,钩状结构12在佩戴状态与上述耳部区域的后侧形成第二接触区,前述第二接触区和前述第一接触区在上述耳部区域的耳厚方向上至少部分重叠。如此,不仅机芯模组11和钩状结构12可以从耳部的前后两侧共同夹持耳部,而且所形成的夹持力主要表现为压应力,有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性和舒适度。As an example, in combination with Figures 3 and 4, the movement module 11 may have an inner side surface IS facing the ear and an outer side surface OS away from the ear along the thickness direction X1 in the wearing state, and a connecting surface connecting the inner side surface IS and the outer side surface OS. Among them, the thickness direction X1 can be defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state. Furthermore, at least part of the aforementioned connecting surface is located in the concha cavity in the wearing state, and forms a first contact area with the front side of the above-mentioned ear area, and the hook-shaped structure 12 forms a second contact area with the rear side of the above-mentioned ear area in the wearing state, and the aforementioned second contact area and the aforementioned first contact area at least partially overlap in the ear thickness direction of the above-mentioned ear area. In this way, not only can the movement module 11 and the hook-shaped structure 12 clamp the ear from the front and back sides of the ear together, but the clamping force formed is mainly manifested as compressive stress, which is conducive to improving the stability and comfort of the earphone 10 in the wearing state.
需要说明的是:在佩戴状态下,并沿冠状轴所在方向观察,机芯模组11可以设置成圆形、椭圆形、圆角正方形、圆角矩形等形状。其中,当机芯模组11设置成圆形、椭圆形等形状时,上述连接面可以指机芯模组11的弧形侧面;而当机芯模组11设置成圆角正方形、圆角矩形等形状时,上述连接面可以包括后文中提及的下侧面LS、上侧面US和后侧面RS。进一步地,机芯模组11可以具有垂直于厚度方向X1且彼此正交的长度方向Y1和宽度方向Z1。其中,长度方向Y1可以定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组11靠近或者远离用户脑后的方向,宽度方向Z1可以定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组11靠近或者远离用户头顶的方向。因此,为了便于描述,本实施例以机芯模组11设置成圆角矩形为例进行示例性的说明。其中,机芯模组11在长度方向Y1上的长度可以大于机芯模组11在宽度方向Z1上的宽度。It should be noted that: in the wearing state, and observed along the direction of the coronal axis, the movement module 11 can be set to a circular, elliptical, rounded square, rounded rectangle, etc. shape. Among them, when the movement module 11 is set to a circular, elliptical, etc. shape, the above-mentioned connection surface can refer to the arc side of the movement module 11; and when the movement module 11 is set to a rounded square, rounded rectangle, etc. shape, the above-mentioned connection surface can include the lower side LS, upper side US and rear side RS mentioned later. Further, the movement module 11 can have a length direction Y1 and a width direction Z1 that are perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 and orthogonal to each other. Among them, the length direction Y1 can be defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the back of the user's head in the wearing state, and the width direction Z1 can be defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the top of the user's head in the wearing state. Therefore, for the convenience of description, this embodiment takes the movement module 11 set to a rounded rectangle as an example for exemplary description. The length of the core module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be greater than the width of the core module 11 in the width direction Z1.
作为示例性地,结合图2、图3及图5,在佩戴状态下,并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察,连接端CE相较于自由端FE更靠近头顶,以便于自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内。基于此,长度方向Y1与人体矢状轴所在方向之间的夹角可以介于15°与60°之间。其中,如果前述夹角太小,容易导致自由端FE无法伸入耳甲腔内,以及机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道相距太远;如果前述夹角太大,同样容易导致自由端FE无法伸入耳甲腔内,以及外耳道被机芯模组11堵住。换言之,如此设置,既允许自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内,又使得机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道具有合适的距离,以在外耳道不被堵住的情况下,用户能够更多地听到机芯模组11产生的声波。As an example, in combination with Figures 2, 3 and 5, in the wearing state, and observed along the direction of the human coronal axis, the connection end CE is closer to the top of the head than the free end FE, so that the free end FE can extend into the concha cavity. Based on this, the angle between the length direction Y1 and the direction of the human sagittal axis can be between 15° and 60°. Among them, if the aforementioned angle is too small, it is easy to cause the free end FE to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 is too far away from the external auditory canal; if the aforementioned angle is too large, it is also easy to cause the free end FE to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the external auditory canal is blocked by the movement module 11. In other words, such a setting allows the free end FE to extend into the concha cavity, and the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 has a suitable distance from the external auditory canal, so that the user can hear more sound waves generated by the movement module 11 when the external auditory canal is not blocked.
作为示例性地,结合图4,钩状结构12在一垂直于长度方向Y1的参考平面(例如图4中XZ平面)上的正投影与自由端FE在同一参考平面上的正投影部分重叠。其中,钩状结构12在前述参考平面上的正投影与自由端FE在同一参考平面上的正投影所形成的重叠区域在厚度方向X1上位于内侧面IS与外侧面OS之间。如此,不仅机芯模组11和钩状结构12可以从耳部的前后两侧共同夹持耳部,而且所形成的夹持力主要表现为压应力,有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性和舒适度。As an example, in conjunction with FIG4 , the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on a reference plane perpendicular to the length direction Y1 (such as the XZ plane in FIG4 ) partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the free end FE on the same reference plane. Among them, the overlapping area formed by the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on the aforementioned reference plane and the orthographic projection of the free end FE on the same reference plane is located between the inner side surface IS and the outer side surface OS in the thickness direction X1. In this way, not only can the movement module 11 and the hook-shaped structure 12 clamp the ear from the front and back sides of the ear together, but the clamping force formed is mainly manifested as compressive stress, which is beneficial to improve the stability and comfort of the earphone 10 when worn.
进一步地,结合图2、图4、图5及图9,钩状结构12可以包括与机芯模组11连接的弹性金属丝121和与弹性金属丝121远离机芯模组11的一端连接的电池壳体123,电池壳体123内设置有与机芯模组11耦接的电池14,电池壳体123在上述参考平面上的正投影与自由端FE在同一参考平面上的正投影部分重叠。如此,以在自由端FE抵靠在耳甲腔内时,电池壳体123可以从耳部的后侧支撑耳部,这样有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性。其中,电池壳体123可以包括与弹性金属丝121连接的盖壳1231和与盖壳1231连接的电池仓1232,电池仓1232和盖壳1231配合形成容纳电池14的腔体结构。Further, in conjunction with FIG. 2 , FIG. 4 , FIG. 5 and FIG. 9 , the hook-shaped structure 12 may include an elastic metal wire 121 connected to the movement module 11 and a battery housing 123 connected to one end of the elastic metal wire 121 away from the movement module 11 , a battery 14 coupled to the movement module 11 is arranged in the battery housing 123 , and the orthographic projection of the battery housing 123 on the above-mentioned reference plane partially overlaps with the orthographic projection of the free end FE on the same reference plane. In this way, when the free end FE abuts against the concha cavity, the battery housing 123 can support the ear from the back side of the ear, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 10 in the wearing state. Among them, the battery housing 123 may include a cover shell 1231 connected to the elastic metal wire 121 and a battery compartment 1232 connected to the cover shell 1231 , and the battery compartment 1232 and the cover shell 1231 cooperate to form a cavity structure for accommodating the battery 14.
作为示例性地,结合图5,机芯模组11可以具有在佩戴状态下沿宽度方向Z1背离外耳道的上侧面US和朝向外耳道的下侧面LS,以及连接上侧面US和下侧面LS的后侧面RS,后侧面RS在佩戴状态下位于长度方向Y1朝向脑后的一端,并至少部分位于耳甲腔内。其中,钩状结构12在垂直于厚度方向X1的参考平面(例如图5中YZ平面)上的正投影朝向机芯模组11一侧的边缘可以划分为呈连续的弧形过渡的第一区段S1和第二区段S2,第一区段S1和第二区段S2之间的分界点DP为前述边缘沿宽度方向Z1与上侧面US相距最远的位置。进一步地,钩状结构12在第一区段S1的整体弯曲程度大于钩状结构12在第二区段S2的整体弯曲程度。如此,既允许自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内,又使得钩状结构12能够与机芯模组11配合提供合适的夹持力。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 5 , the core module 11 may have an upper side US facing away from the external auditory canal along the width direction Z1 and a lower side LS facing the external auditory canal in the wearing state, and a rear side RS connecting the upper side US and the lower side LS, the rear side RS being located at one end facing the back of the head in the length direction Y1 in the wearing state, and at least partially located in the concha cavity. Among them, the edge of the positive projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on the reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 (e.g., the YZ plane in FIG. 5 ) toward the side of the core module 11 can be divided into a first section S1 and a second section S2 with a continuous arc transition, and the dividing point DP between the first section S1 and the second section S2 is the position where the aforementioned edge is farthest from the upper side US along the width direction Z1. Further, the overall bending degree of the hook-shaped structure 12 in the first section S1 is greater than the overall bending degree of the hook-shaped structure 12 in the second section S2. In this way, the free end FE is allowed to extend into the concha cavity, and the hook-shaped structure 12 can cooperate with the core module 11 to provide a suitable clamping force.
需要说明的是:上述整体弯曲程度可以用于定性地描述钩状结构12的不同区段的弯曲程度,其中每一区段的曲率半径可以为定值或者连续变化。因此,第一区段S1内至少存在一点的曲率半径小于第二区段S2内任意一点的曲率半径。进一步地,上述整体弯曲程度也可以定量地用平均曲率半径进行表征,也即先求每一区段上N个点的曲率半径再取平均值。It should be noted that the above overall curvature can be used to qualitatively describe the curvature of different sections of the hook-shaped structure 12, wherein the curvature radius of each section can be a constant value or continuously variable. Therefore, there is at least one point in the first section S1 whose curvature radius is smaller than the curvature radius of any point in the second section S2. Furthermore, the above overall curvature can also be quantitatively characterized by an average curvature radius, that is, first find the curvature radius of N points on each section and then take the average value.
进一步地,在钩状结构12的延伸方向上,第二区段S2的长度可以大于第一区段S1的长度,以便于钩状结构12与机芯模组11一同夹持耳部,以及增加钩状结构12与用户皮肤接触的面积,这样有利 于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性。Furthermore, in the extension direction of the hook structure 12, the length of the second section S2 can be greater than the length of the first section S1, so that the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11 can clamp the ear together and increase the contact area between the hook structure 12 and the user's skin, which is beneficial The invention is used to improve the stability of the earphone 10 when being worn.
在一些实施方式中,耳机10具有平行于宽度方向Z1的第一参考线段RL1,第一参考线段RL1的起点为第一参考线段RL1与上侧面US相交的点,第一参考线段RL1的终点为分界点DP。其中,后文中提及的第二参考线段RL2、第三参考线段RL3和第四参考线段RL4在宽度方向Z1上依次距离第一参考线段RL1的起点越来越远。进一步地,第一参考线段RL1的长度可以介于13mm与20mm之间。其中,如果第一参考线段RL1的长度太小,容易导致自由端FE无法伸入耳甲腔内,以及机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道相距太远;如果第一参考线段RL1的长度太大,同样容易导致自由端FE无法伸入耳甲腔内,以及外耳道被机芯模组11堵住。换言之,如此设置,既允许自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内,又使得机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道具有合适的距离,以在外耳道不被堵住的情况下,用户能够更多地听到机芯模组11产生的声波。In some embodiments, the earphone 10 has a first reference line segment RL1 parallel to the width direction Z1, the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 is the point where the first reference line segment RL1 intersects with the upper side US, and the end point of the first reference line segment RL1 is the dividing point DP. The second reference line segment RL2, the third reference line segment RL3, and the fourth reference line segment RL4 mentioned later are successively farther and farther away from the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 in the width direction Z1. Further, the length of the first reference line segment RL1 can be between 13 mm and 20 mm. If the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too small, it is easy to cause the free end FE to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 is too far away from the external auditory canal; if the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too large, it is also easy to cause the free end FE to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the external auditory canal is blocked by the movement module 11. In other words, such a configuration allows the free end FE to extend into the concha cavity, while ensuring that the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 is at a suitable distance from the external auditory canal, so that the user can hear more sound waves generated by the movement module 11 without blocking the external auditory canal.
进一步地,过第一参考线段RL1的1/4处且平行于长度方向Y1的第二参考线段RL2与第一区段S1和第二区段S2分别相交于第一交点P1和第二交点P2,第一交点P1与第一参考线段RL1的起点之间的距离可以介于9mm与15mm之间,第二交点P2与第一参考线段RL1的起点之间的距离可以介于12mm与19mm之间;过第一参考线段RL1的1/2处且平行于长度方向Y1的第三参考线段RL3与第一区段S1和第二区段S2分别相交于第三交点P3和第四交点P4,第三交点P3与第一参考线段RL1的起点之间的距离可以介于11mm与18mm之间,第四交点P4与第一参考线段RL1的起点之间的距离可以介于12mm与19mm之间;过第一参考线段RL1的3/4处且平行于长度方向Y1的第四参考线段RL4与第一区段S1和第二区段S2分别相交于第五交点P5和第六交点P6,第五交点P5与第一参考线段RL1的起点之间的距离可以介于12mm与19mm之间,第六交点P6与第一参考线段RL1的起点之间的距离可以介于12mm与19mm之间。如此,以在自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内,且机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道具有合适的距离时,使得钩状结构12更好地与耳部贴合。Furthermore, a second reference line segment RL2 passing through 1/4 of the first reference line segment RL1 and parallel to the length direction Y1 intersects the first segment S1 and the second segment S2 at a first intersection point P1 and a second intersection point P2, respectively. The distance between the first intersection point P1 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 may be between 9 mm and 15 mm, and the distance between the second intersection point P2 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 may be between 12 mm and 19 mm. A third reference line segment RL3 passing through 1/2 of the first reference line segment RL1 and parallel to the length direction Y1 intersects the first segment S1 and the second segment S2 at a third intersection point P3 and a fourth intersection point P4, respectively. The third intersection point P1 may be between 9 mm and 15 mm, and the distance between the second intersection point P2 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 may be between 12 mm and 19 mm. The distance between P3 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 can be between 11mm and 18mm, and the distance between the fourth intersection P4 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 can be between 12mm and 19mm; the fourth reference line segment RL4 passing through 3/4 of the first reference line segment RL1 and parallel to the length direction Y1 intersects with the first segment S1 and the second segment S2 at the fifth intersection P5 and the sixth intersection P6 respectively, the distance between the fifth intersection P5 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 can be between 12mm and 19mm, and the distance between the sixth intersection P6 and the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1 can be between 12mm and 19mm. In this way, when the free end FE extends into the concha cavity and the sound outlet 111a on the movement module 11 has a suitable distance from the external auditory canal, the hook structure 12 can better fit the ear.
在一些实施方式中,第二区段S2与后侧面RS之间具有沿长度方向Y1间距最短的第五参考线段RL5,第五参考线段RL5的长度可以介于2mm与3mm之间。其中,如果第五参考线段RL5的长度太小,容易导致机芯模组11和钩状结构12对耳部的夹持力过大而引起佩戴不适;如果第五参考线段RL5的长度太大,容易导致机芯模组11和钩状结构12对耳部的夹持力过小而引起佩戴不稳。换言之,如此设置,以兼顾耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性和舒适度。In some embodiments, there is a fifth reference line segment RL5 with the shortest spacing along the length direction Y1 between the second segment S2 and the rear side surface RS, and the length of the fifth reference line segment RL5 can be between 2 mm and 3 mm. If the length of the fifth reference line segment RL5 is too short, it is easy to cause the clamping force of the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 on the ear to be too large, causing discomfort when wearing; if the length of the fifth reference line segment RL5 is too long, it is easy to cause the clamping force of the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 on the ear to be too small, causing unstable wearing. In other words, such a setting is to take into account both the stability and comfort of the earphone 10 when worn.
进一步地,对第五参考线段RL5作如下定义:以第五参考线段RL5与后侧面RS相交的点作为第五参考线段RL5的起点,以第五参考线段RL5与第二区段S2相交的点作为第五参考线段RL5的终点。其中,第一参考线段RL1与上侧面US的交点沿长度方向Y1的正投影与第二区段S2相交于第七交点P7,第一参考线段RL1的延长线与下侧面LS的交点沿长度方向Y1的正投影与第二区段S2相交于第八交点P8,第七交点P7与第五参考线段RL5的起点之间的距离可以介于5mm与9mm之间,第八交点P8与第五参考线段RL5的起点之间的可以距离介于5mm与9mm之间。如此,以在兼顾耳机10在佩戴状态下的稳定性和舒适度时,使得钩状结构12更好地与耳部贴合。Further, the fifth reference line segment RL5 is defined as follows: the point where the fifth reference line segment RL5 intersects with the rear side surface RS is used as the starting point of the fifth reference line segment RL5, and the point where the fifth reference line segment RL5 intersects with the second segment S2 is used as the end point of the fifth reference line segment RL5. The orthographic projection of the intersection of the first reference line segment RL1 and the upper side surface US along the length direction Y1 intersects with the second segment S2 at the seventh intersection point P7, the orthographic projection of the intersection of the extension line of the first reference line segment RL1 and the lower side surface LS along the length direction Y1 intersects with the second segment S2 at the eighth intersection point P8, the distance between the seventh intersection point P7 and the starting point of the fifth reference line segment RL5 can be between 5mm and 9mm, and the distance between the eighth intersection point P8 and the starting point of the fifth reference line segment RL5 can be between 5mm and 9mm. In this way, the hook structure 12 can better fit the ear while taking into account the stability and comfort of the earphone 10 in the wearing state.
作为示例性地,结合图7、图8及图5,机芯模组11可以包括与钩状结构12连接的机芯壳体111和设置在机芯壳体111内的扬声器112。其中,机芯壳体111在佩戴状态下朝向耳部的内侧面(例如上文中提及的内侧面IS)设置有出声孔111a,扬声器112产生的声波经由出声孔111a传播而出,以便于传入外耳道。值得注意的是:出声孔111a也可以设置在机芯壳体111对应于下侧面LS的一侧,还可以设置在前述内侧面与下侧面LS之间的拐角处。进一步地,扬声器112可以包括磁路系统、伸入磁路系统的音圈以及与音圈连接的振膜,音圈通电之后产生的磁场与磁路系统所形成的磁场相互作用,从而驱动振膜产生机械振动,进而经由空气等媒介的传播产生声音。As an example, in combination with Figures 7, 8 and 5, the movement module 11 may include a movement housing 111 connected to the hook structure 12 and a speaker 112 disposed in the movement housing 111. Among them, the movement housing 111 is provided with a sound outlet 111a on the inner side (such as the inner side IS mentioned above) facing the ear in the wearing state, and the sound waves generated by the speaker 112 are propagated through the sound outlet 111a to facilitate transmission into the external auditory canal. It is worth noting that the sound outlet 111a can also be provided on the side of the movement housing 111 corresponding to the lower side LS, and can also be provided at the corner between the aforementioned inner side and the lower side LS. Further, the speaker 112 may include a magnetic circuit system, a voice coil extending into the magnetic circuit system, and a diaphragm connected to the voice coil. The magnetic field generated after the voice coil is energized interacts with the magnetic field formed by the magnetic circuit system, thereby driving the diaphragm to produce mechanical vibrations, and then generating sound through the propagation of a medium such as air.
进一步地,结合图7至图9,耳机10可以包括设置在机芯壳体111内的主控电路板13和设置在钩状结构12远离机芯模组11一端的电池14,电池14和扬声器112分别与主控电路板13耦接,以允许电池14在主控电路板13的控制下为扬声器112供电。当然,电池14和扬声器112也可以均设置在机芯壳体111内,且电池14可以更靠近连接端CE而扬声器112则可以更靠近自由端FE。Further, in conjunction with FIGS. 7 to 9 , the earphone 10 may include a main control circuit board 13 disposed in the movement housing 111 and a battery 14 disposed at an end of the hook structure 12 away from the movement module 11, and the battery 14 and the speaker 112 are respectively coupled to the main control circuit board 13 to allow the battery 14 to power the speaker 112 under the control of the main control circuit board 13. Of course, the battery 14 and the speaker 112 may also be both disposed in the movement housing 111, and the battery 14 may be closer to the connection end CE and the speaker 112 may be closer to the free end FE.
作为示例性地,结合图3及图1,由于耳甲腔具有一定的容积及深度,使得自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内之后,机芯壳体111的内侧面IS与耳甲腔之间能够具有一定的间距。换言之,机芯模组11在佩戴状态下与耳甲腔可以配合形成与外耳道连通的辅助腔体,出声孔111a至少部分位于前述辅助腔体内。如此,在佩戴状态下,扬声器112产生的并经由出声孔111a传播而出的声波会受到前述辅助腔体的限制,也即前述辅助腔体能够聚拢声波,使得声波能够更多地传播至外耳道内,从而提高用户在近场听到的声音的音量和音质,这样有利于改善耳机10的声学效果。进一步地,由于机芯模组11可以设置成在佩戴状态下不堵住外耳道,使得前述辅助腔体可以呈半开放式设置。如此,扬声器112产生的并经由出声孔111a传播而出的声波,除了大部分传播至外耳道之外,小部分经由机芯模组11与耳部之间的缝隙(例 如耳甲腔未被机芯模组11覆盖的一部分)传播至耳机10及耳部的外部,从而在远场形成第一漏音;与此同时,机芯模组11一般会开设声学孔(例如后文中提及的泄压孔111c),经由前述声学孔传播出去的声波一般会在远场形成第二漏音,且前述第一漏音的相位和前述第二漏音的相位(接近)互为反相,使得两者能够在远场反相相消,这样有利于降低耳机10在远场的漏音。As an example, in combination with FIG. 3 and FIG. 1 , since the concha cavity has a certain volume and depth, after the free end FE extends into the concha cavity, there can be a certain distance between the inner side IS of the movement housing 111 and the concha cavity. In other words, the movement module 11 can cooperate with the concha cavity to form an auxiliary cavity connected to the external auditory canal in the worn state, and the sound outlet 111a is at least partially located in the aforementioned auxiliary cavity. In this way, in the worn state, the sound waves generated by the speaker 112 and propagated through the sound outlet 111a will be restricted by the aforementioned auxiliary cavity, that is, the aforementioned auxiliary cavity can gather the sound waves so that the sound waves can be propagated more into the external auditory canal, thereby increasing the volume and sound quality of the sound heard by the user in the near field, which is conducive to improving the acoustic effect of the earphone 10. Furthermore, since the movement module 11 can be configured not to block the external auditory canal in the worn state, the aforementioned auxiliary cavity can be configured in a semi-open state. Thus, the sound waves generated by the speaker 112 and propagated through the sound outlet 111a are mostly propagated to the external auditory canal, and a small part of them is propagated through the gap between the movement module 11 and the ear (for example, For example, the sound waves from the concha cavity not covered by the movement module 11 are transmitted to the outside of the earphone 10 and the ear, thereby forming a first sound leakage in the far field; at the same time, the movement module 11 generally has an acoustic hole (such as the pressure relief hole 111c mentioned later), and the sound waves transmitted through the aforementioned acoustic hole generally form a second sound leakage in the far field, and the phase of the aforementioned first sound leakage and the phase of the aforementioned second sound leakage are (close to) opposite to each other, so that the two can cancel each other out in opposite phases in the far field, which is beneficial to reduce the sound leakage of the earphone 10 in the far field.
进一步地,耳机10可以包括连接机芯模组11和钩状结构12的调节机构,不同的用户在佩戴状态下能够通过调节机构调节机芯模组11在耳部上的相对位置,以使得机芯模组11位于一个合适的位置,从而使得机芯模组11与耳甲腔形成上述辅助腔体。除此之外,由于调节机构的存在,用户也能够调节耳机10佩戴至更加稳定、舒适的位置。Furthermore, the earphone 10 may include an adjustment mechanism connecting the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12. Different users can adjust the relative position of the movement module 11 on the ear through the adjustment mechanism when wearing the earphone, so that the movement module 11 is located at a suitable position, so that the movement module 11 and the concha cavity form the auxiliary cavity. In addition, due to the existence of the adjustment mechanism, the user can also adjust the earphone 10 to a more stable and comfortable position.
作为示例性地,结合图6,先将耳机10佩戴在上述模拟器上,再调节机芯模组11在上述模拟器的耳部上的位置,然后通过设置在上述模拟器的外耳道内(例如鼓膜所在位置,也即听音位置)的探测器(例如麦克风)测得耳机10的频响曲线,从而模拟用户佩戴耳机10后的听音效果。其中,前述频响曲线可以用于表征振动大小与频率之间的变化关系;前述频响曲线的横坐标可以表示频率,单位为Hz;前述频响曲线的纵坐标可以表示振动大小,单位为dB。图6中,曲线6_1可以表示机芯模组11在佩戴状态下未与耳甲腔形成上述辅助腔体时的频响曲线,曲线6_2可以表示机芯模组11在佩戴状态下与耳甲腔配合形成上述辅助腔体时的频响曲线。基于此,从图6所示的频响曲线的对比图可以直接地、毫无疑义地得出:曲线6_2整体上位于曲线6_1的上方,也即相较于机芯模组11在佩戴状态下未与耳甲腔形成上述辅助腔体,机芯模组11在佩戴状态下与耳甲腔形成上述辅助腔体更有利于改善耳机10的声学效果。As an example, in conjunction with FIG6 , the earphone 10 is first worn on the simulator, and then the position of the movement module 11 on the ear of the simulator is adjusted, and then the frequency response curve of the earphone 10 is measured by a detector (e.g., a microphone) disposed in the external auditory canal of the simulator (e.g., the position of the eardrum, i.e., the listening position), thereby simulating the listening effect of the user wearing the earphone 10. Among them, the aforementioned frequency response curve can be used to characterize the changing relationship between the vibration magnitude and the frequency; the abscissa of the aforementioned frequency response curve can represent the frequency, in Hz; the ordinate of the aforementioned frequency response curve can represent the vibration magnitude, in dB. In FIG6 , curve 6_1 can represent the frequency response curve when the movement module 11 does not form the aforementioned auxiliary cavity with the concha cavity in the wearing state, and curve 6_2 can represent the frequency response curve when the movement module 11 cooperates with the concha cavity to form the aforementioned auxiliary cavity in the wearing state. Based on this, it can be directly and undoubtedly concluded from the comparison diagram of the frequency response curves shown in Figure 6 that: curve 6_2 is generally located above curve 6_1, that is, compared with the case where the movement module 11 does not form the above-mentioned auxiliary cavity with the concha cavity in the worn state, the movement module 11 forms the above-mentioned auxiliary cavity with the concha cavity in the worn state, which is more conducive to improving the acoustic effect of the earphone 10.
作为示例性地,结合图7、图9及图11,机芯模组11可以包括设置在机芯壳体111外的柔性嵌块1131,柔性嵌块1131的硬度小于机芯壳体111的硬度。其中,机芯壳体111可以为塑胶制件;柔性嵌块1131的材质可以为硅胶、橡胶等,并可以通过注塑的方式形成在机芯壳体111的预设区域上。进一步地,柔性嵌块1131可以至少部分覆盖在机芯壳体111对应于自由端FE的区域,以使得机芯模组11至少部分通过柔性嵌块1131抵靠在耳甲腔内。换言之,机芯壳体111伸入耳甲腔且与耳甲腔接触的部分可以被柔性嵌块1131覆盖。如此,当机芯模组11抵靠在耳甲腔内时,例如当机芯模组11和钩状结构12设置成从耳部的耳甲腔所对应的耳部区域的前后两侧共同夹持前述耳部区域时,柔性嵌块1131在机芯壳体111与耳部(例如前述耳部区域)之间起到缓冲作用,以缓解耳机10对耳部的压力,这样有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的舒适度。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 and FIG. 11 , the movement module 11 may include a flexible insert 1131 disposed outside the movement housing 111 , and the hardness of the flexible insert 1131 is less than the hardness of the movement housing 111 . The movement housing 111 may be a plastic part; the material of the flexible insert 1131 may be silicone, rubber, etc., and may be formed on a preset area of the movement housing 111 by injection molding. Further, the flexible insert 1131 may at least partially cover the area of the movement housing 111 corresponding to the free end FE, so that the movement module 11 at least partially abuts against the cavum concha through the flexible insert 1131 . In other words, the portion of the movement housing 111 that extends into the cavum concha and contacts the cavum concha may be covered by the flexible insert 1131 . In this way, when the movement module 11 is against the concha cavity, for example, when the movement module 11 and the hook structure 12 are arranged to jointly clamp the aforementioned ear area from the front and back sides of the ear area corresponding to the concha cavity of the ear, the flexible insert 1131 acts as a buffer between the movement housing 111 and the ear (for example, the aforementioned ear area) to relieve the pressure of the earphone 10 on the ear, which is conducive to improving the comfort of the earphone 10 when worn.
作为示例性地,柔性嵌块1131可以连续地覆盖在机芯壳体111对应于后侧面RS、上侧面US和下侧面LS的至少部分区域上。例如:机芯壳体111对应于后侧面RS的区域被柔性嵌块1131覆盖90%以上,机芯壳体111对应于上侧面US和下侧面LS的区域分别被柔性嵌块1131覆盖30%左右。如此,以兼顾耳机10在佩戴状态下的舒适度与机芯壳体111内设置扬声器112等结构件的需求。As an example, the flexible insert 1131 can continuously cover at least part of the area of the core shell 111 corresponding to the rear side RS, the upper side US and the lower side LS. For example, the area of the core shell 111 corresponding to the rear side RS is covered by the flexible insert 1131 by more than 90%, and the area of the core shell 111 corresponding to the upper side US and the lower side LS is covered by the flexible insert 1131 by about 30%. In this way, the comfort of the earphone 10 in the wearing state and the need to set structural parts such as the speaker 112 in the core shell 111 are taken into account.
在一些实施方式中,沿厚度方向X1上观察,柔性嵌块1131可以呈U型设置。In some embodiments, when viewed along the thickness direction X1, the flexible insert 1131 may be arranged in a U-shape.
在一些实施方式中,柔性嵌块1131对应于下侧面LS的部分可以抵靠在对耳屏上。其中,柔性嵌块1131对应于后侧面RS的部分的厚度可以分别小于柔性嵌块1131对应于的上侧面US和下侧面LS的部分的厚度,以在机芯模组11抵靠在耳甲腔内不平的位置时也能够获得良好的舒适度。In some embodiments, the portion of the flexible insert 1131 corresponding to the lower side LS can be against the antitragus. The thickness of the portion of the flexible insert 1131 corresponding to the rear side RS can be respectively smaller than the thickness of the portion of the flexible insert 1131 corresponding to the upper side US and the lower side LS, so that good comfort can be obtained when the movement module 11 is against an uneven position in the concha cavity.
作为示例性地,结合图7及图8,机芯壳体111可以包括沿厚度方向X1彼此扣合的机芯内壳1111和机芯外壳1112,机芯内壳1111在佩戴状态下相较于机芯外壳1112更靠近耳部。其中,机芯外壳1112和机芯内壳1111之间的分模面111b在靠近自由端FE的方向上向机芯内壳1111所在一侧倾斜,以使得柔性嵌块1131能够尽可能地设置在机芯外壳111对应于自由端FE的区域。例如:结合图11,柔性嵌块1131全部设置在机芯外壳111对应于自由端FE的区域,以简化机芯模组11的结构,降低加工成本。As an exemplary embodiment, in combination with Figures 7 and 8, the movement housing 111 may include a movement inner shell 1111 and a movement outer shell 1112 that are buckled together along the thickness direction X1, and the movement inner shell 1111 is closer to the ear than the movement outer shell 1112 when worn. Among them, the parting surface 111b between the movement outer shell 1112 and the movement inner shell 1111 is inclined toward the side where the movement inner shell 1111 is located in the direction close to the free end FE, so that the flexible insert 1131 can be arranged as much as possible in the area of the movement outer shell 111 corresponding to the free end FE. For example: in combination with Figure 11, the flexible inserts 1131 are all arranged in the area of the movement outer shell 111 corresponding to the free end FE, so as to simplify the structure of the movement module 11 and reduce the processing cost.
作为示例性地,结合图7、图8及图11,机芯模组11可以包括柔性覆层1132,柔性覆层1132的硬度小于机芯壳体111的硬度。其中,机芯壳体111可以为塑胶制件;柔性覆层1132的材质可以为硅胶、橡胶等,并可以通过注塑、胶水连接等方式形成在机芯壳体111的预设区域上。进一步地,柔性覆层1132可以一体地覆盖在至少部分柔性嵌块1131的外表面和至少部分机芯外壳1112未被柔性嵌块1131覆盖的外表面上,这样有利于增强机芯模组11在外观上的一致性。当然,柔性覆层1132可以进一步覆盖在机芯内壳1111的外表面上。其中,柔性嵌块1131的硬度小于柔性覆层1132的硬度,以允许柔性嵌块1131足够的柔软。除此之外,柔性覆层1132也能够改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的舒适度,且具有一定的结构强度以保护柔性嵌块1131。进一步地,柔性嵌块1131的外表面的面积可以介于126mm2与189mm2之间。其中,如果前述面积太小,容易导致机芯模组11在佩戴状态下的舒适度恶化;如果前述面积太大,容易导致机芯模组11的体积过大,以及因柔性嵌块1131不与耳甲腔抵靠的面积过大而与设置柔性嵌块1131的初衷背离。进一步地,柔性覆层1132的厚度小于机芯外壳1112的厚度。As an example, in combination with FIG. 7, FIG. 8 and FIG. 11, the movement module 11 may include a flexible coating 1132, and the hardness of the flexible coating 1132 is less than the hardness of the movement housing 111. Wherein, the movement housing 111 may be a plastic part; the material of the flexible coating 1132 may be silicone, rubber, etc., and may be formed on a preset area of the movement housing 111 by injection molding, glue connection, etc. Further, the flexible coating 1132 may be integrally covered on at least part of the outer surface of the flexible insert 1131 and at least part of the outer surface of the movement housing 1112 not covered by the flexible insert 1131, which is conducive to enhancing the consistency of the appearance of the movement module 11. Of course, the flexible coating 1132 may further cover the outer surface of the movement inner shell 1111. Wherein, the hardness of the flexible insert 1131 is less than the hardness of the flexible coating 1132, so as to allow the flexible insert 1131 to be sufficiently soft. In addition, the flexible coating 1132 can also improve the comfort of the earphone 10 when worn, and has a certain structural strength to protect the flexible insert 1131. Further, the area of the outer surface of the flexible insert 1131 can be between 126 mm2 and 189 mm2 . If the aforementioned area is too small, it is easy to cause the comfort of the movement module 11 to deteriorate when worn; if the aforementioned area is too large, it is easy to cause the volume of the movement module 11 to be too large, and the area where the flexible insert 1131 does not abut against the concha cavity is too large, which deviates from the original intention of setting the flexible insert 1131. Further, the thickness of the flexible coating 1132 is less than the thickness of the movement housing 1112.
作为示例性地,结合图11及图9,机芯模组11可以包括设置在机芯外壳1112与柔性覆层1132之 间的天线图案1141和/或触控图案1142等金属功能图案。其中,天线图案1141可以借助激光直接成型技术(Laser-Direct-structuring,LDS)成型在机芯外壳1112的外侧;触控图案1142既可以借助激光直接成型技术成型在机芯外壳1112的外侧,也可以为粘贴在机芯外壳1112外侧的柔性触控电路板。进一步地,机芯外壳1112设置有分别与天线图案1141和触控图案1142连接的金属化孔。此时,由于主控电路板13设置在机芯壳体111内,例如主控电路板13与机芯外壳1112连接,使得主控电路板13可以通过诸如pogo-PIN、金属弹片等弹性金属件与相应的金属化孔的内壁接触,例如天线图案1141和触控图案1142分别与焊接在主控电路板13上的pogo-PIN131和pogo-PIN132连接。相应地,扬声器112位于主控电路板13背离机芯外壳1112的一侧。如此,相较于天线图案1141和触控图案1142分别设置在机芯外壳1112朝向扬声器112的内侧,天线图案1141设置在机芯外壳1112的外侧可以增大其与主控电路板13之间的间距,也即增大天线净空区,从而增加对天线图案1141的抗干扰性;触控图案1142设置在机芯外壳1112的外侧可以缩短其与外界的信号触发源(例如用户的手指)之间的间距,也即缩小触控间距,从而增大触控图案1142被用户触发的灵敏度。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 11 and FIG. 9 , the movement module 11 may include a flexible cover 1132 disposed between the movement housing 1112 and the flexible cover 1132. The antenna pattern 1141 and/or the touch pattern 1142 and other metal functional patterns are arranged between the movement housing 1112 and the movement housing 1112. Among them, the antenna pattern 1141 can be formed on the outside of the movement housing 1112 by means of laser direct structuring (LDS); the touch pattern 1142 can be formed on the outside of the movement housing 1112 by means of laser direct structuring technology, or it can be a flexible touch circuit board pasted on the outside of the movement housing 1112. Further, the movement housing 1112 is provided with metallized holes connected to the antenna pattern 1141 and the touch pattern 1142 respectively. At this time, since the main control circuit board 13 is arranged in the movement housing 111, for example, the main control circuit board 13 is connected to the movement housing 1112, so that the main control circuit board 13 can be in contact with the inner wall of the corresponding metallized hole through elastic metal parts such as pogo-PIN, metal spring, etc., for example, the antenna pattern 1141 and the touch pattern 1142 are respectively connected to the pogo-PIN131 and pogo-PIN132 welded on the main control circuit board 13. Accordingly, the speaker 112 is located on the side of the main control circuit board 13 away from the movement housing 1112. In this way, compared with the antenna pattern 1141 and the touch pattern 1142 being respectively arranged on the inner side of the movement housing 1112 facing the speaker 112, the antenna pattern 1141 being arranged on the outer side of the movement housing 1112 can increase the distance between it and the main control circuit board 13, that is, increase the antenna clearance area, thereby increasing the anti-interference performance of the antenna pattern 1141; the touch pattern 1142 being arranged on the outer side of the movement housing 1112 can shorten the distance between it and the external signal trigger source (such as the user's finger), that is, shorten the touch distance, thereby increasing the sensitivity of the touch pattern 1142 being triggered by the user.
在一些实施方式中,天线图案1141可以环绕在触控图案1142的外围,以充分利用机芯外壳1112外侧的空间。其中,天线图案1141可以呈U型设置,触控图案1142可以呈方形设置。In some embodiments, the antenna pattern 1141 may surround the periphery of the touch pattern 1142 to fully utilize the space outside the core housing 1112. The antenna pattern 1141 may be arranged in a U-shape, and the touch pattern 1142 may be arranged in a square shape.
进一步地,机芯模组11可以包括焊接在主控电路板13上的麦克风133,麦克风133可以通过设置在机芯外壳1112上的拾音通孔拾取用户语音和环境声音。其中,主控电路板13与机芯外壳1112连接时,可以进一步将麦克风133压持在机芯外壳1112上。Furthermore, the core module 11 may include a microphone 133 welded on the main control circuit board 13, and the microphone 133 may pick up user voice and ambient sound through a sound pickup through hole provided on the core housing 1112. When the main control circuit board 13 is connected to the core housing 1112, the microphone 133 may be further pressed against the core housing 1112.
作为示例性地,结合图10及图11,机芯内壳1111可以包括底壁1113和与底壁1113连接的第一侧壁1114,机芯外壳1112可以包括顶壁1115和与顶壁1115连接的第二侧壁1116,第二侧壁1116和第一侧壁1114沿分模面111b彼此扣合,且两者可以彼此支撑。其中,沿宽度方向Z1观察,并在连接端CE指向自由端FE的参考方向(例如图10及图11中箭头Y的反方向)上,第一侧壁1114靠近自由端FE的部分在厚度方向X1上逐渐靠近底壁1113,第二侧壁1116靠近自由端FE的部分在厚度方向X1上逐渐远离顶壁1115,以使得分模面111b在靠近自由端FE的方向上向机芯内壳1111所在一侧倾斜。此时,柔性嵌块1131至少部分设置在第二侧壁1116的外侧。例如:结合图11及图9,柔性嵌块1131除了设置在第二侧壁1116的外侧之外,还部分设置在顶壁1115的外侧。相应地,出声孔111a可以设置在底壁1113上。当然,出声孔111a也可以设置在第一侧壁1114对应于下侧面LS的一侧,还可以设置在第一侧壁1114与底壁1113之间的拐角处。进一步地,天线图案1141和触控图案1142及其各自的金属化孔可以设置在顶壁1115上,麦克风133的拾音通孔也可以设置在顶壁1115上。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 10 and FIG. 11 , the movement inner shell 1111 may include a bottom wall 1113 and a first side wall 1114 connected to the bottom wall 1113, and the movement outer shell 1112 may include a top wall 1115 and a second side wall 1116 connected to the top wall 1115, and the second side wall 1116 and the first side wall 1114 are buckled with each other along the parting surface 111b, and the two can support each other. Wherein, observed along the width direction Z1, and in the reference direction where the connecting end CE points to the free end FE (for example, the opposite direction of the arrow Y in FIG. 10 and FIG. 11 ), the portion of the first side wall 1114 close to the free end FE gradually approaches the bottom wall 1113 in the thickness direction X1, and the portion of the second side wall 1116 close to the free end FE gradually moves away from the top wall 1115 in the thickness direction X1, so that the parting surface 111b is inclined toward the side where the movement inner shell 1111 is located in the direction close to the free end FE. At this time, the flexible insert 1131 is at least partially arranged on the outside of the second side wall 1116. For example: In combination with FIG. 11 and FIG. 9 , the flexible insert 1131 is not only disposed on the outer side of the second side wall 1116, but is also partially disposed on the outer side of the top wall 1115. Accordingly, the sound outlet hole 111a can be disposed on the bottom wall 1113. Of course, the sound outlet hole 111a can also be disposed on the side of the first side wall 1114 corresponding to the lower side surface LS, and can also be disposed at the corner between the first side wall 1114 and the bottom wall 1113. Furthermore, the antenna pattern 1141 and the touch pattern 1142 and their respective metallized holes can be disposed on the top wall 1115, and the pickup through hole of the microphone 133 can also be disposed on the top wall 1115.
作为示例性地,结合图7及图11,机芯外壳1112可以设置有至少部分位于第二侧壁1116上的嵌入槽,柔性嵌块1131嵌入前述嵌入槽内,以使得机芯外壳1112未被柔性嵌块1131覆盖的区域的外表面与柔性嵌块1131的外表面连续过渡。其中,图7中柔性嵌块1131所在的区域即可简单地视作前述嵌入槽。如此,不仅有利于柔性嵌块1131在注塑过程中堆积在机芯外壳1112上,避免柔性嵌块1131四溢,还有利于改善机芯模组11的外观品质,避免机芯模组11的表面坑坑洼洼。As an example, in combination with FIG. 7 and FIG. 11 , the movement housing 1112 may be provided with an embedding groove at least partially located on the second side wall 1116, and the flexible insert 1131 is embedded in the aforementioned embedding groove, so that the outer surface of the region of the movement housing 1112 not covered by the flexible insert 1131 is continuously transitioned to the outer surface of the flexible insert 1131. Among them, the region where the flexible insert 1131 is located in FIG. 7 can be simply regarded as the aforementioned embedding groove. In this way, it is not only conducive to the accumulation of the flexible insert 1131 on the movement housing 1112 during the injection molding process to prevent the flexible insert 1131 from overflowing, but also conducive to improving the appearance quality of the movement module 11 and avoiding the surface of the movement module 11 from being bumpy.
进一步地,第二侧壁1116可以包括第一子侧壁段1117和与第一子侧壁段1117连接的第二子侧壁段1118,第一子侧壁段1117在厚度方向X1上相较于第二子侧壁段1118更靠近顶壁1115,第二子侧壁段1118相较于第一子侧壁段1117朝向机芯壳体111的外侧凸出。简而言之,第二侧壁1116可以呈台阶状结构。如此,不仅有利于柔性嵌块1131在注塑过程中堆积在机芯外壳1112上,避免柔性嵌块1131四溢,还有利于机芯模组11更好地通过柔性嵌块1131抵靠在耳甲腔内,从而改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的舒适度。Further, the second side wall 1116 may include a first sub-side wall segment 1117 and a second sub-side wall segment 1118 connected to the first sub-side wall segment 1117, the first sub-side wall segment 1117 is closer to the top wall 1115 than the second sub-side wall segment 1118 in the thickness direction X1, and the second sub-side wall segment 1118 protrudes toward the outside of the movement housing 111 compared to the first sub-side wall segment 1117. In short, the second side wall 1116 may have a stepped structure. In this way, it is not only beneficial for the flexible insert 1131 to be accumulated on the movement housing 1112 during the injection molding process to avoid overflowing of the flexible insert 1131, but also beneficial for the movement module 11 to better abut against the concha cavity through the flexible insert 1131, thereby improving the comfort of the earphone 10 when worn.
进一步地,主控电路板13可以与机芯外壳1112连接,例如固定在与顶壁1115连接的热熔柱上,并可以在厚度方向X1上与第一子侧壁段1117部分重叠;扬声器112可以在厚度方向X1上与第二子侧壁段1118部分重叠。如此,有利于机芯壳体111内设置足够大的扬声器112,从而增强耳机10产生的声音音量。Furthermore, the main control circuit board 13 can be connected to the core housing 1112, for example, fixed on a hot melt column connected to the top wall 1115, and can partially overlap with the first sub-side wall section 1117 in the thickness direction X1; the speaker 112 can partially overlap with the second sub-side wall section 1118 in the thickness direction X1. In this way, it is beneficial to set a sufficiently large speaker 112 in the core housing 111, thereby enhancing the sound volume produced by the earphone 10.
作为示例性地,结合图10及图8,机芯壳体111可以设置有泄压孔111c,泄压孔111c使得扬声器112朝向主控电路板13一侧的空间与外界环境连通,也即空气能够自由地进出前述空间。如此,有利于降低扬声器112的振膜在振动过程中的阻力。其中,泄压孔111c可以在佩戴状态下朝向头顶,有利于避免经由泄压孔111c传播的声波形成漏音(也即上述第二漏音)被听到。基于亥姆霍兹共振腔,泄压孔111c的孔径可以尽可能大,以使得第二漏音的谐振频率尽可能往频率较高的频段(例如大于4kHz的频率范围)偏移,这样有利于进一步避免第二漏音被听到。As an exemplary embodiment, in combination with Figures 10 and 8, the movement housing 111 may be provided with a pressure relief hole 111c, and the pressure relief hole 111c enables the space on the side of the speaker 112 facing the main control circuit board 13 to be connected to the external environment, that is, the air can freely enter and exit the aforementioned space. In this way, it is helpful to reduce the resistance of the diaphragm of the speaker 112 during the vibration process. Among them, the pressure relief hole 111c can be facing the top of the head when worn, which is helpful to avoid the sound waves propagating through the pressure relief hole 111c from leaking sound (that is, the above-mentioned second leakage sound) being heard. Based on the Helmholtz resonance cavity, the aperture of the pressure relief hole 111c can be as large as possible, so that the resonant frequency of the second leakage sound is shifted to a higher frequency band (for example, a frequency range greater than 4kHz) as much as possible, which is helpful to further avoid the second leakage sound from being heard.
进一步地,机芯壳体111可以设置有调声孔111d,调声孔111d使得第二漏音的谐振频率尽可能往频率较高的频段(例如大于4kHz的频率范围)偏移,这样有利于进一步避免第二漏音被听到。其中,调声孔111d的面积可以小于泄压孔111c的面积,以使得扬声器112朝向主控电路板13一侧的空间更 多地通过泄压孔111c与外界环境连通。进一步地,出声孔111a与泄压孔111c在宽度方向Z1上的间距大于出声孔111a与调声孔111d在宽度方向Z1上的间距,以避免分别经由出声孔111a和泄压孔111c传播而出的声波在近场反相相消,这样有利于提高用户听到的经由出声孔111a传播而出的声音的音量。相应地,调声孔111d相较于出声孔111a更靠近连接端CE,以增加两者在长度方向Y1上的间距,从而避免分别经由出声孔111a和调声孔111d传播而出的声波在近场反相相消,这样有利于提高用户听到的经由出声孔111a传播而出的声音的音量。Furthermore, the movement housing 111 may be provided with a tuning hole 111d, which makes the resonance frequency of the second sound leakage shift to a higher frequency band (e.g., a frequency range greater than 4kHz) as much as possible, which is helpful to further prevent the second sound leakage from being heard. The area of the tuning hole 111d may be smaller than the area of the pressure relief hole 111c, so that the space on the side of the speaker 112 facing the main control circuit board 13 is larger. The sound outlet 111a is connected to the external environment through the pressure relief hole 111c. Furthermore, the distance between the sound outlet 111a and the pressure relief hole 111c in the width direction Z1 is greater than the distance between the sound outlet 111a and the tuning hole 111d in the width direction Z1, so as to avoid the sound waves propagated through the sound outlet 111a and the pressure relief hole 111c respectively from canceling each other out of phase in the near field, which is beneficial to increase the volume of the sound propagated through the sound outlet 111a heard by the user. Accordingly, the tuning hole 111d is closer to the connection end CE than the sound outlet 111a, so as to increase the distance between the two in the length direction Y1, so as to avoid the sound waves propagated through the sound outlet 111a and the tuning hole 111d respectively from canceling each other out of phase in the near field, which is beneficial to increase the volume of the sound propagated through the sound outlet 111a heard by the user.
作为示例性地,结合图10,出声孔111a、泄压孔111c和调声孔111d可以设置在机芯内壳1111上,例如出声孔111a设置在底壁1113上而泄压孔111c和调声孔111d分别设置在第一侧壁1114上。其中,泄压孔111c和调声孔111d可以分别设置在第一侧壁1114沿宽度方向Z1的相对两侧上。如此,由于出声孔111a、泄压孔111c和调声孔111d均设置在机芯内壳1111上,使得机芯外壳1112的结构更加简单,有利于降低加工成本。除此之外,由于泄压孔111c和调声孔111d分别设置在第一侧壁1114沿宽度方向Z1的相对两侧上,使得上述分模面111b可以关于一垂直于宽度方向Z1的参考平面对称设置,这样有利于改善机芯模组11的外观品质。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 10 , the sound outlet hole 111a, the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d can be arranged on the movement inner shell 1111, for example, the sound outlet hole 111a is arranged on the bottom wall 1113 and the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d are respectively arranged on the first side wall 1114. Among them, the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d can be respectively arranged on the opposite sides of the first side wall 1114 along the width direction Z1. In this way, since the sound outlet hole 111a, the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d are all arranged on the movement inner shell 1111, the structure of the movement outer shell 1112 is simpler, which is conducive to reducing the processing cost. In addition, since the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d are respectively arranged on the opposite sides of the first side wall 1114 along the width direction Z1, the above-mentioned parting surface 111b can be symmetrically arranged about a reference plane perpendicular to the width direction Z1, which is beneficial to improving the appearance quality of the movement module 11.
作为示例性地,结合图7及图8,机芯模组11可以包括设置在机芯壳体111内的支架115,支架115与扬声器112可以围设形成声学腔体116,以使得声学腔体116与机芯壳体111内的其他结构(例如主控电路板13等)隔开,这样有利于改善机芯模组11的声学表现力。其中,机芯壳体111设置有声学孔,例如声学孔为泄压孔111c和调声孔111d中的至少一者,支架115设置有连通声学孔和声学腔体116的声学通道1151,以便于声学腔体116与外界环境连通,也即空气能够自由地进出声学腔体116,这样有利于降低扬声器112的振膜在振动过程中的阻力。As an example, in combination with FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 , the movement module 11 may include a bracket 115 disposed in the movement housing 111, and the bracket 115 and the speaker 112 may be arranged to form an acoustic cavity 116, so that the acoustic cavity 116 is separated from other structures in the movement housing 111 (such as the main control circuit board 13, etc.), which is conducive to improving the acoustic performance of the movement module 11. Among them, the movement housing 111 is provided with an acoustic hole, for example, the acoustic hole is at least one of the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d, and the bracket 115 is provided with an acoustic channel 1151 connecting the acoustic hole and the acoustic cavity 116, so that the acoustic cavity 116 is connected to the external environment, that is, the air can freely enter and exit the acoustic cavity 116, which is conducive to reducing the resistance of the diaphragm of the speaker 112 during the vibration process.
进一步地,支架115与机芯壳体111配合形成环绕上述声学孔的至少一部分的第一容胶槽1171,第一容胶槽1171容纳有用于密封支架115与机芯壳体111之间的装配间隙的第一胶水,也即通过第一胶水进行防水密封,这样有利于避免外界的汗水、雨水等液滴侵入机芯壳体111内主控电路板13所在的空间。如此,基于亥姆霍兹共振腔,相较于相关技术通过支架115将一硅胶套压持在机芯壳体111上以进行防水密封,本技术方案通过第一胶水进行防水密封可以省掉相关技术中的前述硅胶套,有利于缩短声学腔体116与外界环境连通部分(包括声学通道1151、声学孔)的长度,使得经由泄压孔111c传播出去而形成的漏音(也即上述第二漏音)的谐振频率尽可能往频率较高的频段(例如大于4kHz的频率范围)偏移,从而进一步避免第二漏音被听到。Further, the bracket 115 cooperates with the movement housing 111 to form a first glue-containing groove 1171 surrounding at least a portion of the acoustic hole. The first glue-containing groove 1171 contains a first glue for sealing the assembly gap between the bracket 115 and the movement housing 111, that is, waterproof sealing is performed by the first glue, which is conducive to preventing external sweat, rainwater and other droplets from invading the space where the main control circuit board 13 is located in the movement housing 111. In this way, based on the Helmholtz resonance cavity, compared with the related art that a silicone sleeve is pressed on the movement housing 111 by the bracket 115 for waterproof sealing, the present technical solution uses the first glue for waterproof sealing, which can save the aforementioned silicone sleeve in the related art, and is conducive to shortening the length of the part (including the acoustic channel 1151 and the acoustic hole) of the acoustic cavity 116 connected to the external environment, so that the resonant frequency of the leakage sound (that is, the second leakage sound) formed by propagating through the pressure relief hole 111c is shifted to a higher frequency band (for example, a frequency range greater than 4kHz) as much as possible, thereby further preventing the second leakage sound from being heard.
需要说明的是:当上述声学孔为泄压孔111c时,第一容胶槽1171环绕泄压孔111c的至少一部分;当上述声学孔为调声孔111d时,第一容胶槽1171环绕调声孔111d的至少一部分;当上述声学孔为泄压孔111c和调声孔111d时,第一容胶槽1171分别环绕泄压孔111c和调声孔111d的至少一部分。其中,为了便于描述,并结合图8、图10及图12,本申请以上述声学孔为泄压孔111c和调声孔111d,第一容胶槽1171分别环绕泄压孔111c和调声孔111d的至少一部分为例进行示例性的说明。进一步地,如果支架115与机芯壳体111(例如其底壁1113)之间的间隙足够大,或者机芯壳体111中底壁1113与第一侧壁1114不是一体成型结构件(也即两个单独的结构件),那么第一容胶槽1171可以环绕上述声学孔的全部,也即第一容胶槽1171为完整的环状结构。It should be noted that: when the above-mentioned acoustic hole is a pressure relief hole 111c, the first adhesive groove 1171 surrounds at least a portion of the pressure relief hole 111c; when the above-mentioned acoustic hole is a sound tuning hole 111d, the first adhesive groove 1171 surrounds at least a portion of the sound tuning hole 111d; when the above-mentioned acoustic holes are the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound tuning hole 111d, the first adhesive groove 1171 surrounds at least a portion of the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound tuning hole 111d respectively. Among them, for the convenience of description, and in combination with Figures 8, 10 and 12, this application takes the above-mentioned acoustic holes as the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound tuning hole 111d, and the first adhesive groove 1171 surrounds at least a portion of the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound tuning hole 111d respectively as an example for exemplary description. Furthermore, if the gap between the bracket 115 and the movement shell 111 (for example, its bottom wall 1113) is large enough, or the bottom wall 1113 and the first side wall 1114 in the movement shell 111 are not an integrally molded structure (that is, two separate structures), then the first glue groove 1171 can surround the entire acoustic hole, that is, the first glue groove 1171 is a complete annular structure.
作为示例性地,结合图12及图10,支架115可以包括环状主体部1152和与环状主体部1152连接的对接部1153。其中,环状主体部1152套设在扬声器112的外围,以形成声学腔体116,声学通道1151贯穿对接部1153和环状主体部1152。进一步地,对接部1153位于环状主体部1152与机芯壳体111之间,并环绕上述声学孔的至少一部分,对接部1153与机芯壳体111配合形成第一容胶槽1171。其中,由于上述声学孔可以为泄压孔111c和调声孔111d,使得对接部1153相应地设置有两个,第一容胶槽1171也相应地设置有两个。相应地,对接部1153与第一侧壁1114配合形成第一容胶槽1171。如此,由于支架115呈环状设置,使得扬声器112朝向主控电路板13的一侧外露,这样有利于减小机芯模组11在厚度方向X1上的厚度。As an example, in combination with FIG. 12 and FIG. 10 , the bracket 115 may include an annular main body 1152 and a docking portion 1153 connected to the annular main body 1152. The annular main body 1152 is sleeved on the periphery of the speaker 112 to form an acoustic cavity 116, and the acoustic channel 1151 runs through the docking portion 1153 and the annular main body 1152. Further, the docking portion 1153 is located between the annular main body 1152 and the core housing 111, and surrounds at least a portion of the above-mentioned acoustic hole, and the docking portion 1153 cooperates with the core housing 111 to form a first glue containing groove 1171. Since the above-mentioned acoustic hole can be a pressure relief hole 111c and a sound adjustment hole 111d, two docking portions 1153 are correspondingly provided, and two first glue containing grooves 1171 are also correspondingly provided. Correspondingly, the docking portion 1153 cooperates with the first side wall 1114 to form the first glue containing groove 1171. In this way, since the bracket 115 is arranged in a ring shape, the speaker 112 is exposed toward the side of the main control circuit board 13, which is conducive to reducing the thickness of the movement module 11 in the thickness direction X1.
作为示例性地,结合图10及图8,机芯壳体111的内侧可以设置有凹陷区1119,上述声学孔可以设置在凹陷区1119的底部,机芯模组11可以包括设置在凹陷区1119内的声阻网118,对接部1153将声阻网118压持在凹陷区1119的底部上。如此,不仅有利于避免支架115在组装过程中刮到声阻网118,还有利于缩小支架115、声阻网118和机芯内壳1111之间的装配间隙,以及避免声阻网118晃动。其中,声阻网118可以通过双面胶或者胶水预固定在凹陷区1119的底部;声阻网118也可以先预固定在防护钢网上,前述防护钢网再通过双面胶或者胶水预固定在凹陷区1119的底部。相应地,由于上述声学孔可以为泄压孔111c和调声孔111d,使得凹陷区1119相应地设置有两个,声阻网118也相应地设置有两个。As an example, in combination with FIG. 10 and FIG. 8 , a recessed area 1119 may be provided on the inner side of the movement housing 111, the acoustic hole may be provided at the bottom of the recessed area 1119, the movement module 11 may include an acoustic resistance net 118 provided in the recessed area 1119, and the docking portion 1153 presses the acoustic resistance net 118 on the bottom of the recessed area 1119. In this way, it is not only helpful to prevent the bracket 115 from scraping the acoustic resistance net 118 during the assembly process, but also helpful to reduce the assembly gap between the bracket 115, the acoustic resistance net 118 and the movement inner shell 1111, and to prevent the acoustic resistance net 118 from shaking. Among them, the acoustic resistance net 118 can be pre-fixed at the bottom of the recessed area 1119 by double-sided tape or glue; the acoustic resistance net 118 can also be pre-fixed on the protective steel net first, and the aforementioned protective steel net is then pre-fixed at the bottom of the recessed area 1119 by double-sided tape or glue. Correspondingly, since the above-mentioned acoustic holes can be the pressure relief hole 111c and the sound adjustment hole 111d, two recessed areas 1119 are correspondingly provided, and two acoustic resistance nets 118 are also correspondingly provided.
进一步地,上述第一胶水可以进一步用于密封支架115与声阻网118之间的装配间隙和/或声阻网 118与机芯壳体111(例如凹陷区1119的侧壁)之间的装配间隙,这样有利于进一步进行防水密封。Furthermore, the first glue can be further used to seal the assembly gap between the bracket 115 and the acoustic resistance net 118 and/or the acoustic resistance net 118. An assembly gap is created between the inner wall 118 and the movement housing 111 (eg, the side wall of the recessed area 1119), which is beneficial for further waterproof sealing.
作为示例性地,结合图8、图10及图12,对接部1153可以用于形成第一容胶槽1171的底壁和一侧槽壁,机芯壳体111可以用于形成第一容胶槽1171的另一侧槽壁。其中,机芯壳体111上的槽壁与对接部1153上的槽壁相对设置,以使得第一容胶槽1171具有一定的宽度和深度。当然,对接部1153可以用于形成第一容胶槽1171的一侧槽壁,机芯壳体111可以用于形成第一容胶槽1171的底壁和另一侧槽壁;或者,对接部1153可以用于形成第一容胶槽1171的一侧槽壁和底壁的一部分,机芯壳体111可以用于形成第一容胶槽1171的另一侧槽壁和底壁的另一部分。As an exemplary embodiment, in combination with FIG. 8 , FIG. 10 and FIG. 12 , the docking portion 1153 can be used to form the bottom wall and one side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171, and the core housing 111 can be used to form the other side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171. The groove wall on the core housing 111 is arranged opposite to the groove wall on the docking portion 1153, so that the first adhesive containing groove 1171 has a certain width and depth. Of course, the docking portion 1153 can be used to form one side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171, and the core housing 111 can be used to form the bottom wall and the other side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171; or, the docking portion 1153 can be used to form one side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171 and a part of the bottom wall, and the core housing 111 can be used to form the other side wall of the first adhesive containing groove 1171 and another part of the bottom wall.
作为示例性地,结合图12至图14,扬声器112可以包括本体1121和沿本体1121的周向设置的环形承台1122,支架115的下端可以支撑在环形承台1122上,声学通道1151在朝向环形承台1122一侧可以呈开放式设置,环形承台1122进一步封堵声学通道1151的开放部分。此时,可以简单地视作第一容胶槽1171环绕上述声学孔的一部分,以便于后续采用诸如点胶工艺等方式在第一容胶槽1171内填充胶水。As an example, in conjunction with Figures 12 to 14, the speaker 112 may include a body 1121 and an annular support 1122 arranged along the circumference of the body 1121, the lower end of the bracket 115 may be supported on the annular support 1122, the acoustic channel 1151 may be open on the side facing the annular support 1122, and the annular support 1122 further blocks the open part of the acoustic channel 1151. At this time, it can be simply regarded as a part of the first glue groove 1171 surrounding the above-mentioned acoustic hole, so as to facilitate the subsequent use of methods such as glue dispensing process to fill glue in the first glue groove 1171.
在一些实施方式中,环形承台1122可以包括呈阶梯状设置的第一环形台面1123和第二环形台面1124,第二环形台面1124环绕设置在第一环形台面1123的外围;支架115的下端的一部分可以支撑在第一环形台面1123上,支架115的下端的另一部分可以与第二环形台面1124之间形成一间隔区域,以使得支架115、环形承台1122和机芯壳体111配合形成第二容胶槽1172,第二容胶槽1172容纳有用于密封支架115、环形承台1122和机芯壳体111中任意两者之间的装配间隙的第二胶水,以进行相应的防水密封。In some embodiments, the annular platform 1122 may include a first annular table 1123 and a second annular table 1124 that are arranged in a stepped shape, and the second annular table 1124 is arranged around the periphery of the first annular table 1123; a portion of the lower end of the bracket 115 can be supported on the first annular table 1123, and another portion of the lower end of the bracket 115 can form a spacing area with the second annular table 1124, so that the bracket 115, the annular platform 1122 and the movement shell 111 cooperate to form a second glue groove 1172, and the second glue groove 1172 contains a second glue for sealing the assembly gap between any two of the bracket 115, the annular platform 1122 and the movement shell 111 to perform corresponding waterproof sealing.
在一些实施方式中,支架115的上端可以搭设在本体1121上,并与本体1121配合形成第三容胶槽1173,第三容胶槽1173容纳有用于密封支架115与本体1121之间的装配间隙的第三胶水,以进行相应的防水密封。In some embodiments, the upper end of the bracket 115 can be placed on the body 1121 and cooperate with the body 1121 to form a third glue groove 1173, which contains a third glue for sealing the assembly gap between the bracket 115 and the body 1121 to perform corresponding waterproof sealing.
需要说明的是:在机芯模组11一具体的装配过程中,可以包括如下工艺步骤,所有工艺步骤的前后顺序可以根据需要进行调整:1)通过双面胶将声阻网118预固定在凹陷区1119的底部;2)将扬声器112固定在底壁1113上,并对两者之间的装配间隙进行点胶,相应的胶水部分堆积在扬声器112的第二环形台面1124上;3)在步骤2)中的胶水固化之前,将支架115固定在扬声器112上,其中支架115的下端支撑在扬声器112的第一环形台面1123上,使得支架115的下端与第二环形台面1124之间也被胶水填充,支架115的对接部1153压持声阻网118,并与第一侧壁1114配合形成第一容胶槽1171,支架115的上端搭设在本体1121上,并与本体1121配合形成第三容胶槽1173;4)对第一容胶槽1171、第三容胶槽1173及支架115的下端与扬声器112和机芯内壳1111之间的装配间隙进行点胶。其中,由于支架115的下端与扬声器112和机芯内壳1111之间的装配间隙与第一容胶槽1171相距很近,使得支架115的下端与扬声器112和机芯内壳1111之间的装配间隙可以简单地视作第一容胶槽1171的延续,也即第一容胶槽1171与第二容胶槽1172可以连通。It should be noted that: in the specific assembly process of the movement module 11, the following process steps may be included, and the order of all process steps may be adjusted as needed: 1) pre-fix the acoustic resistance net 118 at the bottom of the recessed area 1119 by double-sided adhesive; 2) fix the speaker 112 on the bottom wall 1113, and dispense glue to the assembly gap between the two, and the corresponding glue portion is accumulated on the second annular table 1124 of the speaker 112; 3) before the glue in step 2) is cured, fix the bracket 115 on the speaker 112, wherein the lower end of the bracket 115 supports On the first annular table 1123 of the speaker 112, the space between the lower end of the bracket 115 and the second annular table 1124 is also filled with glue, the docking portion 1153 of the bracket 115 presses the acoustic resistance net 118, and cooperates with the first side wall 1114 to form a first glue groove 1171, the upper end of the bracket 115 is placed on the main body 1121, and cooperates with the main body 1121 to form a third glue groove 1173; 4) Glue is applied to the first glue groove 1171, the third glue groove 1173 and the assembly gap between the lower end of the bracket 115 and the speaker 112 and the movement inner shell 1111. Among them, since the assembly gap between the lower end of the bracket 115 and the speaker 112 and the movement inner shell 1111 is very close to the first glue groove 1171, the assembly gap between the lower end of the bracket 115 and the speaker 112 and the movement inner shell 1111 can be simply regarded as a continuation of the first glue groove 1171, that is, the first glue groove 1171 and the second glue groove 1172 can be connected.
作为示例性地,结合图15至图18及图7,钩状结构12可以包括与机芯模组11连接的转接壳体122,转接壳体122可以预先形成有容置腔124,耳机10可以包括后续加装在容置腔124内的电子元件15。其中,转接壳体122与机芯模组11之间的连接方式可以为卡接、焊接、胶水连接、螺纹连接和螺钉连接等组装方式中的一种或其组合。如此,相较于相关技术中电子元件15设置在机芯模组11内,本技术方案通过将电子元件15加装在钩状结构12预设的容置腔124内,不仅有利于节省机芯模组11的空间,使之在结构上更加紧凑、小巧,还有利于简化机芯模组11的结构,使之装配效率更高,也有利于合理布局耳机10中各个结构部件的相对位置,使得机芯模组11和钩状结构12均能够得到充分的利用。As an example, in combination with Figures 15 to 18 and Figure 7, the hook-shaped structure 12 may include a transfer housing 122 connected to the movement module 11, and the transfer housing 122 may be pre-formed with a receiving cavity 124, and the earphone 10 may include an electronic component 15 subsequently installed in the receiving cavity 124. Among them, the connection method between the transfer housing 122 and the movement module 11 may be one or a combination of assembly methods such as snap connection, welding, glue connection, threaded connection and screw connection. In this way, compared with the electronic component 15 being arranged in the movement module 11 in the related art, the present technical solution is not only conducive to saving the space of the movement module 11, making it more compact and small in structure, but also conducive to simplifying the structure of the movement module 11, making it more efficient to assemble, and also conducive to reasonably arranging the relative positions of various structural components in the earphone 10, so that both the movement module 11 and the hook-shaped structure 12 can be fully utilized.
需要说明的是:转接壳体122预先形成有容置腔124可以指容置腔124在转接壳体122成型时同时形成,而不是转接壳体122成型之后再加工形成的。例如:转接壳体122为一塑胶壳体,通过设置相应的型芯即可在塑胶壳体注塑成型之后得到相应的容置腔124。相应地,电子元件15后续加装在容置腔124内可以指电子元件15与转接壳体122非一体成型结构件。例如:转接壳体122为一塑胶壳体,电子元件15不通过嵌件的方式一体注塑成型在塑胶壳体内。基于此,后文中提及的转接壳体122预先形成有通孔1251、盲孔1252和通孔1253等描述与此相同或者相似,在此不再赘述。当然,容置腔124也可以在转接壳体122成型之后借助钻孔工艺得到,通孔1251、盲孔1252和通孔1253等同样也可以在转接壳体122成型之后借助钻孔工艺得到。It should be noted that: the adapter shell 122 is pre-formed with a accommodating cavity 124, which may mean that the accommodating cavity 124 is formed at the same time when the adapter shell 122 is molded, rather than being formed by processing after the adapter shell 122 is molded. For example: the adapter shell 122 is a plastic shell, and the corresponding accommodating cavity 124 can be obtained after the plastic shell is injection molded by setting a corresponding core. Correspondingly, the subsequent installation of the electronic component 15 in the accommodating cavity 124 may refer to the electronic component 15 and the adapter shell 122 being non-integrally molded structural parts. For example: the adapter shell 122 is a plastic shell, and the electronic component 15 is not integrally injection molded in the plastic shell by means of an insert. Based on this, the description of the adapter shell 122 pre-formed with a through hole 1251, a blind hole 1252 and a through hole 1253 mentioned in the following text is the same or similar to this, and will not be repeated here. Of course, the accommodating cavity 124 can also be obtained by means of a drilling process after the adapter shell 122 is formed, and the through hole 1251, the blind hole 1252 and the through hole 1253 can also be obtained by means of a drilling process after the adapter shell 122 is formed.
作为示例性地,结合图7,电子元件15可以与主控电路板13耦接,以实现钩状结构12与机芯模组11之间的电连接,转接壳体122可以与机芯壳体111接插固定,以实现钩状结构12与机芯模组11之间的结构连接,简单、可靠。其中,前述接插固定可以指转接壳体122和机芯壳体111中的一者先沿组装方向部分伸入另一者内再借助其他诸如插销的限位结构而接插固定,前述限位结构的组装方向与前述组装方向不平行;前述接插固定也可以指转接壳体122和机芯壳体111中的一者部分伸入另一者内时 即可接插固定而无需借助前述限位结构。As an example, in conjunction with FIG7 , the electronic component 15 can be coupled to the main control circuit board 13 to achieve electrical connection between the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11, and the adapter housing 122 can be plugged and fixed with the movement housing 111 to achieve structural connection between the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11, which is simple and reliable. Among them, the aforementioned plug-in fixation can refer to one of the adapter housing 122 and the movement housing 111 partially extending into the other along the assembly direction and then plugged and fixed with the help of other limiting structures such as latches, and the assembly direction of the aforementioned limiting structure is not parallel to the aforementioned assembly direction; the aforementioned plug-in fixation can also refer to one of the adapter housing 122 and the movement housing 111 partially extending into the other. It can be plugged and fixed without the aid of the aforementioned limiting structure.
作为示例性地,结合图7、图10及图16,转接壳体122可以设置有第一卡扣结构1221,机芯壳体111可以设置有第二卡扣结构1222,第一卡扣结构1221伸入机芯壳体111内,并与第二卡扣结构1222彼此卡接配合,从而使得转接壳体122与机芯壳体111卡接固定,两者直接接插固定而无需借助其他的限位结构,简单、可靠。其中,第一卡扣结构1221可以一体地设置在转接壳体122上,并可以在厚度方向X1上相对地间隔设置两个;第二卡扣结构1222可以一体地设置在机芯内壳1111上,并与第一卡扣结构1221一一对应设置。As an example, in combination with Figures 7, 10 and 16, the adapter housing 122 can be provided with a first snap-on structure 1221, and the core housing 111 can be provided with a second snap-on structure 1222. The first snap-on structure 1221 extends into the core housing 111, and snaps with the second snap-on structure 1222, so that the adapter housing 122 and the core housing 111 are snap-on fixed, and the two are directly plugged and fixed without the aid of other limiting structures, which is simple and reliable. Among them, the first snap-on structure 1221 can be integrally provided on the adapter housing 122, and two can be relatively spaced apart in the thickness direction X1; the second snap-on structure 1222 can be integrally provided on the core inner shell 1111, and is provided one-to-one with the first snap-on structure 1221.
作为示例性地,结合图7,耳机10可以包括柔性电路板16,柔性电路板16可以至少部分设置在容置腔124内,以与电子元件15连接,并延伸到机芯壳体111内,进而使得电子元件15通过柔性电路板16与主控电路板13连接。例如:电子元件15借助表面贴装技术(Surface Mounted Technology,SMT)焊接在柔性电路板16的一端,柔性电路板16的电路板的另一端和主控电路板13借助BTB连接器扣合。其中,扬声器112可以设置成在柔性电路板16的延伸路径上与柔性电路板16连接,例如扬声器112的引线焊接在柔性电路板16的相应区域上,进而使得扬声器112也通过柔性电路板16与主控电路板13连接,使得扬声器112的引线无需延长至与主控电路板13连接,这样有利于简化耳机10的走线结构,降低生产成本。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 7 , the earphone 10 may include a flexible circuit board 16, which may be at least partially disposed in the accommodating cavity 124 to connect with the electronic component 15 and extend into the movement housing 111, so that the electronic component 15 is connected to the main control circuit board 13 through the flexible circuit board 16. For example, the electronic component 15 is welded to one end of the flexible circuit board 16 by means of surface mount technology (SMT), and the other end of the flexible circuit board 16 and the main control circuit board 13 are buckled by means of a BTB connector. Among them, the speaker 112 may be arranged to be connected to the flexible circuit board 16 on the extension path of the flexible circuit board 16, for example, the lead of the speaker 112 is welded on the corresponding area of the flexible circuit board 16, so that the speaker 112 is also connected to the main control circuit board 13 through the flexible circuit board 16, so that the lead of the speaker 112 does not need to be extended to connect with the main control circuit board 13, which is conducive to simplifying the wiring structure of the earphone 10 and reducing the production cost.
作为示例性地,结合图16及图15,转接壳体122可以预先形成有与容置腔124连通的通孔1251,电子元件15可以包括至少部分设置在通孔1251内的电极端子151,电极端子151既可以为pogo-PIN这类可伸缩的弹性部件,也可以为金属柱之类不可伸缩的刚性部件。其中,通孔1251的孔径可以大于电极端子151的外径,以便于后续加装电极端子151。当然,电极端子151也可以以嵌件的方式与转接壳体122一体成型。进一步地,电极端子151可以在佩戴状态下朝向耳部,使之在佩戴状态下不可见,这样有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的外观品质。As an exemplary embodiment, in combination with Figures 16 and 15, the adapter shell 122 may be pre-formed with a through hole 1251 that is connected to the accommodating cavity 124, and the electronic component 15 may include an electrode terminal 151 that is at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251. The electrode terminal 151 may be a retractable elastic component such as a pogo-PIN, or a non-retractable rigid component such as a metal column. Among them, the aperture of the through hole 1251 may be larger than the outer diameter of the electrode terminal 151 to facilitate the subsequent installation of the electrode terminal 151. Of course, the electrode terminal 151 may also be integrally formed with the adapter shell 122 in the form of an insert. Furthermore, the electrode terminal 151 may be oriented toward the ear in the worn state, so that it is invisible in the worn state, which is conducive to improving the appearance quality of the headset 10 in the worn state.
需要说明的是:当电极端子151设置成pogo-PIN这类可伸缩的弹性部件时,电极端子151的延伸方向可以为其伸缩方向;而当电极端子151设置成金属柱之类不可伸缩的刚性部件时,电极端子151的延伸方向则可以为其轴线所在方向。It should be noted that: when the electrode terminal 151 is configured as a retractable elastic component such as a pogo-PIN, the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151 can be its retractable direction; and when the electrode terminal 151 is configured as a non-retractable rigid component such as a metal column, the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151 can be the direction of its axis.
进一步地,电极端子151可以根据实际的使用需求设置多个,例如用于充电、检测等。Furthermore, a plurality of electrode terminals 151 may be provided according to actual usage requirements, for example, for charging, detection, etc.
在一些实施方式中,电极端子151可以包括彼此间隔设置的充电正极端子1511和充电负极端子1512,充电正极端子1511和充电负极端子1512可以分别对应设置在各自的通孔1251内,以便于耳机10通过电极端子151进行充电。当然,充电正极端子1511和充电负极端子1512也可以仅一者设置在转接壳体122上,另一者可以设置在钩状结构12中诸如电池壳体123的其他壳体上或者设置在机芯内壳1111上。In some embodiments, the electrode terminal 151 may include a positive charging terminal 1511 and a negative charging terminal 1512 that are spaced apart from each other, and the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512 may be respectively disposed in respective through holes 1251, so that the earphone 10 can be charged through the electrode terminal 151. Of course, only one of the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512 may be disposed on the adapter housing 122, and the other may be disposed on other housings in the hook structure 12, such as the battery housing 123, or on the movement inner housing 1111.
在一些实施方式中,电极端子151可以包括与充电正极端子1511和充电负极端子1512彼此间隔设置的检测端子1513,检测端子1513可以用于进行充电检测、耳机10放入或者取出充电盒检测等检测功能。当然,检测端子1513也可以被霍尔传感器这类电子元件代替。In some embodiments, the electrode terminal 151 may include a detection terminal 1513 spaced apart from the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512, and the detection terminal 1513 may be used to perform detection functions such as charging detection, detection of the earphone 10 being placed in or taken out of the charging box, etc. Of course, the detection terminal 1513 may also be replaced by an electronic component such as a Hall sensor.
在一些实施方式中,沿电极端子151的延伸方向观察,充电正极端子1511、充电负极端子1512和检测端子1513两两之间的连线可以构成三角形,例如正三角形。In some embodiments, when viewed along the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151 , the connecting lines between the positive charging terminal 1511 , the negative charging terminal 1512 , and the detection terminal 1513 may form a triangle, such as an equilateral triangle.
在一些实施方式中,沿电极端子151的延伸方向观察,充电正极端子1511、充电负极端子1512和检测端子1513可以彼此间隔地排成一条线段,例如排列成一条直线段。其中,充电正极端子1511与充电负极端子1512之间的间距可以大于充电负极端子1512与检测端子1513之间的间距。例如充电负极端子1512位于充电正极端子1511与检测端子1513之间,且充电正极端子1511与充电负极端子1512之间的间距大于充电负极端子1512与检测端子1513之间的间距;再例如检测端子1513位于充电正极端子1511与充电负极端子1512之间。如此,以在转接壳体122上设置电极端子151的空间有限时,尽可能增大充电正极端子1511与充电负极端子1512之间的间距,这样有利于避免两者短路。In some embodiments, when viewed along the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151, the positive charging terminal 1511, the negative charging terminal 1512, and the detection terminal 1513 can be arranged in a line segment spaced apart from each other, for example, in a straight line segment. Among them, the distance between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512 can be greater than the distance between the negative charging terminal 1512 and the detection terminal 1513. For example, the negative charging terminal 1512 is located between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the detection terminal 1513, and the distance between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512 is greater than the distance between the negative charging terminal 1512 and the detection terminal 1513; for another example, the detection terminal 1513 is located between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512. In this way, when the space for setting the electrode terminal 151 on the adapter housing 122 is limited, the distance between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512 is increased as much as possible, which is conducive to avoiding a short circuit between the two.
作为示例性地,结合图15,转接壳体122的外侧可以设置有凸台126,通孔1251进一步贯穿凸台126,以使得多个电极端子151分别在凸台126处外露。如此,通过凸台126使得转接壳体122因具有一定的弧度而不平整的局部变得平整,以便于设置电极端子151。其中,充电正极端子1511、充电负极端子1512和检测端子1513可以沿凸台126的长度方向依次间隔设置。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 15 , a boss 126 may be provided on the outside of the adapter housing 122, and a through hole 1251 further penetrates the boss 126, so that a plurality of electrode terminals 151 are exposed at the boss 126. In this way, the boss 126 makes the uneven part of the adapter housing 122 due to a certain curvature become flat, so as to facilitate the arrangement of the electrode terminal 151. Among them, the positive charging terminal 1511, the negative charging terminal 1512 and the detection terminal 1513 may be arranged in sequence along the length direction of the boss 126.
作为示例性地,结合图15至图17,钩状结构12可以包括磁铁127,磁铁127和电极端子151可以在转接壳体122的同一侧外露,也即两者可以在转接壳体122的同一侧表面可见,以使得磁铁127更靠近电极端子151的外露端所朝向的外界,从而缩短磁铁127与诸如充电盒的充电设备中用于和磁铁127配合的磁吸结构之间的间距或者用于与磁铁127配合的霍尔传感器之间的间距,这样有利于改善充电、检测等功能的可靠性。其中,磁铁127和电极端子151可以相邻设置,以允许磁铁127与诸如充电盒的充电设备中的磁吸结构配合,使得电极端子151与充电设备中的电极端子配合,以便于进行充电。相应 地,凸台126可以凸出于磁铁127周围的转接壳体122,也即磁铁127可以低于凸台126,以便于电极端子151与诸如充电盒的充电设备中的电极端子接触。当然,在磁铁127与诸如充电盒的充电设备中的霍尔传感器配合用于检测的实施方式中,磁铁127与电极端子151相邻设置,也可以使得诸如充电盒的充电设备中用于和电极端子151配合的电极端子与前述霍尔传感器相邻设置,这样有利于缩小诸如充电盒的充电设备中用于搭载前述电极端子和前述霍尔传感器的面积。As an example, in conjunction with Figures 15 to 17, the hook structure 12 may include a magnet 127, and the magnet 127 and the electrode terminal 151 may be exposed on the same side of the adapter shell 122, that is, both may be visible on the same side surface of the adapter shell 122, so that the magnet 127 is closer to the outside world to which the exposed end of the electrode terminal 151 faces, thereby shortening the distance between the magnet 127 and the magnetic attraction structure used to cooperate with the magnet 127 in a charging device such as a charging box, or the distance between the Hall sensor used to cooperate with the magnet 127, which is beneficial to improving the reliability of functions such as charging and detection. Among them, the magnet 127 and the electrode terminal 151 may be arranged adjacent to each other to allow the magnet 127 to cooperate with the magnetic attraction structure in a charging device such as a charging box, so that the electrode terminal 151 cooperates with the electrode terminal in the charging device to facilitate charging. Corresponding The boss 126 can protrude from the adapter housing 122 around the magnet 127, that is, the magnet 127 can be lower than the boss 126, so that the electrode terminal 151 can contact the electrode terminal in a charging device such as a charging box. Of course, in an embodiment in which the magnet 127 cooperates with a Hall sensor in a charging device such as a charging box for detection, the magnet 127 is arranged adjacent to the electrode terminal 151, and the electrode terminal used to cooperate with the electrode terminal 151 in a charging device such as a charging box can also be arranged adjacent to the aforementioned Hall sensor, which is conducive to reducing the area used to carry the aforementioned electrode terminal and the aforementioned Hall sensor in a charging device such as a charging box.
进一步地,钩状结构12可以包括柔性覆层128,柔性覆层128的硬度小于转接壳体122的硬度。其中,转接壳体122可以为塑胶制件;柔性覆层128的材质可以为硅胶、橡胶等,并可以通过注塑、胶水连接等方式形成在转接壳体122上。进一步地,柔性覆层128可以覆盖在转接壳体122和磁铁127上,使得磁铁127不外露而电极端子151外露,也即磁铁127不可见而电极端子151可见。如此,既可以满足电极端子151的使用需求,又可以遮挡磁铁127,避免其外露而被磨损或者影响外观品质。除此之外,柔性覆层128还有利于改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的舒适度。其中,柔性覆层128的厚度小于转接壳体122的厚度。Further, the hook structure 12 may include a flexible coating 128, and the hardness of the flexible coating 128 is less than the hardness of the adapter shell 122. Among them, the adapter shell 122 may be a plastic part; the material of the flexible coating 128 may be silicone, rubber, etc., and may be formed on the adapter shell 122 by injection molding, glue connection, etc. Further, the flexible coating 128 may cover the adapter shell 122 and the magnet 127, so that the magnet 127 is not exposed and the electrode terminal 151 is exposed, that is, the magnet 127 is invisible and the electrode terminal 151 is visible. In this way, the use requirements of the electrode terminal 151 can be met, and the magnet 127 can be shielded to prevent it from being exposed and worn or affecting the appearance quality. In addition, the flexible coating 128 is also conducive to improving the comfort of the earphone 10 when wearing. Among them, the thickness of the flexible coating 128 is less than the thickness of the adapter shell 122.
作为示例性地,结合图16,转接壳体122可以预先形成有与容置腔124不连通的盲孔1252,以增加容置腔124的防水防尘性能。其中,磁铁127可以至少设置在盲孔1252内,并经由盲孔1252的开口端外露。如此,不仅有利于减小转接壳体122在磁铁127所在区域的厚度,还有利于改善耳机10在磁铁127所在区域的外观品质。当然,盲孔1252也可以设置成通孔。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 16 , the adapter housing 122 may be pre-formed with a blind hole 1252 that is not connected to the accommodating chamber 124, so as to increase the waterproof and dustproof performance of the accommodating chamber 124. The magnet 127 may be at least disposed in the blind hole 1252 and exposed through the open end of the blind hole 1252. In this way, it is not only helpful to reduce the thickness of the adapter housing 122 in the area where the magnet 127 is located, but also helpful to improve the appearance quality of the earphone 10 in the area where the magnet 127 is located. Of course, the blind hole 1252 may also be configured as a through hole.
作为示例性地,结合图15,沿电极端子151的延伸方向观察,多个电极端子151可以彼此间隔地排列成一条线段,例如一条直线段或者一条折线段。其中,磁铁127可以位于前述线段的任意一侧,或者磁铁127与前述线段相交并至少部分位于任意相邻两个电极端子151之间。例如:磁铁127的数量为一个,磁铁127整体位于前述线段的一侧,或者与前述线段相交并整体位于任意相邻两个电极端子151之间。再例如:磁铁127的数量为两个,一个磁铁127整体位于前述线段的一侧,另一个磁铁127整体位于前述线段的另一侧。又例如:磁铁127的数量为一个,磁铁127的一部分与前述线段相交并位于任意相邻两个电极端子151之间,另一部分在前述延伸方向上位于电极端子151的下方。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 15 , when viewed along the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151, the plurality of electrode terminals 151 may be arranged at intervals to form a line segment, such as a straight line segment or a broken line segment. Among them, the magnet 127 may be located on any side of the aforementioned line segment, or the magnet 127 intersects with the aforementioned line segment and is at least partially located between any two adjacent electrode terminals 151. For example: the number of magnets 127 is one, and the magnet 127 is located on one side of the aforementioned line segment as a whole, or intersects with the aforementioned line segment and is located between any two adjacent electrode terminals 151 as a whole. For another example: the number of magnets 127 is two, one magnet 127 is located on one side of the aforementioned line segment as a whole, and the other magnet 127 is located on the other side of the aforementioned line segment as a whole. For another example: the number of magnets 127 is one, a part of the magnet 127 intersects with the aforementioned line segment and is located between any two adjacent electrode terminals 151, and the other part is located below the electrode terminal 151 in the aforementioned extension direction.
作为示例性地,结合图15,多个电极端子151可以包括排列成一条直线段的充电正极端子1511、充电负极端子1512和检测端子1513。其中,磁铁127可以位于前述直线段的一侧。进一步地,沿电极端子151的延伸方向观察,磁铁127的中心分别与充电正极端子1511、充电负极端子1512和检测端子1513的中心之间具有第一距离、第二距离和第三距离,第三距离分别大于第一距离和第二距离,以优先确保充电的可靠性。值得注意的是:在钩状结构12设置有柔性覆层128的实施例中,为了方便确定磁铁127、充电正极端子1511、充电负极端子1512和检测端子1513之间的相对位置关系,可以先去掉柔性覆层128。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 15 , the plurality of electrode terminals 151 may include a charging positive terminal 1511, a charging negative terminal 1512, and a detection terminal 1513 arranged in a straight line segment. Among them, the magnet 127 may be located on one side of the aforementioned straight line segment. Further, along the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151, the center of the magnet 127 has a first distance, a second distance, and a third distance from the center of the charging positive terminal 1511, the charging negative terminal 1512, and the detection terminal 1513, respectively, and the third distance is greater than the first distance and the second distance, respectively, to prioritize the reliability of charging. It is worth noting that: in an embodiment in which the hook-shaped structure 12 is provided with a flexible coating 128, in order to facilitate the determination of the relative positional relationship between the magnet 127, the charging positive terminal 1511, the charging negative terminal 1512, and the detection terminal 1513, the flexible coating 128 may be removed first.
作为示例性地,结合图16至图18,电子元件15可以包括电极端子151和麦克风152,转接壳体122可以预先形成有与容置腔124,以及分别与容置腔124连通的通孔1251和通孔1253。其中,因电极端子151和麦克风152的作用不同,通孔1251和通孔1253可以位于转接壳体122的不同侧壁上。基于此,电极端子151可以至少部分设置在通孔1251内,麦克风152可以设置在容置腔124内,并经由通孔1253拾取耳机10外的声音(例如用户语音、环境声音)。如此,通过合理布置电极端子151和麦克风152的相对位置,使得容置腔124的空间得以充分利用,耳机10的结构也因此更加紧凑、小巧。进一步地,耳机10可以包括至少部分设置在容置腔124内的支撑组件17,支撑组件17可以分别将电极端子151和麦克风152支撑固定在通孔1251和通孔1253所对应的侧壁上。如此,不仅有利于避免电极端子151和麦克风152与转接壳体122分离,还有利于增加电子元件15处的防水防尘性能,而且结构简单、可靠。As an example, in conjunction with Figures 16 to 18, the electronic component 15 may include an electrode terminal 151 and a microphone 152, and the adapter housing 122 may be pre-formed with a through hole 1251 and a through hole 1253 that are connected to the accommodating cavity 124 and the accommodating cavity 124, respectively. Among them, due to the different functions of the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152, the through hole 1251 and the through hole 1253 may be located on different side walls of the adapter housing 122. Based on this, the electrode terminal 151 may be at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251, and the microphone 152 may be disposed in the accommodating cavity 124, and pick up the sound outside the earphone 10 (such as user voice, environmental sound) through the through hole 1253. In this way, by reasonably arranging the relative positions of the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152, the space of the accommodating cavity 124 can be fully utilized, and the structure of the earphone 10 is therefore more compact and compact. Furthermore, the earphone 10 may include a support assembly 17 at least partially disposed in the accommodating cavity 124, and the support assembly 17 may respectively support and fix the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 on the side walls corresponding to the through hole 1251 and the through hole 1253. In this way, it is not only helpful to prevent the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 from being separated from the adapter housing 122, but also helpful to increase the waterproof and dustproof performance of the electronic component 15, and the structure is simple and reliable.
作为示例性地,结合图18,柔性电路板16可以包括一体结构的第一电路板部161、第二电路板部162和第三电路板部163,电极端子151焊接在第一电路板部161,第二电路板部162相对于第一电路板部161弯折,麦克风152焊接在第三电路板部163,并相对于第二电路板部162弯折。换言之,柔性电路板16经过两次弯折之后,第一电路板部161、第二电路板部162和第三电路板部163可以对应六面形结构的两两相邻的三面。其中,第二电路板部162远离第三电路板部163的一端与第一电路板部161连接,其他部分不与第一电路板部161连接。如此,以在柔性电路板16及其上的电极端子151和麦克风152组装在转接壳体122内之后,允许作业人员先按压第二电路板部162与第一电路板部161连接的一端,使之尽可能多得与第一电路板部161平齐,以避让后续组装的支撑组件17。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 18 , the flexible circuit board 16 may include a first circuit board portion 161, a second circuit board portion 162, and a third circuit board portion 163 of an integrated structure, the electrode terminal 151 is welded to the first circuit board portion 161, the second circuit board portion 162 is bent relative to the first circuit board portion 161, and the microphone 152 is welded to the third circuit board portion 163 and bent relative to the second circuit board portion 162. In other words, after the flexible circuit board 16 is bent twice, the first circuit board portion 161, the second circuit board portion 162, and the third circuit board portion 163 may correspond to three adjacent sides of the hexagonal structure. Among them, one end of the second circuit board portion 162 away from the third circuit board portion 163 is connected to the first circuit board portion 161, and the other parts are not connected to the first circuit board portion 161. In this way, after the flexible circuit board 16 and the electrode terminals 151 and the microphone 152 thereon are assembled in the adapter shell 122, the operator is allowed to first press the end of the second circuit board portion 162 connected to the first circuit board portion 161 to make it as flush as possible with the first circuit board portion 161 to avoid the support component 17 that is assembled subsequently.
在一些实施方式中,转接壳体122可以包括分模面垂直于电极端子151的延伸方向的两个壳体,两个壳体彼此扣合形成容置腔124。其中,支撑组件17可以与其中一个壳体一体成型,以在两个扣合时分别支撑(或者压持)电极端子151和麦克风152。或者,支撑组件17中用于支撑电极端子151的第一支撑件和用于支撑麦克风152的第二支撑件中的至少一者可以独立于转接壳体122,以在两个壳体扣 合时分别支撑(或者压持)电极端子151和麦克风152,或者两个壳体扣合之后再组装支撑组件17以分别支撑(或者压持)电极端子151和麦克风152。In some embodiments, the transfer housing 122 may include two housings whose parting surfaces are perpendicular to the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151, and the two housings are buckled together to form the accommodating cavity 124. The support assembly 17 may be integrally formed with one of the housings to respectively support (or press) the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 when the two housings are buckled together. Alternatively, at least one of the first support member for supporting the electrode terminal 151 and the second support member for supporting the microphone 152 in the support assembly 17 may be independent of the transfer housing 122 to allow the two housings to be buckled together. When the two shells are engaged, the supporting assembly 17 is respectively supported (or pressed) by the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152, or after the two shells are engaged, the supporting assembly 17 is assembled to respectively support (or press) the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152.
在一些实施方式中,转接壳体122至少对应于容置腔124的部分为一个完整的壳体结构。其中,支撑组件17中用于支撑电极端子151的第一支撑件和用于支撑麦克风152的第二支撑件中至少第一支撑件可以独立于转接壳体122,以至少方便电极端子151的组装。In some embodiments, at least the portion of the adapter housing 122 corresponding to the accommodating cavity 124 is a complete housing structure. Among them, at least the first support member of the support assembly 17 for supporting the electrode terminal 151 and the second support member for supporting the microphone 152 can be independent of the adapter housing 122 to at least facilitate the assembly of the electrode terminal 151.
作为示例性地,结合图18,支撑组件17可以独立于转接壳体122,并插入容置腔124内。如此,由于支撑组件17、电极端子151和麦克风152三者可以分别独立于转接壳体122,使之可以按照一定的先后顺序组装,这样有利于避免结构上发生不必要的干涉,使得组装效率更高。As an example, in conjunction with FIG18 , the support assembly 17 can be independent of the adapter housing 122 and inserted into the accommodating cavity 124. In this way, since the support assembly 17, the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 can be independent of the adapter housing 122, they can be assembled in a certain sequence, which is conducive to avoiding unnecessary interference in the structure and making the assembly efficiency higher.
在一些实施方式中,支撑组件17中用于支撑电极端子151的第一支撑件和用于支撑麦克风152的第二支撑件可以分别独立于转接壳体122,也即第一支撑件和第二支撑件彼此独立,以分别支撑(或者压持)电极端子151和麦克风152。如此,以允许支撑组件17中的第一支撑件和第二支撑件根据实际的需要进行差异化设计。In some embodiments, the first support member for supporting the electrode terminal 151 and the second support member for supporting the microphone 152 in the support assembly 17 can be independent of the adapter housing 122, that is, the first support member and the second support member are independent of each other to respectively support (or press) the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152. In this way, the first support member and the second support member in the support assembly 17 can be designed differently according to actual needs.
在一些实施方式中,支撑组件17可以为一体成型结构件,也即支撑组件17中用于支撑电极端子151的第一支撑件和用于支撑麦克风152的第二支撑件彼此连接,不仅有利于简化支撑组件17的结构,还有利于避免第一支撑件和第二支撑件因太小而难以组装。其中,支撑组件17可以在插入到位后与容置腔124的腔壁紧配固定,也即支撑组件17插入或者拔出的过程中具有一定的阻尼,结构简单、可靠。相应地,容置腔124的腔壁可以设置有支撑组件17配合的导向槽、限位槽。当然,支撑组件17还可以进一步借助点胶工艺与容置腔124的腔壁胶接。In some embodiments, the support assembly 17 can be an integrally formed structural member, that is, the first support member for supporting the electrode terminal 151 and the second support member for supporting the microphone 152 in the support assembly 17 are connected to each other, which is not only conducive to simplifying the structure of the support assembly 17, but also conducive to avoiding the first support member and the second support member being too small to be difficult to assemble. Among them, the support assembly 17 can be tightly fixed with the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 after being inserted into place, that is, the support assembly 17 has a certain damping during the insertion or removal process, and the structure is simple and reliable. Correspondingly, the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 can be provided with guide grooves and limit grooves that cooperate with the support assembly 17. Of course, the support assembly 17 can be further glued to the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 by means of a glue dispensing process.
作为示例性地,结合图17及图18,至少部分支撑组件17和容置腔124在垂直于支撑组件17相对于容置腔124的插入方向(例如图17及图18中箭头所指的方向)的至少一个参考方向上的尺寸可以设置成沿前述插入方向逐渐变小,以便于支撑组件17伸入电极端子151和麦克风152之间的间隔区域内。换言之,至少部分支撑组件17在垂直于前述插入方向的至少一个参考方向上的尺寸可以设置成沿前述插入方向逐渐变小,至少部分容置腔124在同一参考方向上的尺寸可以设置成前述沿插入方向逐渐变小,且两者的变化趋势相同或者相似,这样有利于支撑组件17在插入到位后与容置腔124的腔壁紧配固定。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 17 and FIG. 18 , the dimensions of at least part of the support assembly 17 and the accommodating cavity 124 in at least one reference direction perpendicular to the insertion direction of the support assembly 17 relative to the accommodating cavity 124 (e.g., the direction indicated by the arrows in FIG. 17 and FIG. 18 ) can be set to gradually decrease along the aforementioned insertion direction, so that the support assembly 17 can be extended into the spacing area between the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152. In other words, the dimensions of at least part of the support assembly 17 in at least one reference direction perpendicular to the aforementioned insertion direction can be set to gradually decrease along the aforementioned insertion direction, and the dimensions of at least part of the accommodating cavity 124 in the same reference direction can be set to gradually decrease along the aforementioned insertion direction, and the change trends of the two are the same or similar, which is conducive to the support assembly 17 being tightly matched and fixed with the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 after being inserted into place.
作为示例性地,结合图16至图18,容置腔124的腔壁可以包括彼此并排且间隔设置的第一腔壁1241和第二腔壁1242,以及连接第一腔壁1241和第二腔壁1242的第三腔壁1243。其中,通孔1251可以设置在第一腔壁1241上,通孔1253可以设置在第三腔壁1243上。相应地,支撑组件17可以包括底板171和与底板171连接的第一侧板172,例如呈L型结构。其中,底板171的一侧主表面可以与第一腔壁1241相对设置,并支撑电极端子151;第一侧板172的一侧主表面可以与第三腔壁1243相对设置,并支撑麦克风152。如此,电极端子151和麦克风152组装到位之后,支撑组件17沿上述插入方向插入容置腔124内且插入到位之后即可通过底板171和第一侧板172分别支撑电极端子151和麦克风152。As an example, in conjunction with FIGS. 16 to 18 , the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 may include a first cavity wall 1241 and a second cavity wall 1242 arranged side by side and spaced apart from each other, and a third cavity wall 1243 connecting the first cavity wall 1241 and the second cavity wall 1242. The through hole 1251 may be arranged on the first cavity wall 1241, and the through hole 1253 may be arranged on the third cavity wall 1243. Accordingly, the supporting assembly 17 may include a bottom plate 171 and a first side plate 172 connected to the bottom plate 171, for example, in an L-shaped structure. One side main surface of the bottom plate 171 may be arranged opposite to the first cavity wall 1241 and support the electrode terminal 151; one side main surface of the first side plate 172 may be arranged opposite to the third cavity wall 1243 and support the microphone 152. In this way, after the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 are assembled in place, the support assembly 17 is inserted into the accommodating cavity 124 along the above-mentioned insertion direction and after being inserted into place, the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 can be supported respectively by the bottom plate 171 and the first side plate 172.
进一步地,麦克风152在第一腔壁1241上的正投影可以覆盖至少部分电极端子151,例如麦克风152覆盖充电正极端子1511的一部分,这样有利于各部分结构更加紧凑。Furthermore, the orthographic projection of the microphone 152 on the first cavity wall 1241 may cover at least a portion of the electrode terminal 151 , for example, the microphone 152 covers a portion of the positive charging terminal 1511 , which is conducive to a more compact structure of each part.
在一些实施方式中,至少部分底板171和容置腔124在垂直于上述插入方向且平行于底板171的一侧主表面的第一参考方向RD1上的尺寸可以设置成沿上述插入方向逐渐变小,也即底板171在上述插入方向上的前端和后端中的一者或者前端与后端之间的局部可以设置成沿上述插入方向保持第一参考方向RD1上的尺寸不变。其中,第一侧板172和容置腔124在垂直于上述插入方向且平行于第一侧板172的一侧主表面的第二参考方向RD2上的尺寸可以设置成沿上述插入方向保持不变。In some embodiments, the size of at least part of the bottom plate 171 and the accommodating cavity 124 in the first reference direction RD1 perpendicular to the insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the bottom plate 171 can be set to gradually decrease along the insertion direction, that is, one of the front end and the rear end of the bottom plate 171 in the insertion direction or the part between the front end and the rear end can be set to keep the size in the first reference direction RD1 unchanged along the insertion direction. Among them, the size of the first side plate 172 and the accommodating cavity 124 in the second reference direction RD2 perpendicular to the insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the first side plate 172 can be set to remain unchanged along the insertion direction.
在一些实施方式中,至少部分第一侧板172和容置腔124在垂直于上述插入方向且平行于第一侧板172的一侧主表面的第二参考方向RD2上的尺寸可以设置成沿上述插入方向逐渐变小,也即第一侧板172在上述插入方向上的前端和后端中的一者或者前端与后端之间的局部可以设置成沿上述插入方向保持第二参考方向RD2上的尺寸不变。其中,底板171和容置腔124在垂直于上述插入方向且平行于底板171的一侧主表面的第一参考方向RD1上的尺寸可以设置成沿上述插入方向保持不变。In some embodiments, the size of at least part of the first side plate 172 and the accommodating cavity 124 in the second reference direction RD2 perpendicular to the insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the first side plate 172 can be set to gradually decrease along the insertion direction, that is, one of the front end and the rear end of the first side plate 172 in the insertion direction or the part between the front end and the rear end can be set to keep the size in the second reference direction RD2 unchanged along the insertion direction. Among them, the size of the bottom plate 171 and the accommodating cavity 124 in the first reference direction RD1 perpendicular to the insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the bottom plate 171 can be set to remain unchanged along the insertion direction.
在一些实施方式中,至少部分第一侧板172和容置腔124在垂直于上述插入方向且平行于第一侧板172的一侧主表面的第二参考方向RD2上的尺寸可以设置成沿上述插入方向逐渐变小,至少部分第一侧板172和容置腔124在垂直于上述插入方向且平行于第一侧板172的一侧主表面的第二参考方向RD2上的尺寸可以设置成沿上述插入方向逐渐变小。In some embodiments, the dimensions of at least a portion of the first side plate 172 and the accommodating cavity 124 in a second reference direction RD2 perpendicular to the above-mentioned insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the first side plate 172 can be set to gradually decrease along the above-mentioned insertion direction, and the dimensions of at least a portion of the first side plate 172 and the accommodating cavity 124 in a second reference direction RD2 perpendicular to the above-mentioned insertion direction and parallel to the main surface of one side of the first side plate 172 can be set to gradually decrease along the above-mentioned insertion direction.
需要说明的是:对于支撑组件17而言,底板171在第一参考方向RD1上的尺寸可以简单地视作底板171的宽度,第一侧板172在第二参考方向RD2上的尺寸可以简单地视作第一侧板172的高度。It should be noted that: for the support assembly 17 , the size of the bottom plate 171 in the first reference direction RD1 can be simply regarded as the width of the bottom plate 171 , and the size of the first side plate 172 in the second reference direction RD2 can be simply regarded as the height of the first side plate 172 .
作为示例性地,结合图16至图18,支撑组件17可以包括与底板171连接的第二侧板173,第二侧板173和第一侧板172彼此并排且间隔地设置在底板171的同一侧,第二侧板173与第二腔壁1242抵接,以为底板171提供朝向电极端子151的支撑力,这样有利于改善支撑组件17对电极端子151的支 撑效果。其中,在电极端子151包括沿一垂直于上述插入方向的方向彼此间隔设置的充电正极端子1511和充电负极端子1512的实施方式中,第二侧板173可以位于充电正极端子1511与充电负极端子1512之间,以使得电极端子151各部分受力均匀,这样有利于进一步改善支撑组件17对电极端子151的支撑效果。As an example, in conjunction with FIGS. 16 to 18, the support assembly 17 may include a second side plate 173 connected to the bottom plate 171, the second side plate 173 and the first side plate 172 are arranged side by side and spaced apart on the same side of the bottom plate 171, the second side plate 173 abuts against the second cavity wall 1242 to provide a supporting force for the bottom plate 171 toward the electrode terminal 151, which is conducive to improving the support assembly 17 for the electrode terminal 151. In the embodiment where the electrode terminal 151 includes a positive charging terminal 1511 and a negative charging terminal 1512 spaced apart from each other in a direction perpendicular to the insertion direction, the second side plate 173 may be located between the positive charging terminal 1511 and the negative charging terminal 1512, so that each part of the electrode terminal 151 is evenly stressed, which is conducive to further improving the supporting effect of the support assembly 17 on the electrode terminal 151.
作为示例性地,结合图16至图18,容置腔124的腔壁可以包括连接第一腔壁1241和第二腔壁1242且与第三腔壁1243相对的第四腔壁1244。其中,第一腔壁1241和第二腔壁1242可以大体设置成彼此平行的平面结构,第三腔壁1243和第四腔壁1244可以大体设置成彼此外扩的的弧面结构,以在转接壳体122的体积有限时尽可能扩大容置腔124的体积。相应地,支撑组件17可以包括与底板171连接的第三侧板174,第一侧板172和第三侧板174在一垂直于上述插入方向的方向上分别位于底板171的两侧边缘,第二侧板173则位于第一侧板172与第三侧板174之间。其中,第三侧板174与第四腔壁1244抵接,以为第一侧板172提供朝向麦克风152的支撑力,这样有利于改善支撑组件17对麦克风152的支撑效果。As an example, in conjunction with Figures 16 to 18, the cavity wall of the accommodating cavity 124 may include a fourth cavity wall 1244 connecting the first cavity wall 1241 and the second cavity wall 1242 and opposite to the third cavity wall 1243. Among them, the first cavity wall 1241 and the second cavity wall 1242 can be generally arranged as a planar structure parallel to each other, and the third cavity wall 1243 and the fourth cavity wall 1244 can be generally arranged as an arc surface structure expanding outward from each other, so as to expand the volume of the accommodating cavity 124 as much as possible when the volume of the transfer housing 122 is limited. Correspondingly, the support assembly 17 may include a third side plate 174 connected to the bottom plate 171, the first side plate 172 and the third side plate 174 are respectively located at the two side edges of the bottom plate 171 in a direction perpendicular to the above-mentioned insertion direction, and the second side plate 173 is located between the first side plate 172 and the third side plate 174. The third side plate 174 abuts against the fourth cavity wall 1244 to provide a supporting force for the first side plate 172 toward the microphone 152 , which is beneficial to improve the supporting effect of the supporting assembly 17 on the microphone 152 .
进一步地,相对于底板171而言,第二侧板173的高度可以分别大于第一侧板172的高度和第三侧板174的高度,以便于第二侧板173与第二腔壁1242抵接,以及第三侧板174与第四腔壁1244抵接。其中,第二侧板173和第三侧板174由于不直接与电极端子151和麦克风152中任意一者接触,使之还可以在支撑组件17插入容置腔124的过程中进行导向。相应地,由于第二侧板173的高度相对最高,使得支撑组件17可以包括连接第二侧板173和底板171的加强筋175。其中,加强筋175可以设置在第二侧板173朝向第一侧板172和第三侧板174的相对两侧。Further, relative to the bottom plate 171, the height of the second side plate 173 may be greater than the height of the first side plate 172 and the height of the third side plate 174, so that the second side plate 173 is in contact with the second cavity wall 1242, and the third side plate 174 is in contact with the fourth cavity wall 1244. Since the second side plate 173 and the third side plate 174 are not in direct contact with any of the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152, they can also be guided during the insertion of the support assembly 17 into the accommodating cavity 124. Accordingly, since the height of the second side plate 173 is relatively the highest, the support assembly 17 may include a reinforcing rib 175 connecting the second side plate 173 and the bottom plate 171. The reinforcing rib 175 may be provided on opposite sides of the second side plate 173 facing the first side plate 172 and the third side plate 174.
作为示例性地,结合图15至图17及图9,钩状结构12可以包括弹性金属丝121、转接壳体122、电池壳体123和导线129,弹性金属丝121和导线129的两端可以分别与转接壳体122和电池壳体123连接,以使得导线129沿弹性金属丝121延伸并穿设在转接壳体122和电池壳体123内。当然,导线129也可以在弹性金属丝121与转接壳体122和电池壳体123连接之后再穿设在预设的穿线通道内。其中,电池14可以设置在电池壳体123内,并可以通过导线129与柔性电路板16连接,进而使得电池14也通过柔性电路板16与主控电路板13连接,这样有利于简化耳机10的走线结构,降低生产成本。换言之,钩状结构12中诸如电极端子151、麦克风152和电池14等部件均可以通过柔性电路板16与主控电路板13连接。As an example, in combination with Figures 15 to 17 and Figure 9, the hook structure 12 may include an elastic metal wire 121, a transfer housing 122, a battery housing 123 and a wire 129, and the two ends of the elastic metal wire 121 and the wire 129 may be connected to the transfer housing 122 and the battery housing 123, respectively, so that the wire 129 extends along the elastic metal wire 121 and is inserted into the transfer housing 122 and the battery housing 123. Of course, the wire 129 may also be inserted into the preset threading channel after the elastic metal wire 121 is connected to the transfer housing 122 and the battery housing 123. Among them, the battery 14 may be arranged in the battery housing 123, and may be connected to the flexible circuit board 16 through the wire 129, so that the battery 14 is also connected to the main control circuit board 13 through the flexible circuit board 16, which is conducive to simplifying the wiring structure of the earphone 10 and reducing the production cost. In other words, components such as the electrode terminal 151, the microphone 152 and the battery 14 in the hook structure 12 can be connected to the main control circuit board 13 through the flexible circuit board 16.
进一步地,柔性覆层128可以至少进一步包覆弹性金属丝121和导线129外露的部分,以及电池123的至少一部分,以便于导线129裸露,这样有利于改善耳机10的外观品质。Furthermore, the flexible covering layer 128 may further cover at least the exposed parts of the elastic metal wire 121 and the wire 129 , and at least a part of the battery 123 , so that the wire 129 is exposed, which is beneficial to improving the appearance quality of the earphone 10 .
需要说明的是:转接壳体122也可以作为机芯壳体111的一部分结构,例如转接壳体122与机芯内壳1111一体成型,再例如转接壳体122的一部分与机芯内壳1111一体成型而余下的另一部分与机芯外壳1112一体成型。其中,钩状结构12除转接壳体122之外的其他部分,例如弹性金属丝121远离电池壳体123的一端,再例如电池壳体123,与具有转接壳体122的机芯模组11在转接壳体122处固定连接,例如接插固定。相应地,电极端子151、麦克风152和磁铁127等结构部件也随之进行位置调整,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the adapter shell 122 can also be used as a part of the structure of the movement shell 111, for example, the adapter shell 122 is integrally formed with the movement inner shell 1111, and another example is that a part of the adapter shell 122 is integrally formed with the movement inner shell 1111 and the remaining part is integrally formed with the movement outer shell 1112. Among them, other parts of the hook-shaped structure 12 except the adapter shell 122, such as the end of the elastic metal wire 121 away from the battery shell 123, and another example is the battery shell 123, are fixedly connected to the movement module 11 with the adapter shell 122 at the adapter shell 122, such as plug-in fixation. Correspondingly, structural components such as the electrode terminal 151, the microphone 152 and the magnet 127 are also adjusted in position accordingly, which will not be repeated here.
基于上述的相关描述,本申请提供了一种壳体组件,壳体组件可以包括塑胶壳体、金属功能图案和硅胶覆层,金属功能图案设置在塑胶壳体的外侧,硅胶覆层可以通过一体注塑、胶水连接等方式覆盖在金属功能图案背离塑胶壳体的一侧和未被金属功能图案覆盖的塑胶壳体上。如此,相较于金属功能图案设置在塑胶壳体背离硅胶覆层的内侧,金属功能图案设置在塑胶壳体朝向硅胶覆层的外侧,使之更远离壳体组件内其他电子元件的干扰,或者更靠近壳体组件外的信号触发源,从而增加金属功能图案的抗干扰性和灵敏度。其中,塑胶壳体的结构可以与机芯壳体111或其机芯外壳1112的相同或者相似,硅胶覆层的结构可以与柔性覆层1132的相同或者相似,在此不再赘述。Based on the above related description, the present application provides a shell component, which may include a plastic shell, a metal functional pattern and a silicone coating, wherein the metal functional pattern is arranged on the outside of the plastic shell, and the silicone coating may be covered on the side of the metal functional pattern away from the plastic shell and on the plastic shell not covered by the metal functional pattern by integral injection molding, glue connection, etc. In this way, compared with the metal functional pattern being arranged on the inner side of the plastic shell away from the silicone coating, the metal functional pattern is arranged on the outer side of the plastic shell facing the silicone coating, so that it is further away from the interference of other electronic components in the shell component, or closer to the signal trigger source outside the shell component, thereby increasing the anti-interference and sensitivity of the metal functional pattern. Among them, the structure of the plastic shell may be the same or similar to that of the movement shell 111 or its movement shell 1112, and the structure of the silicone coating may be the same or similar to that of the flexible coating 1132, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施方式中,金属功能图案可以设置成天线图案1141或者触控图案1142。其中,天线图案1141设置在塑胶壳体的外侧,可以增大其与塑胶壳体内其他电子元件之间的间距,也即增大天线净空区,从而增加天线图案1141的抗干扰性;触控图案1142设置在塑胶壳体的外侧,可以缩短其与外界的信号触发源(例如用户的手指)之间的间距,也即缩小触控间距,从而增大触控图案1142被用户触发的灵敏度。In some embodiments, the metal functional pattern can be configured as an antenna pattern 1141 or a touch pattern 1142. The antenna pattern 1141 is configured on the outside of the plastic housing, which can increase the distance between the antenna pattern 1141 and other electronic components in the plastic housing, that is, increase the antenna clearance area, thereby increasing the anti-interference performance of the antenna pattern 1141; the touch pattern 1142 is configured on the outside of the plastic housing, which can shorten the distance between the touch pattern 1142 and an external signal trigger source (such as a user's finger), that is, shorten the touch distance, thereby increasing the sensitivity of the touch pattern 1142 to be triggered by the user.
在一些实施方式中,金属功能图案可以包括天线图案1141和触控图案1142,天线图案1141可以环绕在触控图案1142的外围,以充分利用塑胶壳体外侧的空间。其中,天线图案1141可以呈U型设置,触控图案1142可以呈方形设置。In some embodiments, the metal functional pattern may include an antenna pattern 1141 and a touch pattern 1142. The antenna pattern 1141 may surround the periphery of the touch pattern 1142 to fully utilize the space outside the plastic housing. The antenna pattern 1141 may be U-shaped, and the touch pattern 1142 may be square.
在一些实施方式中,硅胶覆层的厚度可以小于塑胶壳体的厚度,以在硅胶覆层遮挡、保护金属功能图案的同时,进一步增加金属功能图案的抗干扰性和灵敏度,以及减小壳体组件的体积。In some embodiments, the thickness of the silicone coating may be smaller than the thickness of the plastic housing, so that the silicone coating shields and protects the metal functional pattern while further increasing the anti-interference and sensitivity of the metal functional pattern and reducing the volume of the housing assembly.
作为示例性地,壳体组件可以作为容纳扬声器112的机芯壳体。其中,塑胶壳体和塑胶覆层之间的 相对位置关系可以与机芯壳体111和柔性覆层1132之间的相同或者相似,在此不再赘述。As an example, the housing assembly can be used as a core housing for accommodating the speaker 112. The relative position relationship may be the same or similar to that between the movement housing 111 and the flexible covering 1132 , and will not be described in detail here.
进一步地,壳体组件除了应用于耳机10之外,还可以应用于其他诸如智能眼镜的电子设备。其中,电子设备可以包括设置有扬声器112的机芯模组,也可以包括主控电路板13,以及分别与主控电路板13耦接的扬声器112和电池14;壳体组件可以用于容纳扬声器112、主控电路板13和电池14等电子元件中的至少一者,也可以用于支撑电子设备中扬声器112位于相应的佩戴位。值得注意的是:对于基于骨传导原理的耳机、智能眼镜等电子设备而言,扬声器112可以适应性地调整为骨传导扬声器,骨传导扬声器的基本结构为本领域的技术人员所熟知,在此不再赘述。Furthermore, in addition to being applied to the earphones 10, the shell assembly can also be applied to other electronic devices such as smart glasses. Among them, the electronic device may include a movement module provided with a speaker 112, and may also include a main control circuit board 13, and a speaker 112 and a battery 14 respectively coupled to the main control circuit board 13; the shell assembly can be used to accommodate at least one of the electronic components such as the speaker 112, the main control circuit board 13 and the battery 14, and can also be used to support the speaker 112 in the electronic device to be located in the corresponding wearing position. It is worth noting that for electronic devices such as earphones and smart glasses based on the bone conduction principle, the speaker 112 can be adaptively adjusted to a bone conduction speaker. The basic structure of the bone conduction speaker is well known to those skilled in the art and will not be repeated here.
本申请提供了一种壳体组件,壳体组件可以包括第一壳体、电极端子151、磁铁127和柔性覆层128,电极端子151和磁铁127在第一壳体的同一侧外露,柔性覆层128的硬度小于第一壳体的硬度,并覆盖在第一壳体和磁铁127上,使得磁铁127不外露而电极端子151外露。如此,相较于磁铁127设置在第一壳体内,本技术方案使得磁铁127更靠近电极端子151的外露端所朝向的外界,从而缩短磁铁127与诸如充电盒的充电设备中用于和磁铁127配合的磁吸结构之间的间距或者用于与磁铁127配合的霍尔传感器之间的间距,这样有利于改善充电、检测等功能的可靠性。因此,壳体组件既可以应用于诸如耳机10、智能眼镜的受电设备,也可以应用于诸如充电盒的充电设备。换言之,电子设备既可以为受电设备,也可以为充电设备。其中,为了便于描述,第一壳体可以为转接壳体122。The present application provides a shell assembly, which may include a first shell, an electrode terminal 151, a magnet 127 and a flexible coating 128. The electrode terminal 151 and the magnet 127 are exposed on the same side of the first shell, and the hardness of the flexible coating 128 is less than that of the first shell, and covers the first shell and the magnet 127, so that the magnet 127 is not exposed and the electrode terminal 151 is exposed. In this way, compared with the magnet 127 being arranged in the first shell, the technical solution makes the magnet 127 closer to the outside world to which the exposed end of the electrode terminal 151 faces, thereby shortening the distance between the magnet 127 and the magnetic attraction structure used to cooperate with the magnet 127 in the charging device such as the charging box or the distance between the Hall sensor used to cooperate with the magnet 127, which is conducive to improving the reliability of functions such as charging and detection. Therefore, the shell assembly can be applied to both power receiving devices such as headphones 10 and smart glasses, and charging devices such as charging boxes. In other words, the electronic device can be either a power receiving device or a charging device. Among them, for the convenience of description, the first shell can be a transfer shell 122.
在一些实施方式中,第一壳体可以设置有通孔1251和盲孔1252,电极端子151可以至少部分设置在通孔1251内,磁铁127可以至少部分设置在盲孔1252内,并经由盲孔1252的开口端外露。如此,不仅有利于减小第一壳体在磁铁127所在区域的厚度,还有利于改善第一壳体在磁铁127所在区域的外观品质。当然,盲孔1252也可以设置成通孔。In some embodiments, the first shell may be provided with a through hole 1251 and a blind hole 1252, the electrode terminal 151 may be at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251, and the magnet 127 may be at least partially disposed in the blind hole 1252 and exposed through the open end of the blind hole 1252. In this way, it is not only helpful to reduce the thickness of the first shell in the area where the magnet 127 is located, but also helpful to improve the appearance quality of the first shell in the area where the magnet 127 is located. Of course, the blind hole 1252 can also be set as a through hole.
在一些实施方式中,第一壳体的外侧可以设置有凸台126,凸台126与磁铁127相邻设置,并凸出于磁铁127周围的第一壳体,通孔1251进一步贯穿凸台126,以使得多个电极端子151分别在凸台126处外露。如此,通过凸台126使得第一壳体因具有一定的弧度而不平整的局部变得平整,以便于设置电极端子151。其中,凸台126可以呈长条状设置,结构简单、可靠。In some embodiments, a boss 126 may be provided on the outside of the first shell, the boss 126 is provided adjacent to the magnet 127 and protrudes from the first shell around the magnet 127, and the through hole 1251 further penetrates the boss 126, so that the plurality of electrode terminals 151 are exposed at the boss 126. In this way, the boss 126 makes the uneven part of the first shell due to a certain curvature become flat, so as to facilitate the arrangement of the electrode terminal 151. Among them, the boss 126 can be provided in a long strip shape, which is simple and reliable in structure.
在一些实施方式中,壳体组件可以包括柔性电路板16,电极端子151与柔性电路板16连接,以简单化电极端子151的走线。其中,第一壳体可以形成有容置腔124,至少部分柔性电路板16可以设置在容置腔124内,通孔1251与容置腔124连通,盲孔1252与容置腔124不连通,以改善第一壳体的防水防尘性能。In some embodiments, the housing assembly may include a flexible circuit board 16, and the electrode terminal 151 is connected to the flexible circuit board 16 to simplify the routing of the electrode terminal 151. The first housing may be formed with a receiving cavity 124, and at least part of the flexible circuit board 16 may be disposed in the receiving cavity 124. The through hole 1251 is connected to the receiving cavity 124, and the blind hole 1252 is not connected to the receiving cavity 124, so as to improve the waterproof and dustproof performance of the first housing.
在一些实施方式中,壳体组件可以包括第二壳体、弹性金属丝121和导线129,弹性金属丝121和导线129的两端可以分别与第一壳体和第二壳体连接,以使得导线129沿弹性金属丝121延伸并穿设在第一壳体和第二壳体内。其中,为了便于描述,第二壳体可以为电池壳体123。进一步地,第二壳体内设置有电池14,电池14通过导线129与柔性电路板16连接,也即电池14和电极端子151均与柔性电路板16连接,以简单化走线。相应地,柔性覆层128至少进一步包覆弹性金属丝121和导线129,以便于导线129裸露。In some embodiments, the housing assembly may include a second housing, an elastic wire 121, and a wire 129, and the two ends of the elastic wire 121 and the wire 129 may be connected to the first housing and the second housing, respectively, so that the wire 129 extends along the elastic wire 121 and is inserted into the first housing and the second housing. For ease of description, the second housing may be a battery housing 123. Further, a battery 14 is disposed in the second housing, and the battery 14 is connected to the flexible circuit board 16 through the wire 129, that is, the battery 14 and the electrode terminal 151 are both connected to the flexible circuit board 16 to simplify the wiring. Accordingly, the flexible coating 128 at least further covers the elastic wire 121 and the wire 129, so that the wire 129 is exposed.
在一些实施方式中,壳体组件可以用于耳机10,并可以包括用于容纳扬声器112的第三壳体,第三壳体与第一壳体接插固定。其中,为了便于描述,第三壳体可以为机芯壳体111。In some embodiments, the housing assembly can be used for the earphone 10 and can include a third housing for accommodating the speaker 112 , the third housing being plugged and fixed to the first housing. For ease of description, the third housing can be the core housing 111 .
本申请提供了一种壳体组件,壳体组件可以包括第一壳体、电极端子151、麦克风152和支撑组件17。其中,第一壳体可以设置有容置腔124,以及与容置腔124分别连通的通孔1251和通孔1253,通孔1251和通孔1253位于第一壳体的不同侧壁上,电极端子151可以至少部分设置在通孔1251内,麦克风152可以设置在容置腔124内,并经由通孔1253拾取壳体组件外的声音。进一步地,支撑组件17可以设置在容置腔124内,并可以分别将电极端子151和麦克风152支撑固定在通孔1251和通孔1253所对应的侧壁上。如此,不仅有利于避免电极端子151和麦克风152与第一壳体分离,还有利于增加电极端子151和麦克风152处的防水防尘性能,而且结构简单、可靠。其中,为了便于描述,第一壳体既可以为转接壳体122,也可以为机芯壳体111,还可以为机芯壳体111和转接壳体122一体成型后的壳体结构。The present application provides a housing assembly, which may include a first housing, an electrode terminal 151, a microphone 152, and a support assembly 17. The first housing may be provided with a housing cavity 124, and through holes 1251 and 1253 respectively connected to the housing cavity 124, the through holes 1251 and 1253 are located on different side walls of the first housing, the electrode terminal 151 may be at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251, the microphone 152 may be disposed in the housing cavity 124, and pick up the sound outside the housing assembly through the through hole 1253. Further, the support assembly 17 may be disposed in the housing cavity 124, and may support and fix the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 on the side walls corresponding to the through hole 1251 and the through hole 1253, respectively. In this way, it is not only beneficial to prevent the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152 from being separated from the first housing, but also beneficial to increase the waterproof and dustproof performance at the electrode terminal 151 and the microphone 152, and the structure is simple and reliable. For the convenience of description, the first shell may be the adapter shell 122 , the core shell 111 , or a shell structure in which the core shell 111 and the adapter shell 122 are integrally formed.
在一些实施方式中,支撑组件17可以独立于第一壳体,并插入容置腔124内。In some embodiments, the support assembly 17 may be independent of the first shell and inserted into the accommodating cavity 124 .
在一些实施方式中,支撑组件17可以为一体成型结构件。In some embodiments, the support assembly 17 may be an integrally formed structure.
在一些实施方式中,壳体组件可以用于耳机10,并可以包括用于容纳扬声器112的第三壳体,第三壳体与第一壳体接插固定。其中,第一壳体可以为转接壳体122,第三壳体可以为机芯壳体111。In some embodiments, the housing assembly can be used for the earphone 10 and can include a third housing for accommodating the speaker 112 , and the third housing is plugged and fixed to the first housing. The first housing can be the adapter housing 122 , and the third housing can be the core housing 111 .
进一步地,壳体组件除了应用于耳机10之外,还可以应用于其他诸如智能眼镜的电子设备。其中,电子设备可以包括主控电路板13,以及分别与主控电路板13耦接的扬声器112和电池14;壳体组件可以用于容纳扬声器112、主控电路板13和电池14等电子元件中的至少一者,也可以用于支撑电子设备中扬声器112位于相应的佩戴位。值得注意的是:对于基于骨传导原理的耳机、智能眼镜等电子设备而 言,扬声器112可以适应性地调整为骨传导扬声器,骨传导扬声器的基本结构为本领域的技术人员所熟知,在此不再赘述。Furthermore, in addition to being applied to the earphone 10, the shell assembly can also be applied to other electronic devices such as smart glasses. The electronic device may include a main control circuit board 13, and a speaker 112 and a battery 14 respectively coupled to the main control circuit board 13; the shell assembly can be used to accommodate at least one of the electronic components such as the speaker 112, the main control circuit board 13 and the battery 14, and can also be used to support the speaker 112 in the electronic device to be located at a corresponding wearing position. It is worth noting that for electronic devices such as earphones and smart glasses based on the principle of bone conduction, In other words, the speaker 112 can be adaptively adjusted to be a bone conduction speaker. The basic structure of the bone conduction speaker is well known to those skilled in the art and will not be described in detail here.
作为示例性地,结合图19、图4及图3,耳机10可以包括机芯模组11和与机芯模组11连接的钩状结构12,机芯模组11可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,至少部分钩状结构12可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的后侧。其中,机芯模组11可以具有在佩戴状态下沿厚度方向X1朝向耳部的内侧面IS和背离耳部的外侧面OS,厚度方向X1定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组11靠近或者远离耳部的方向。进一步地,在非佩戴状态下,且在厚度方向X1上,钩状结构12先朝内侧面IS背离外侧面OS的一侧延伸,再延伸至内侧面IS朝向外侧面OS的另一侧。如此设置,由于钩状结构12在厚度方向X1上先朝内侧面IS背离外侧面OS的一侧延伸,使得钩状结构12的一部分可以在垂直于厚度方向X1的方向上与机芯模组11投影错开,以在佩戴状态下,耳部的上耳根能够对耳机10提供较少的支撑力,这样有利于改善耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度;而钩状结构12在厚度方向X1上再延伸至内侧面IS朝向外侧面OS的另一侧,使得钩状结构12的另一部分可以在垂直于厚度方向X1的方向上与机芯模组11投影重叠,以在佩戴状态下,耳部除上耳根之外的其他生理部分能够对耳机10提供较多的支撑力,这样有利于改善耳机10在佩戴方面的稳定性。其中,前述支撑力可以包括耳机10对耳部的夹持力和耳机10与耳部(及其周围头部)之间的摩擦力。除此之外,对于诸如机芯模组11的自由端在佩戴状态下伸入耳部的耳甲腔的实施方式,如此设置也有利于机芯模组11的自由端在佩戴状态下伸入耳甲腔。As an example, in combination with Figures 19, 4 and 3, the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, and the movement module 11 may be located on the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located on the back side of the ear in the wearing state. Among them, the movement module 11 may have an inner side surface IS facing the ear and an outer side surface OS away from the ear along the thickness direction X1 in the wearing state, and the thickness direction X1 is defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state. Furthermore, in the non-wearing state, and in the thickness direction X1, the hook-shaped structure 12 first extends toward the side of the inner side surface IS away from the outer side surface OS, and then extends to the other side of the inner side surface IS toward the outer side surface OS. In such a configuration, since the hook-shaped structure 12 first extends toward the side of the inner side IS away from the outer side OS in the thickness direction X1, a part of the hook-shaped structure 12 can be staggered with the projection of the core module 11 in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, so that when the ear is worn, the upper ear root of the ear can provide less support force to the earphone 10, which is conducive to improving the comfort of the earphone 10 in wearing; and the hook-shaped structure 12 is further extended to the other side of the inner side IS toward the outer side OS in the thickness direction X1, so that another part of the hook-shaped structure 12 can overlap with the projection of the core module 11 in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, so that when the ear is worn, other physiological parts of the ear except the upper ear root can provide more support force to the earphone 10, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 10 in wearing. The aforementioned support force can include the clamping force of the earphone 10 on the ear and the friction between the earphone 10 and the ear (and the surrounding head). In addition, for implementations such as when the free end of the movement module 11 extends into the concha cavity of the ear when worn, such a configuration is also beneficial for the free end of the movement module 11 to extend into the concha cavity when worn.
在一些实施方式中,内侧面IS可以设置成平面。其中,在非佩戴状态下,内侧面IS所在平面与钩状结构12可以相交。In some embodiments, the inner side surface IS may be configured as a plane, wherein in a non-wearing state, the plane where the inner side surface IS is located may intersect with the hook-shaped structure 12 .
在一些实施方式中,在佩戴状态下,钩状结构12和机芯模组11在厚度方向X1上对耳部施加的夹持力,例如耳机10从头部的左右方向夹持耳部,可以作为耳机10对耳部的夹持力的一部分。其中,前述夹持力可以借助拉力计测量得到。例如:将耳机10佩戴在上述模拟器或者用户的耳部上,也即佩戴状态;然后将拉力计(例如:韦度WDF-10数字式推拉力计,后文中不再赘述)固定在机芯模组11背离耳部的一侧,随即拉动拉力计,并观察;在机芯模组11朝向用户的耳部的一侧恰好与耳部的皮肤分离时,读出拉力计上显示的拉力,该拉力即可简单地视作夹持力。In some embodiments, in the wearing state, the clamping force applied by the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11 on the ear in the thickness direction X1, for example, the earphone 10 clamps the ear from the left and right directions of the head, can be used as a part of the clamping force of the earphone 10 on the ear. The aforementioned clamping force can be measured with the aid of a dynamometer. For example: wear the earphone 10 on the above-mentioned simulator or the ear of the user, that is, in the wearing state; then fix the dynamometer (for example: Wedo WDF-10 digital push-pull dynamometer, which will not be repeated in the following text) on the side of the movement module 11 away from the ear, then pull the dynamometer and observe; when the side of the movement module 11 facing the ear of the user is just separated from the skin of the ear, read the tension displayed on the dynamometer, and the tension can be simply regarded as the clamping force.
作为示例性地,结合图19及图9,钩状结构12可以包括与机芯模组11连接的弹性金属丝121,至少部分弹性金属丝121可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的后侧,弹性金属丝121所在平面与内侧面IS在非佩戴状态下可以交叉。其中,弹性金属丝121可以在厚度方向X1上相对于机芯模组11发生一定的弹性形变,使之能够提供相应的夹持力。如此,以允许钩状结构12的一部分在垂直于厚度方向X1的方向上与机芯模组11投影重叠,进而在佩戴状态下,弹性金属丝121因发生弹性形变而与机芯模组11共同夹持耳部及贴附于耳部。值得注意的是:当钩状结构12包括诸如柔性覆层128的覆层时,图9中所示的弹性金属丝121、转接壳体122和盖壳1231等结构部件在图19中不可见。当然,在一些实施方式中,钩状结构12也可以不包括弹性金属丝121,例如使用硬质塑胶制件代替弹性金属丝121,并通过硬质塑胶制件的材质、长度、截面尺寸等来设计钩状结构12在各个方向上的形变能力,后文中不再赘述。As an example, in combination with FIG. 19 and FIG. 9 , the hook-shaped structure 12 may include an elastic wire 121 connected to the movement module 11, at least part of the elastic wire 121 may be located at the rear side of the ear in the wearing state, and the plane where the elastic wire 121 is located may intersect with the inner side surface IS in the non-wearing state. Among them, the elastic wire 121 may undergo a certain elastic deformation relative to the movement module 11 in the thickness direction X1, so that it can provide a corresponding clamping force. In this way, a part of the hook-shaped structure 12 is allowed to overlap with the projection of the movement module 11 in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, and then in the wearing state, the elastic wire 121 clamps the ear together with the movement module 11 and adheres to the ear due to the elastic deformation. It is worth noting that when the hook-shaped structure 12 includes a coating such as a flexible coating 128, the structural components such as the elastic wire 121, the adapter shell 122 and the cover shell 1231 shown in FIG. 9 are not visible in FIG. 19. Of course, in some embodiments, the hook-shaped structure 12 may not include the elastic metal wire 121. For example, a hard plastic part may be used instead of the elastic metal wire 121, and the deformation ability of the hook-shaped structure 12 in various directions may be designed according to the material, length, cross-sectional dimensions, etc. of the hard plastic part, which will not be repeated in the following text.
在一些实施方式中,在非佩戴状态下,弹性金属丝121所在平面与内侧面IS之间可以具有一夹角,例如图19中中分线ML与内侧面IS形成的夹角θ,前述夹角可以介于15°与30°之间。其中,如果前述夹角太小,容易导致耳机10因对耳部的夹持力不足而导致佩戴不稳;如果前述夹角太大,容易导致耳机10因对耳部的夹持力过大而导致佩戴不适。进一步地,前述中分线可以指弹性金属丝121的轴线。In some embodiments, in the non-wearing state, there may be an angle between the plane where the elastic metal wire 121 is located and the inner side surface IS, such as the angle θ formed by the median line ML and the inner side surface IS in FIG. 19 , and the aforementioned angle may be between 15° and 30°. If the aforementioned angle is too small, the earphone 10 may be unstable to wear due to insufficient clamping force on the ear; if the aforementioned angle is too large, the earphone 10 may be uncomfortable to wear due to excessive clamping force on the ear. Furthermore, the aforementioned median line may refer to the axis of the elastic metal wire 121.
在一些实施方式中,弹性金属丝121的直径可以介于0.6mm与0.8mm之间。其中,如果前述直径太小,容易导致弹性金属丝121难以提供足够的夹持力,以及结构强度不足;如果前述直径太大,容易导致弹性金属丝121难以发生弹性形变,以及提供的夹持力过大。In some embodiments, the diameter of the elastic metal wire 121 may be between 0.6 mm and 0.8 mm. If the diameter is too small, it is easy for the elastic metal wire 121 to provide insufficient clamping force and insufficient structural strength; if the diameter is too large, it is easy for the elastic metal wire 121 to be difficult to deform elastically and provide excessive clamping force.
作为示例性地,结合图19、图9及图7,钩状结构12可以包括连接弹性金属丝121与机芯模组11的转接壳体122,至少部分转接壳体122可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,转接壳体122在厚度方向X1上朝内侧面IS背离外侧面OS的一侧延伸。如此设置,以允许钩状结构12的一部分在垂直于厚度方向X1的方向上与机芯模组11投影错开,进而在佩戴状态下,耳部的上耳根能够对耳机10提供较少的支撑力。值得注意的是:当钩状结构12包括诸如柔性覆层128的覆层时,图9中所示的转接壳体122在图19中不可见。As an example, in combination with Figures 19, 9 and 7, the hook-shaped structure 12 may include a transfer shell 122 connecting the elastic metal wire 121 and the movement module 11, and at least part of the transfer shell 122 may be located on the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and the transfer shell 122 extends toward the inner side surface IS away from the outer side surface OS in the thickness direction X1. This arrangement allows a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 to be offset from the projection of the movement module 11 in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, so that in the wearing state, the upper ear root of the ear can provide less support force to the earphone 10. It is worth noting that when the hook-shaped structure 12 includes a coating such as a flexible coating 128, the transfer shell 122 shown in Figure 9 is not visible in Figure 19.
作为示例性地,结合图19及图9,钩状结构12可以包括与弹性金属丝121远离机芯模组11的一端连接的电池壳体123,电池壳体123内设置有与机芯模组11耦接的电池14,在非佩戴状态下,至少部分电池壳体123可以在厚度方向X1上位于内侧面IS与外侧面OS之间。其中,电池壳体123在佩戴状态下可以与耳部的后侧和/或头部接触。 As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 19 and FIG. 9 , the hook-shaped structure 12 may include a battery housing 123 connected to one end of the elastic metal wire 121 away from the movement module 11, and a battery 14 coupled to the movement module 11 is disposed in the battery housing 123. In the non-wearing state, at least part of the battery housing 123 may be located between the inner side IS and the outer side OS in the thickness direction X1. The battery housing 123 may contact the back of the ear and/or the head in the wearing state.
作为示例性地,结合图19及图2,机芯模组11可以具有垂直于厚度方向X1且彼此正交的长度方向Y1和宽度方向Z1,机芯模组11在长度方向Y1上的长度可以大于机芯模组11在宽度方向Z1上的宽度。其中,机芯模组11可以具有在佩戴状态下沿宽度方向Z1背离耳部的外耳道的上侧面US和朝向外耳道的下侧面LS,以及连接上侧面US和下侧面LS的后侧面RS,后侧面RS在佩戴状态下位于长度方向Y1朝向脑后的一端。进一步地,钩状结构12在垂直于宽度方向Z1的参考平面(例如图19中XY平面)上的正投影的中分线ML与内侧面IS在同一参考平面上的正投影可以形成第一交点O1,中分线ML与后侧面RS在同一参考平面上的正投影可以形成第二交点O2。其中,中分线ML可以过钩状结构12上任意一点的断面的几何中心,例如中分线ML为弹性金属丝121的轴线。如此设置,以在机芯模组11在垂直于厚度方向X1的参考平面上的正投影为诸如圆角矩形的非圆形结构时,钩状结构12沿宽度方向Z1的正投影落在上侧面US上。值得注意的是:由于机芯模组11和钩状结构12在宽度方向上部分重叠,因此图19中虚线示意出了内侧面IS和后侧面RS被钩状结构12遮挡的部分。As an example, in combination with FIG. 19 and FIG. 2, the core module 11 may have a length direction Y1 and a width direction Z1 that are perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 and orthogonal to each other, and the length of the core module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be greater than the width of the core module 11 in the width direction Z1. Among them, the core module 11 may have an upper side US facing away from the external auditory canal of the ear along the width direction Z1 in the wearing state and a lower side LS facing the external auditory canal, and a rear side RS connecting the upper side US and the lower side LS, and the rear side RS is located at one end of the length direction Y1 facing the back of the head in the wearing state. Further, the median line ML of the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on a reference plane perpendicular to the width direction Z1 (such as the XY plane in FIG. 19) and the orthographic projection of the inner side IS on the same reference plane can form a first intersection O1, and the median line ML and the orthographic projection of the rear side RS on the same reference plane can form a second intersection O2. The center line ML can pass through the geometric center of the cross section of any point on the hook-shaped structure 12, for example, the center line ML is the axis of the elastic metal wire 121. In this way, when the positive projection of the movement module 11 on the reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 is a non-circular structure such as a rounded rectangle, the positive projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 along the width direction Z1 falls on the upper side surface US. It is worth noting that: since the movement module 11 and the hook-shaped structure 12 partially overlap in the width direction, the dotted lines in FIG. 19 illustrate the parts of the inner side surface IS and the rear side surface RS that are blocked by the hook-shaped structure 12.
在一些实施方式中,第一交点O1和第二交点O2连接形成第一参考线段O1O2,第一参考线段O1O2在长度方向Y1和厚度方向Z上可以分别具有第一分量和第二分量。其中,前述第一分量与机芯模组11在长度方向Y1上的长度之间的比值可以介于0.12与0.19之间,前述第二分量与机芯模组11在厚度方向X1上的厚度之间的比值可以介于0.1与0.16之间。如此设置,以允许钩状结构12与内侧面IS之间具有合适的夹角,例如介于15°与30°之间的夹角θ,进而允许耳机10对耳部施加合适的夹持力。In some embodiments, the first intersection O1 and the second intersection O2 are connected to form a first reference line segment O1O2, and the first reference line segment O1O2 may have a first component and a second component in the length direction Y1 and the thickness direction Z, respectively. The ratio of the first component to the length of the movement module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be between 0.12 and 0.19, and the ratio of the second component to the thickness of the movement module 11 in the thickness direction X1 may be between 0.1 and 0.16. This arrangement allows the hook structure 12 to have a suitable angle with the inner side surface IS, such as an angle θ between 15° and 30°, thereby allowing the earphone 10 to apply a suitable clamping force to the ear.
在一些实施方式中,中分线ML在厚度方向X1上距离内侧面IS最远的最远点O3和第一交点O1连接形成第二参考线段O1O3,第二参考线段O1O3在长度方向Y1和厚度方向X1上可以分别具有第三分量和第四分量。其中,前述第三分量与机芯模组11在长度方向Y1上的长度之间的比值可以介于0.43与0.66之间,前述第四分量与机芯模组11在厚度方向X1上的厚度之间的比值可以介于0.26与0.4之间。如此设置,以允许钩状结构12与内侧面IS之间具有合适的夹角,例如介于15°与30°之间的夹角θ,进而允许耳机10对耳部施加合适的夹持力。In some embodiments, the farthest point O3 of the median line ML in the thickness direction X1, which is farthest from the inner side surface IS, and the first intersection O1 are connected to form a second reference line segment O1O3, and the second reference line segment O1O3 may have a third component and a fourth component in the length direction Y1 and the thickness direction X1, respectively. The ratio between the third component and the length of the movement module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be between 0.43 and 0.66, and the ratio between the fourth component and the thickness of the movement module 11 in the thickness direction X1 may be between 0.26 and 0.4. This arrangement allows the hook structure 12 to have a suitable angle with the inner side surface IS, such as an angle θ between 15° and 30°, thereby allowing the earphone 10 to apply a suitable clamping force to the ear.
作为示例性地,结合图3,耳机10可以包括机芯模组11和与机芯模组11连接的钩状结构12,机芯模组11可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,且机芯模组11不与钩状结构12连接的自由端FE可以在佩戴状态下伸入耳部的耳甲腔内,至少部分钩状结构12可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的后侧。其中,机芯模组11和钩状结构12可以从耳甲腔所对应的耳部区域的前后两侧以一定的夹持力共同夹持耳部区域。其中,如果前述夹持力太小,容易导致耳机10佩戴不稳;如果前述夹持力太大,容易导致耳机10佩戴不适。As an example, in conjunction with FIG3 , the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, the movement module 11 may be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and the free end FE of the movement module 11 that is not connected to the hook-shaped structure 12 may extend into the concha cavity of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located at the back side of the ear in the wearing state. The movement module 11 and the hook-shaped structure 12 may jointly clamp the ear area from the front and back sides of the ear area corresponding to the concha cavity with a certain clamping force. If the aforementioned clamping force is too small, the earphone 10 may be unstable when worn; if the aforementioned clamping force is too large, the earphone 10 may be uncomfortable to wear.
在一些实施方式中,在佩戴状态下,钩状结构12和机芯模组11在一垂直于厚度方向X1的方向上对耳部施加的夹持力,例如耳机10从头部的前后方向夹持耳部,可以作为耳机10对耳部的夹持力的一部分。其中,前述夹持力可以借助拉力计测量得到。例如:将耳机10佩戴在上述模拟器或者用户的耳部上,也即佩戴状态;然后将拉力计固定在钩状结构12远离机芯模组11的一端,随即拉动拉力计,并观察;在钩状结构12朝向用户的耳部的一侧恰好与耳部的皮肤分离时,读出拉力计上显示的拉力,该拉力即可简单地视作夹持力。In some embodiments, in the wearing state, the clamping force applied to the ear by the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11 in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, for example, the earphone 10 clamps the ear from the front-to-back direction of the head, can be used as a part of the clamping force of the earphone 10 on the ear. The aforementioned clamping force can be measured with the aid of a dynamometer. For example: wear the earphone 10 on the above-mentioned simulator or the ear of the user, that is, in the wearing state; then fix the dynamometer to the end of the hook structure 12 away from the movement module 11, then pull the dynamometer and observe; when the side of the hook structure 12 facing the ear of the user is just separated from the skin of the ear, read the tension displayed on the dynamometer, and the tension can be simply regarded as the clamping force.
在一些实施方式中,在非佩戴状态下,通过相应的测量方式可以反映出钩状结构12相对于机芯模组11的形变能力,进而表征出耳机10能够对耳部施加的夹持力。其中,前述测量方式在后文中进行示例性的说明。In some embodiments, when not worn, the deformation capability of the hook structure 12 relative to the core module 11 can be reflected by a corresponding measurement method, thereby characterizing the clamping force that the earphone 10 can exert on the ear. The aforementioned measurement method is exemplarily described below.
作为示例性地,结合图20及图4,钩状结构12和机芯模组11在一垂直于厚度方向X1的第一参考平面(例如图20中YZ平面)上的正投影可以不重叠,厚度方向X1定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组11靠近或者远离耳部的方向,以允许耳机10从上述耳部区域的前后方向夹持耳部。其中,钩状结构12的正投影与机芯模组11的正投影之间可以具有一长度最短的第一参考线段RL1。值得注意的是:机芯模组11在垂直于厚度方向X1的参考平面上的正投影可以为圆角矩形或者椭圆形,也可以为圆形或者圆角正方形。进一步地,机芯模组11被固定之后,钩状结构12在测量固定位置P1处沿平行于第一参考线段RL1且远离机芯模组11的方向(例如图20中箭头F所示)相对于机芯模组11被拉开5mm至10mm的距离之后可以具有0.6N与8N之间的拉力。其中,测量固定位置P1可以定义为在钩状结构12的长度方向(例如图9中箭头L所示,后文中不再赘述)上距离钩状结构12不与机芯模组11连接的自由端(例如图20中P2所示)有16mm至27mm。优选地,机芯模组11被固定之后,钩状结构12在测量固定位置P1处沿平行于第一参考线段RL1且远离机芯模组11的方向相对于机芯模组11被拉开5mm至10mm的距离之后可以具有0.8N与5N之间的拉力。As an example, in combination with FIG. 20 and FIG. 4 , the orthographic projections of the hook structure 12 and the core module 11 on a first reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 (e.g., the YZ plane in FIG. 20 ) may not overlap, and the thickness direction X1 is defined as the direction in which the core module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state, so as to allow the earphone 10 to clamp the ear from the front and rear directions of the above-mentioned ear region. Among them, there may be a first reference line segment RL1 with the shortest length between the orthographic projection of the hook structure 12 and the orthographic projection of the core module 11. It is worth noting that the orthographic projection of the core module 11 on the reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 may be a rounded rectangle or an ellipse, or a circle or a rounded square. Further, after the core module 11 is fixed, the hook structure 12 may have a tensile force between 0.6N and 8N after being pulled away from the core module 11 by a distance of 5mm to 10mm at the measurement fixed position P1 along a direction parallel to the first reference line segment RL1 and away from the core module 11 (e.g., as shown by arrow F in FIG. 20 ). The measurement fixed position P1 can be defined as 16mm to 27mm away from the free end of the hook-like structure 12 not connected to the movement module 11 (for example, as shown by arrow L in FIG. 9 , which will not be described in detail hereinafter) in the length direction of the hook-like structure 12 (for example, as shown by arrow L in FIG. 9 , which will not be described in detail hereinafter). Preferably, after the movement module 11 is fixed, the hook-like structure 12 at the measurement fixed position P1 can have a pulling force between 0.8N and 5N after being pulled away from the movement module 11 by a distance of 5mm to 10mm in a direction parallel to the first reference line segment RL1 and away from the movement module 11.
进一步地,机芯模组11被固定之后,钩状结构12在测量固定位置P1处沿平行于第一参考线段RL1且远离机芯模组11的方向相对于机芯模组11被拉开1mm至5mm的距离之后可以具有0.1N与1.96N之间的拉力。 Further, after the movement module 11 is fixed, the hook structure 12 can have a pulling force between 0.1N and 1.96N after being pulled away from the movement module 11 by a distance of 1mm to 5mm in a direction parallel to the first reference line segment RL1 and away from the movement module 11 at the measurement fixed position P1.
在一些实施方式中,在非佩戴状态下,可以将耳机10固定在一测量平台上,例如机芯模组11被固定在测量平台的夹具上。此时,第一参考线段RL1可以平行于水平面,钩状结构12可以处于悬空状态。基于此,可以将拉力计20固定在钩状结构12上,例如拉力计20的钩子可以钩在或者套在测量固定位置P1处,测量固定位置P1也因此在图20中表现为一条直线段。随后,测量人员可以手动地缓慢拉动拉力计20,例如使得拉力计20的位移量为d,钩状结构12也相应地从初始位置L1形变至测量位置L2处,并记录这一位移量下的拉力F。基于此,在同一测量固定位置P1处,通过多次测量,也即使得拉力计20具有不同的位移量,并记录对应位移量下的拉力F,从而反映出钩状结构12相对于机芯模组11的形变能力,进而表征出耳机10能够对耳部施加的夹持力。当然,拉力计20也可以作为测量平台的一部分,测量平台在耳机10被固定之后使得钩状结构12远离机芯模组11,也即自动测量。In some embodiments, in a non-wearing state, the earphone 10 can be fixed on a measuring platform, for example, the movement module 11 is fixed on a fixture of the measuring platform. At this time, the first reference line segment RL1 can be parallel to the horizontal plane, and the hook structure 12 can be in a suspended state. Based on this, the dynamometer 20 can be fixed on the hook structure 12, for example, the hook of the dynamometer 20 can be hooked or sleeved on the measurement fixed position P1, and the measurement fixed position P1 is therefore shown as a straight line segment in Figure 20. Subsequently, the measurement personnel can manually and slowly pull the dynamometer 20, for example, so that the displacement of the dynamometer 20 is d, and the hook structure 12 is also correspondingly deformed from the initial position L1 to the measurement position L2, and the tension F under this displacement is recorded. Based on this, at the same measurement fixed position P1, through multiple measurements, the dynamometer 20 has different displacements, and the tension F under the corresponding displacement is recorded, thereby reflecting the deformation ability of the hook structure 12 relative to the core module 11, and further representing the clamping force that the earphone 10 can apply to the ear. Of course, the dynamometer 20 can also be used as part of the measurement platform, and the measurement platform makes the hook structure 12 away from the core module 11 after the earphone 10 is fixed, that is, automatic measurement.
在一些实施方式中,在非佩戴状态下,可以将机芯模组11按压在桌面的边缘台上,并尽可能地使得钩状结构12处于悬空状态。类似地,拉力计20的钩子可以钩在或者套在测量固定位置P1处,并进行如前所述的测量,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, when not in wear, the movement module 11 can be pressed on the edge of the table, and the hook structure 12 can be kept suspended as much as possible. Similarly, the hook of the dynamometer 20 can be hooked or sleeved on the measurement fixed position P1, and the measurement is performed as described above, which will not be repeated here.
下表示例性地描述了,在不同测量固定位置P1处,拉力F与拉开距离d之间的对应关系。其中,拉力F的单位为N,拉开距离d的单位为mm。进一步地,下表中,#1、#2和#3分别表示测量固定位置P1在钩状结构12的长度方向上距离钩状结构12不与机芯模组11连接的自由端16mm、21.5mm和27mm。值得注意的是:为了减小测量误差,每一拉力F均可以在多次测量之后取平均值,例如三次测量之后取平均值。
The following table describes by way of example the corresponding relationship between the tension F and the pull-out distance d at different measurement fixed positions P1. The unit of the tension F is N, and the unit of the pull-out distance d is mm. Further, in the following table, #1, #2, and #3 respectively represent the measurement fixed position P1 at a distance of 16 mm, 21.5 mm, and 27 mm from the free end of the hook structure 12 that is not connected to the movement module 11 in the length direction of the hook structure 12. It is worth noting that: in order to reduce the measurement error, each tension F can be averaged after multiple measurements, for example, the average value is taken after three measurements.
在一些实施方式中,第一参考线段RL1的长度可以介于2mm与3mm之间。其中,如果第一参考线段RL1的长度太小,容易导致耳机10佩戴不适;如果第一参考线段RL1的长度太大,容易导致耳机10佩戴不稳。In some embodiments, the length of the first reference line segment RL1 may be between 2 mm and 3 mm. If the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too small, the earphone 10 may be uncomfortable to wear; if the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too large, the earphone 10 may be unstable to wear.
在一些实施方式中,测量固定位置P1与第一参考线段RL1之间的间距小于或者等于1mm。如此设置,以允许测量固定位置P1尽可能地靠近钩状结构12上预设的与耳部接触的位置。In some embodiments, the distance between the measurement fixing position P1 and the first reference line segment RL1 is less than or equal to 1 mm, so as to allow the measurement fixing position P1 to be as close as possible to the preset position on the hook structure 12 that contacts the ear.
在一些实施方式中,机芯模组11可以具有垂直于厚度方向X1且彼此正交的长度方向Y1和宽度方向Z1,机芯模组11在长度方向Y1上的长度可以大于机芯模组11在宽度方向Z1上的宽度。其中,结合图21及图20,机芯模组11的自由端FE在一垂直于长度方向Y1的第二参考平面(例如图21中XZ平面)上的正投影具有一几何中心GC,例如几何中心为前述正投影的外接圆的圆心,测量固定位置P1与过几何中心GC且平行于第一参考线段RL1的延长线之间的间距可以小于或者等于1mm。如此设置,以允许测量固定位置P1尽可能地靠近钩状结构12上预设的与耳部接触的位置。例如:机芯模组11具有在佩戴状态下沿厚度方向X1朝向耳部的内侧面IS和背离耳部的外侧面OS,以及沿宽度方向Z1背离耳部的外耳道的上侧面US和朝向外耳道的下侧面LS,且内侧面IS、外侧面OS、上侧面US和下侧面LS在第二参考平面上围成一个几何图形,几何中心GC则定义为前述几何图形的外接圆的圆心。In some embodiments, the core module 11 may have a length direction Y1 and a width direction Z1 that are perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 and orthogonal to each other, and the length of the core module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be greater than the width of the core module 11 in the width direction Z1. In particular, in conjunction with FIG. 21 and FIG. 20, the orthographic projection of the free end FE of the core module 11 on a second reference plane perpendicular to the length direction Y1 (e.g., the XZ plane in FIG. 21) has a geometric center GC, for example, the geometric center is the center of the circumscribed circle of the aforementioned orthographic projection, and the spacing between the measurement fixed position P1 and the extension line passing through the geometric center GC and parallel to the first reference line segment RL1 may be less than or equal to 1 mm. This arrangement allows the measurement fixed position P1 to be as close as possible to the preset position on the hook structure 12 that contacts the ear. For example: the movement module 11 has an inner side surface IS facing the ear and an outer side surface OS away from the ear along the thickness direction X1 when worn, as well as an upper side surface US of the external auditory canal away from the ear and a lower side surface LS facing the external auditory canal along the width direction Z1, and the inner side surface IS, the outer side surface OS, the upper side surface US and the lower side surface LS form a geometric figure on the second reference plane, and the geometric center GC is defined as the center of the circumscribed circle of the aforementioned geometric figure.
作为示例性地,结合图20,机芯模组11可以具有垂直于厚度方向X1且彼此正交的长度方向Y1和宽度方向Z1,机芯模组11在长度方向Y1上的长度可以大于机芯模组11在宽度方向Z1上的宽度。其中,机芯模组11可以具有在佩戴状态下沿宽度方向Z1背离耳部的外耳道的上侧面US和朝向外耳道的下侧面LS。进一步地,钩状结构12的正投影与机芯模组11的正投影之间可以具有一平行于宽度方向Z1且长度最长的第二参考线段RL2,第二参考线段RL2的长度可以介于13mm与20mm之间。其中,如果第二参考线段RL2的长度太小,容易导致机芯模组11的自由端FE无法伸入耳甲腔内,以及机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道相距太远;如果第二参考线段RL2的长度太大,同样容易导致自由端FE无法伸入耳甲腔内,以及外耳道被机芯模组11过多地遮挡。换言之,如此设置,既允许机芯模组11的自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内,又使得机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道具有合适的距离,以在外耳道不被堵住的情况下,用户能够更多地听到机芯模组11产生的声波。As an example, in conjunction with Figure 20, the movement module 11 may have a length direction Y1 and a width direction Z1 that are perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 and orthogonal to each other, and the length of the movement module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be greater than the width of the movement module 11 in the width direction Z1. Among them, the movement module 11 may have an upper side surface US facing away from the external auditory canal of the ear along the width direction Z1 in the wearing state and a lower side surface LS facing the external auditory canal. Furthermore, there may be a second reference line segment RL2 parallel to the width direction Z1 and with the longest length between the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 and the orthographic projection of the movement module 11, and the length of the second reference line segment RL2 may be between 13 mm and 20 mm. If the length of the second reference line segment RL2 is too short, it is easy to cause the free end FE of the movement module 11 to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 is too far away from the external auditory canal; if the length of the second reference line segment RL2 is too long, it is also easy to cause the free end FE to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the external auditory canal is excessively blocked by the movement module 11. In other words, such a setting allows the free end FE of the movement module 11 to extend into the concha cavity, and the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 has a suitable distance from the external auditory canal, so that the user can hear more sound waves generated by the movement module 11 when the external auditory canal is not blocked.
进一步地,第一参考线段RL1所在方向可以平行于长度方向Y1。换言之,当机芯模组11在垂直于厚度方向X1的参考平面上的正投影设置成圆角矩形时,钩状结构12的正投影与机芯模组11的正投影在长度方向Y1上的间距最小。Further, the direction of the first reference line segment RL1 may be parallel to the length direction Y1. In other words, when the orthographic projection of the core module 11 on the reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 is set to a rounded rectangle, the distance between the orthographic projection of the hook structure 12 and the orthographic projection of the core module 11 in the length direction Y1 is the smallest.
在一些实施方式中,以第二参考线段RL2与机芯模组11的正投影相交的点P3作为第二参考线段RL2的起点,以第二参考线段RL2与钩状结构12的正投影相交的点P4作为第二参考线段RL2的终点。其中,过第二参考线段RL2的1/4处且平行于长度方向Y1的第三参考线段RL3与钩状结构12相交于第一交点P5和第二交点P6,第一交点P5在钩状结构12的长度方向上相较于第二交点P6更靠近机芯 模组11。进一步地,第一交点P5与第二参考线段RL2的起点之间的距离可以介于9mm与15mm之间,第二交点P6与第二参考线段RL2的起点之间的距离可以介于12mm与19mm之间。如此设置,以在机芯模组11的自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内,且机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道具有合适的距离时,使得钩状结构12与机芯模组11对耳部施加合适的夹持力。In some embodiments, the point P3 where the second reference line segment RL2 intersects with the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 is used as the starting point of the second reference line segment RL2, and the point P4 where the second reference line segment RL2 intersects with the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 is used as the end point of the second reference line segment RL2. Among them, the third reference line segment RL3 passing through 1/4 of the second reference line segment RL2 and parallel to the length direction Y1 intersects with the hook-shaped structure 12 at the first intersection point P5 and the second intersection point P6. The first intersection point P5 is closer to the movement module than the second intersection point P6 in the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12. Module 11. Further, the distance between the first intersection point P5 and the starting point of the second reference line segment RL2 can be between 9 mm and 15 mm, and the distance between the second intersection point P6 and the starting point of the second reference line segment RL2 can be between 12 mm and 19 mm. In this way, when the free end FE of the core module 11 extends into the concha cavity and the sound outlet hole 111a on the core module 11 has a suitable distance from the external auditory canal, the hook structure 12 and the core module 11 apply a suitable clamping force to the ear.
作为示例性地,结合图20及图9,钩状结构12可以包括与机芯模组11连接的弹性金属丝121和与弹性金属丝121远离机芯模组11的一端连接的电池壳体123,电池壳体123内设置有与机芯模组11耦接的电池14。其中,第一参考线段RL1的延长线可以穿过电池壳体123。如此设置,由于钩状结构12对应于电池壳体123的部分相较于钩状结构12对应于弹性金属丝121的部分更粗些,使得钩状结构12通过电池壳体123与机芯模组11共同夹持耳部,有利于改善耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度。其中,弹性金属丝121可以在垂直于厚度方向X1的方向上相对于机芯模组11发生一定的弹性形变,使之能够提供相应的夹持力。值得注意的是:当钩状结构12包括诸如柔性覆层128的覆层时,图9中所示的弹性金属丝121、转接壳体122和盖壳1231等结构部件在图20中不可见。As an example, in combination with FIG. 20 and FIG. 9 , the hook-shaped structure 12 may include an elastic wire 121 connected to the movement module 11 and a battery housing 123 connected to one end of the elastic wire 121 away from the movement module 11, and a battery 14 coupled to the movement module 11 is arranged in the battery housing 123. Among them, the extension line of the first reference line segment RL1 can pass through the battery housing 123. In this way, since the part of the hook-shaped structure 12 corresponding to the battery housing 123 is thicker than the part of the hook-shaped structure 12 corresponding to the elastic wire 121, the hook-shaped structure 12 clamps the ear together with the movement module 11 through the battery housing 123, which is conducive to improving the comfort of the earphone 10 in wearing. Among them, the elastic wire 121 can undergo a certain elastic deformation relative to the movement module 11 in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, so that it can provide a corresponding clamping force. It is worth noting that when the hook structure 12 includes a coating such as the flexible coating 128 , structural components such as the elastic wire 121 , the transition housing 122 , and the cover shell 1231 shown in FIG. 9 are not visible in FIG. 20 .
在一些实施方式中,电池壳体123可以包括与弹性金属丝121连接的盖壳1231和与盖壳1231连接的电池仓1232,电池仓1232和盖壳1231配合形成容纳电池14的腔体结构。其中,钩状结构12可以包括至少包覆弹性金属丝121和盖壳1231的柔性覆层128,柔性覆层128的硬度可以小于盖壳1231的硬度。进一步地,第一参考线段RL1的延长线可以穿过柔性覆层128与盖壳1231重叠的区段。如此设置,钩状结构12进一步通过盖壳1231上的柔性覆层128与机芯模组11共同夹持耳部,有利于进一步改善耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度。In some embodiments, the battery housing 123 may include a cover shell 1231 connected to the elastic metal wire 121 and a battery compartment 1232 connected to the cover shell 1231, and the battery compartment 1232 and the cover shell 1231 cooperate to form a cavity structure for accommodating the battery 14. Among them, the hook structure 12 may include a flexible coating 128 that at least covers the elastic metal wire 121 and the cover shell 1231, and the hardness of the flexible coating 128 may be less than the hardness of the cover shell 1231. Further, the extension line of the first reference line segment RL1 may pass through the section where the flexible coating 128 overlaps with the cover shell 1231. In this way, the hook structure 12 further clamps the ear together with the movement module 11 through the flexible coating 128 on the cover shell 1231, which is conducive to further improving the wearing comfort of the earphone 10.
在一些实施方式中,电池仓1232在钩状结构12的长度方向上的一端可以呈敞口状设置,盖壳1231部分嵌入电池仓1232的敞口端内。其中,盖壳1231的外表面在垂直于钩状结构12的长度方向的参考截面上的面积可以小于电池仓1232的外表面在垂直于钩状结构12的长度方向的参考截面上的面积,也即盖壳1231的外径可以相较于电池仓1232的外径要小些。进一步地,柔性覆层128可以不包覆电池仓1232,且柔性覆层128的外表面与电池仓1232的外表面平滑过渡,以改善耳机10在非佩戴状态下的外观品质。此时,测量固定位置P1可以位于柔性覆层128与电池仓1232之间的交界处。如此设置,以允许测量固定位置P1尽可能地靠近钩状结构12上预设的与耳部接触的位置。In some embodiments, one end of the battery compartment 1232 in the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be open, and the cover shell 1231 is partially embedded in the open end of the battery compartment 1232. The area of the outer surface of the cover shell 1231 on the reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be smaller than the area of the outer surface of the battery compartment 1232 on the reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12, that is, the outer diameter of the cover shell 1231 may be smaller than the outer diameter of the battery compartment 1232. Further, the flexible cover layer 128 may not cover the battery compartment 1232, and the outer surface of the flexible cover layer 128 and the outer surface of the battery compartment 1232 have a smooth transition to improve the appearance quality of the earphone 10 when not worn. At this time, the measurement fixed position P1 may be located at the junction between the flexible cover layer 128 and the battery compartment 1232. This arrangement allows the measurement fixed position P1 to be as close as possible to the preset position on the hook-shaped structure 12 that contacts the ear.
作为示例性地,结合图3及图9,耳机10可以包括机芯模组11和与机芯模组11连接的钩状结构12,钩状结构12可以包括电池壳体123,电池壳体123内设置有与机芯模组11耦接的电池14。其中,机芯模组11可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,且机芯模组11不与钩状结构12连接的自由端FE可以在佩戴状态下伸入耳部的耳甲腔内,至少部分钩状结构12可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的后侧。进一步地,机芯模组11和电池壳体123可以从耳甲腔所对应的耳部区域的前后两侧共同夹持耳部区域,以允许耳机10稳定地、舒适地佩戴在耳部上。其中,电池壳体123还可以与耳部外围的头部皮肤接触,有利于增大电池壳体123与用户的皮肤接触的接触面积,以在用户稳定地、舒适地佩戴耳机10时能够意识到自己佩戴了耳机10,为用户提供佩戴的稳固感,提升用户佩戴体验。除此之外,由于耳机10与用户的皮肤接触的接触面积增大,还有利于降低耳机10在用户低头、抬头、摇头时从耳部上滑落的风险。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 3 and FIG. 9 , the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, and the hook-shaped structure 12 may include a battery housing 123, and a battery 14 coupled to the movement module 11 is arranged in the battery housing 123. Among them, the movement module 11 can be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and the free end FE of the movement module 11 that is not connected to the hook-shaped structure 12 can extend into the concha cavity of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 can be located at the back side of the ear in the wearing state. Further, the movement module 11 and the battery housing 123 can clamp the ear area from the front and back sides of the ear area corresponding to the concha cavity, so as to allow the earphone 10 to be stably and comfortably worn on the ear. Among them, the battery housing 123 can also contact the head skin outside the ear, which is conducive to increasing the contact area of the battery housing 123 and the user's skin, so that when the user wears the earphone 10 stably and comfortably, he can be aware that he is wearing the earphone 10, providing the user with a sense of stability when wearing, and improving the user's wearing experience. In addition, since the contact area between the earphone 10 and the user's skin is increased, it is also helpful to reduce the risk of the earphone 10 slipping off the ear when the user lowers, raises, or shakes his head.
在一些实施方式中,电池壳体123的外表面在垂直于钩状结构12的长度方向的参考截面上的最大面积可以介于60mm2与100mm2之间。其中,如果前述最大面积太小,容易导致电池壳体123难以与耳部外围的头部皮肤接触,以及电池14的容量不足而难以满足耳机10的续航需求;如果前述最大面积太大,容易导致电池壳体123从耳部的前侧被看到得太多,进而影响耳机10在佩戴状态下外观品质。In some embodiments, the maximum area of the outer surface of the battery housing 123 on a reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook structure 12 may be between 60 mm 2 and 100 mm 2. If the aforementioned maximum area is too small, it is easy for the battery housing 123 to be difficult to contact the head skin outside the ear, and the capacity of the battery 14 is insufficient to meet the endurance requirements of the earphone 10; if the aforementioned maximum area is too large, it is easy for the battery housing 123 to be seen too much from the front side of the ear, thereby affecting the appearance quality of the earphone 10 when worn.
作为示例性地,结合图9,电池壳体123可以包括盖壳1231和与盖壳1231连接的电池仓1232,电池仓1232在钩状结构12的长度方向上的一端可以呈敞口状设置,盖壳1231可以部分嵌入电池仓1232的敞口端内,以配合形成容纳电池14的腔体结构。其中,盖壳1231的外表面在垂直于钩状结构12的长度方向的参考截面上的面积在沿钩状结构12的长度方向且靠近电池仓1232的正方向上逐渐增大,也即钩状结构12可以在盖壳1231处设置成渐缩结构,有利于缓解电池仓1232与钩状结构12的其他部分(例如弹性金属丝121)之间的外径差,使得钩状结构12在整体外观上更加平滑、匀称。进一步地,盖壳1231可以与上述耳部区域接触,以与机芯模组11夹持耳部,电池仓1232可以与耳部外围的头部皮肤接触,以增大电池壳体123与用户的皮肤接触的接触面积。换言之,电池壳体123的不同部分与不同生理位置处的皮肤接触。As an example, in conjunction with FIG9 , the battery housing 123 may include a cover shell 1231 and a battery compartment 1232 connected to the cover shell 1231. One end of the battery compartment 1232 in the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be open, and the cover shell 1231 may be partially embedded in the open end of the battery compartment 1232 to cooperate to form a cavity structure for accommodating the battery 14. Among them, the area of the outer surface of the cover shell 1231 on the reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12 gradually increases along the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12 and close to the positive direction of the battery compartment 1232, that is, the hook-shaped structure 12 may be set to a tapered structure at the cover shell 1231, which is conducive to alleviating the outer diameter difference between the battery compartment 1232 and other parts of the hook-shaped structure 12 (such as the elastic metal wire 121), so that the hook-shaped structure 12 is smoother and more symmetrical in overall appearance. Furthermore, the cover 1231 can contact the ear region to clamp the ear with the movement module 11, and the battery compartment 1232 can contact the head skin outside the ear to increase the contact area between the battery housing 123 and the user's skin. In other words, different parts of the battery housing 123 contact the skin at different physiological positions.
在一些实施方式中,盖壳1231与耳部外围的头部皮肤之间的接触面积可以小于电池仓1232与耳部外围的头部皮肤之间的接触面积,以在盖壳1231与机芯模组11夹持耳部时,盖壳1231无需过多地兼顾电池壳体123与耳部外围的头部皮肤接触。换言之,电池壳体123的不同部分可以具有不同的设计初衷。因此,盖壳1231与耳部外围的头部皮肤可以不接触。 In some embodiments, the contact area between the cover shell 1231 and the head skin around the ear can be smaller than the contact area between the battery compartment 1232 and the head skin around the ear, so that when the cover shell 1231 and the movement module 11 clamp the ear, the cover shell 1231 does not need to take into account the contact between the battery housing 123 and the head skin around the ear. In other words, different parts of the battery housing 123 can have different design intentions. Therefore, the cover shell 1231 may not be in contact with the head skin around the ear.
在一些实施方式中,钩状结构12可以包括连接机芯模组11和盖壳1231的弹性金属丝121,以及至少包覆弹性金属丝121和盖壳1231的柔性覆层128,盖壳1231可以通过柔性覆层128与耳部区域接触,以改善耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度。其中,柔性覆层128可以不包覆电池仓1232,这样有利于降低钩状结构12因在电池仓1232处太粗而从耳部的前侧外露太多的风险,进而改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的外观品质。进一步地,柔性覆层128的外表面可以与电池仓1232的外表面平滑过渡,以改善耳机10在非佩戴状态下的外观品质。In some embodiments, the hook structure 12 may include an elastic wire 121 connecting the movement module 11 and the cover shell 1231, and a flexible coating 128 covering at least the elastic wire 121 and the cover shell 1231. The cover shell 1231 may contact the ear region through the flexible coating 128 to improve the wearing comfort of the earphone 10. The flexible coating 128 may not cover the battery compartment 1232, which helps to reduce the risk of the hook structure 12 being too thick at the battery compartment 1232 and being exposed too much from the front side of the ear, thereby improving the appearance quality of the earphone 10 when worn. Furthermore, the outer surface of the flexible coating 128 may smoothly transition with the outer surface of the battery compartment 1232 to improve the appearance quality of the earphone 10 when not worn.
在一些实施方式中,机芯模组11可以具有在佩戴状态下沿厚度方向X1朝向耳部的内侧面IS和背离耳部的外侧面OS,厚度方向X1定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组11靠近或者远离耳部的方向。其中,在非佩戴状态下,至少部分电池壳体123在厚度方向X1上位于内侧面IS与外侧面OS之间,以使得耳机10对耳部的夹持力主要表现为正压力,这样有利于改善耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度。进一步地,机芯模组11可以具有垂直于厚度方向X1且彼此正交的长度方向Y1和宽度方向Z1,机芯模组11在长度方向Y1上的长度可以大于机芯模组11在宽度方向Z1上的宽度。其中,盖壳1231沿长度方向Y1的正投影和机芯模组11沿长度方向Y1的正投影可以至少部分重叠,电池仓1232沿长度方向Y1的正投影和机芯模组11沿长度方向Y1的正投影可以至少部分不重叠,以允许钩状结构12主要是在盖壳1231处与机芯模组11共同夹持耳部。In some embodiments, the movement module 11 may have an inner side surface IS facing the ear and an outer side surface OS away from the ear along the thickness direction X1 in the wearing state, and the thickness direction X1 is defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state. Among them, in the non-wearing state, at least part of the battery housing 123 is located between the inner side surface IS and the outer side surface OS in the thickness direction X1, so that the clamping force of the earphone 10 on the ear is mainly manifested as positive pressure, which is conducive to improving the wearing comfort of the earphone 10. Furthermore, the movement module 11 may have a length direction Y1 and a width direction Z1 that are perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 and orthogonal to each other, and the length of the movement module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be greater than the width of the movement module 11 in the width direction Z1. Among them, the orthographic projection of the cover shell 1231 along the length direction Y1 and the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 along the length direction Y1 can at least partially overlap, and the orthographic projection of the battery compartment 1232 along the length direction Y1 and the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 along the length direction Y1 can at least partially not overlap, so as to allow the hook structure 12 to mainly clamp the ear together with the movement module 11 at the cover shell 1231.
作为示例性地,结合图22、图9及图3,耳机10可以包括机芯模组11和与机芯模组11连接的钩状结构12,机芯模组11可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,至少部分钩状结构12可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的后侧。其中,钩状结构12和机芯模组11在一垂直于厚度方向X1的参考平面(例如图22中YZ平面)上的正投影可以不重叠,厚度方向X1定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组11靠近或者远离耳部的方向。进一步地,钩状结构12可以包括电池壳体123和柔性覆层128,电池壳体123内设置有与机芯模组11耦接的电池14,并可以包括盖壳1231和与盖壳1231连接的电池仓1232,柔性覆层128可以包覆盖壳1231。其中,钩状结构12的正投影与机芯模组11的正投影之间可以具有一长度最短的第一参考线段RL1,第一参考线段RL1与钩状结构12的正投影相交的点可以位于柔性覆层128与盖壳1231重叠的区段。换言之,钩状结构12可以通过盖壳1231及其上的柔性覆层128与耳部的后侧接触,进而与机芯模组11共同夹持耳部,有利于改善耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度。值得注意的是:机芯模组11在垂直于厚度方向X1的参考平面上的正投影可以为圆角矩形或者椭圆形,也可以为圆形或者圆角正方形。As an example, in combination with Figures 22, 9 and 3, the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, the movement module 11 may be located on the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located on the back side of the ear in the wearing state. Among them, the orthographic projections of the hook-shaped structure 12 and the movement module 11 on a reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 (such as the YZ plane in Figure 22) may not overlap, and the thickness direction X1 is defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state. Further, the hook-shaped structure 12 may include a battery housing 123 and a flexible covering 128, the battery housing 123 is provided with a battery 14 coupled to the movement module 11, and may include a cover shell 1231 and a battery compartment 1232 connected to the cover shell 1231, and the flexible covering 128 may cover the cover shell 1231. Among them, there may be a first reference line segment RL1 with the shortest length between the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 and the orthographic projection of the movement module 11, and the point where the first reference line segment RL1 intersects with the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located in the section where the flexible coating 128 and the cover shell 1231 overlap. In other words, the hook-shaped structure 12 may contact the back side of the ear through the cover shell 1231 and the flexible coating 128 thereon, and then clamp the ear together with the movement module 11, which is conducive to improving the wearing comfort of the earphone 10. It is worth noting that the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 on the reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 may be a rounded rectangle or an ellipse, or a circle or a rounded square.
在一些实施方式中,在佩戴状态下,钩状结构12和机芯模组11在厚度方向X1上对耳部施加的夹持力,例如耳机10从头部的左右方向夹持耳部,可以作为耳机10对耳部的夹持力的一部分。In some embodiments, when worn, the clamping force applied by the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11 on the ear in the thickness direction X1, for example, the earphone 10 clamps the ear from the left and right directions of the head, can serve as part of the clamping force of the earphone 10 on the ear.
在一些实施方式中,在佩戴状态下,钩状结构12和机芯模组11在一垂直于厚度方向X1的方向上对耳部施加的夹持力,例如耳机10从头部的前后方向夹持耳部,可以作为耳机10对耳部的夹持力的一部分。In some embodiments, when worn, the hook structure 12 and the movement module 11 apply a clamping force to the ear in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, for example, the earphone 10 clamps the ear from the front-to-back direction of the head, which can serve as part of the clamping force of the earphone 10 on the ear.
在一些实施方式中,在非佩戴状态下,耳机10在一垂直于厚度方向X1的参考平面(例如图22中YZ平面)上可以具有一与第一参考线段RL1平行的第二参考线RL2,第二参考线RL2与电池壳体123的正投影相交且距离第一参考线段RL1最远。基于此,钩状结构12的正投影朝向机芯模组11一侧的边缘到第二参考线RL2可以具有一最大距离,例如图22中第三参考线段RL3的长度,前述最大距离可以介于34mm与52mm之间。其中,如果前述最大距离太小,容易导致电池14的容量不足而难以满足耳机10的续航需求;如果前述最大距离太大,不仅容易导致钩状结构12因电池壳体123太长而从耳部的前侧被看到得太多,进而影响耳机10在佩戴状态下的外观品质,还容易导致钩状结构12与用户佩戴于耳部的耳垂或其附近的耳饰发生干涉,尤其是对于女性用户,进而影响用户的使用好感度。In some embodiments, in the non-wearing state, the earphone 10 may have a second reference line RL2 parallel to the first reference line segment RL1 on a reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 (e.g., the YZ plane in FIG. 22 ), and the second reference line RL2 intersects with the orthographic projection of the battery housing 123 and is farthest from the first reference line segment RL1. Based on this, the edge of the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on the side of the movement module 11 may have a maximum distance to the second reference line RL2, such as the length of the third reference line segment RL3 in FIG. 22 , and the aforementioned maximum distance may be between 34 mm and 52 mm. Among them, if the aforementioned maximum distance is too small, it is easy to cause the capacity of the battery 14 to be insufficient and it is difficult to meet the endurance requirements of the earphone 10; if the aforementioned maximum distance is too large, it is not only easy to cause the hook-shaped structure 12 to be seen too much from the front side of the ear due to the battery housing 123 being too long, thereby affecting the appearance quality of the earphone 10 in the wearing state, but also easy to cause the hook-shaped structure 12 to interfere with the earlobe or earrings worn by the user on the ear, especially for female users, thereby affecting the user's use preference.
在一些实施方式中,在佩戴状态下,钩状结构12不与机芯模组11连接的自由端与耳部的上耳根在人体垂直轴上的间距(例如图3中V1所示)可以介于37mm与56mm之间。其中,如果前述间距太小,容易导致电池14的容量不足而难以满足耳机10的续航需求;如果前述间距太大,不仅容易导致钩状结构12因电池壳体123太长而从耳部的前侧被看到得太多,进而影响耳机10在佩戴状态下的外观品质,还容易导致钩状结构12与用户佩戴于耳部的耳垂或其附近的耳饰发生干涉,尤其是对于女性用户,进而影响用户的使用好感度。In some embodiments, in the wearing state, the distance between the free end of the hook structure 12 that is not connected to the movement module 11 and the upper ear root of the ear on the vertical axis of the human body (such as shown by V1 in Figure 3) can be between 37mm and 56mm. Among them, if the aforementioned distance is too small, it is easy to cause the capacity of the battery 14 to be insufficient and it is difficult to meet the battery life requirements of the headset 10; if the aforementioned distance is too large, it is not only easy to cause the hook structure 12 to be seen too much from the front side of the ear due to the battery shell 123 being too long, thereby affecting the appearance quality of the headset 10 in the wearing state, but also easy to cause the hook structure 12 to interfere with the earlobe or the earrings near the ear worn by the user, especially for female users, thereby affecting the user's use preference.
在一些实施方式中,在佩戴状态下,钩状结构12不与机芯模组11连接的自由端与耳部的耳垂的边缘在人体垂直轴上的间距(例如图3中V2所示)可以小于或者等于10mm。其中,如果前述间距太大,容易导致电池14的容量不足而难以满足耳机10的续航需求。In some embodiments, when the headset is worn, the distance between the free end of the hook structure 12 that is not connected to the movement module 11 and the edge of the earlobe on the vertical axis of the human body (for example, as shown by V2 in FIG. 3 ) can be less than or equal to 10 mm. If the aforementioned distance is too large, the capacity of the battery 14 is insufficient and it is difficult to meet the battery life requirements of the headset 10.
在一些实施方式中,电池仓1232在钩状结构12的长度方向上的长度可以介于10mm与20mm之间。如此设置,以兼顾耳机10的续航与其在佩戴状态下的外观品质。In some embodiments, the length of the battery compartment 1232 in the length direction of the hook structure 12 may be between 10 mm and 20 mm. This configuration is provided to take into account both the battery life of the headset 10 and its appearance quality when worn.
在一些实施方式中,电池仓1232可以呈中空的圆柱状设置,且电池仓1232的外表面在垂直于钩状 结构12的长度方向的参考截面上的面积可以介于60mm2与100mm2之间。其中,如果前述面积太小,容易导致电池14的容量不足而难以满足耳机10的续航需求;如果前述面积太大,容易导致电池壳体123从耳部的前侧被看到得太多,进而影响耳机10在佩戴状态下外观品质。In some embodiments, the battery compartment 1232 may be provided in a hollow cylindrical shape, and the outer surface of the battery compartment 1232 is perpendicular to the hook. The area of the reference cross section of the structure 12 in the length direction may be between 60 mm 2 and 100 mm 2. If the aforementioned area is too small, the capacity of the battery 14 may be insufficient and it may be difficult to meet the endurance requirement of the earphone 10; if the aforementioned area is too large, the battery housing 123 may be seen too much from the front side of the ear, thereby affecting the appearance quality of the earphone 10 when worn.
作为示例性地,结合图3及图1,耳机10可以包括机芯模组11和与机芯模组11连接的钩状结构12,机芯模组11可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,且机芯模组11不与钩状结构12连接的自由端FE可以在佩戴状态下伸入耳部的耳甲腔内,至少部分钩状结构12可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的后侧。其中,机芯模组11可以具有彼此正交的厚度方向X1、长度方向Y1和宽度方向Z1,厚度方向X1定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组11靠近或者远离耳部的方向,机芯模组11在长度方向Y1上的长度可以大于机芯模组11在宽度方向Z1上的宽度。进一步地,机芯模组11在长度方向Y1上的长度(例如图3中L所示)可以介于22mm与35mm之间。其中,如果机芯模组11的长度太小,容易导致机芯模组11的自由端FE难以伸入耳甲腔内,也难以进一步与钩状结构12共同夹持耳部;如果机芯模组11的长度太大,同样容易导致机芯模组11的自由端FE难以伸入耳甲腔内,甚至是影响到耳机10的佩戴。进一步地,钩状结构12可以具有与机芯模组11连接的过渡部12a,过渡部12a可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,且过渡部12a的外表面在垂直于钩状结构12的长度方向的参考截面上的面积可以在沿钩状结构12的长度方向且远离机芯模组11的正方向上逐渐减小,也即过渡部12a可以设置成渐缩结构,以使得耳机10在整体外观上更加平滑、匀称。基于此,在佩戴状态下,并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察,相较于机芯模组11不与钩状结构12连接的自由端FE,机芯模组11与钩状结构12连接的连接端CE更靠近用户的头顶,且长度方向Y1与人体矢状轴所在方向之间的夹角(例如图3中θ所示)可以介于15°与60°之间,以使得过渡部12a尽可能地越过位于耳部的耳轮与耳屏之间的凹陷区,这样有利于降低过渡部12a过多地与用户的皮肤发生干涉的风险,进而改善耳机10在佩戴方面的舒适度。As an example, in combination with FIG. 3 and FIG. 1 , the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, the movement module 11 may be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and the free end FE of the movement module 11 not connected to the hook-shaped structure 12 may extend into the concha cavity of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located at the back side of the ear in the wearing state. Among them, the movement module 11 may have a thickness direction X1, a length direction Y1 and a width direction Z1 that are orthogonal to each other, the thickness direction X1 is defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state, and the length of the movement module 11 in the length direction Y1 may be greater than the width of the movement module 11 in the width direction Z1. Further, the length of the movement module 11 in the length direction Y1 (such as shown in L in FIG. 3 ) may be between 22 mm and 35 mm. If the length of the movement module 11 is too small, it is easy for the free end FE of the movement module 11 to be difficult to extend into the concha cavity, and it is also difficult to further clamp the ear with the hook structure 12; if the length of the movement module 11 is too large, it is also easy for the free end FE of the movement module 11 to be difficult to extend into the concha cavity, and even affect the wearing of the earphone 10. Further, the hook structure 12 can have a transition portion 12a connected to the movement module 11, and the transition portion 12a can be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and the area of the outer surface of the transition portion 12a on the reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook structure 12 can be gradually reduced in the positive direction along the length direction of the hook structure 12 and away from the movement module 11, that is, the transition portion 12a can be set as a tapered structure, so that the earphone 10 is smoother and more symmetrical in overall appearance. Based on this, in the wearing state and observed along the direction of the human coronal axis, compared with the free end FE of the movement module 11 that is not connected to the hook structure 12, the connection end CE of the movement module 11 connected to the hook structure 12 is closer to the top of the user's head, and the angle between the length direction Y1 and the direction of the human sagittal axis (for example, as shown by θ in Figure 3) can be between 15° and 60°, so that the transition portion 12a passes over the recessed area between the helix and the tragus of the ear as much as possible, which is conducive to reducing the risk of the transition portion 12a interfering too much with the user's skin, thereby improving the wearing comfort of the headset 10.
在一些实施方式中,例如图7,钩状结构12与机芯模组11可以在垂直于宽度方向Z1的方向上接插固定。基于此,机芯模组11在长度方向Y1上的长度可以在机芯模组11与钩状结构12拆解之后测量得到。In some embodiments, such as FIG7 , the hook structure 12 and the core module 11 can be plugged and fixed in a direction perpendicular to the width direction Z1. Based on this, the length of the core module 11 in the length direction Y1 can be measured after the core module 11 and the hook structure 12 are disassembled.
在一些实施方式中,机芯模组11在宽度方向Z1上的宽度(例如图3中W所示)可以介于10mm与16mm之间。其中,如果机芯模组11的宽度太小,容易导致机芯模组11因与耳部接触的接触面积太小而引起佩戴不适;如果机芯模组11的宽度太大,容易导致机芯模组11过多地遮挡外耳道。In some embodiments, the width of the core module 11 in the width direction Z1 (such as shown by W in FIG. 3 ) may be between 10 mm and 16 mm. If the width of the core module 11 is too small, it is easy to cause discomfort when wearing due to too small a contact area between the core module 11 and the ear; if the width of the core module 11 is too large, it is easy to cause the core module 11 to block the external auditory canal too much.
作为示例性地,结合图23,钩状结构12在一垂直于厚度方向X1的参考平面(例如图23中YZ平面)上的正投影朝向机芯模组11一侧的边缘与机芯模组11在同一参考平面上的正投影之间具有一平行于宽度方向Z1且长度最长的第一参考线段RL1。其中,以第一参考线段RL1与机芯模组11的正投影相交的点P1作为第一参考线段RL1的起点,以第一参考线段RL1与钩状结构12的正投影相交的点P2作为第一参考线段RL1的终点。进一步地,过渡部12a的正投影可以具有分别呈连续的弧形过渡的内边缘IE和外边缘OE,外边缘OE在长度方向Y1上相较于内边缘IE更远离第一参考线段RL1。其中,内边缘IE的整体弯曲程度可以大于外边缘OE的整体弯曲程度,以使得过渡部12a在整体外观上更加平滑、匀称。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 23, the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 on a reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 (e.g., the YZ plane in FIG. 23) toward the edge of the movement module 11 on one side and the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 on the same reference plane has a first reference line segment RL1 parallel to the width direction Z1 and the longest length. Among them, the point P1 where the first reference line segment RL1 intersects with the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 is used as the starting point of the first reference line segment RL1, and the point P2 where the first reference line segment RL1 intersects with the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure 12 is used as the end point of the first reference line segment RL1. Further, the orthographic projection of the transition portion 12a may have an inner edge IE and an outer edge OE that are respectively continuous arc transitions, and the outer edge OE is farther away from the first reference line segment RL1 than the inner edge IE in the length direction Y1. Among them, the overall curvature of the inner edge IE may be greater than the overall curvature of the outer edge OE, so that the transition portion 12a is smoother and more symmetrical in overall appearance.
在一些实施方式中,过渡部12a的正投影可以具有平行于长度方向Y1且依次间隔的第二参考线段RL2、第三参考线段RL3、第四参考线段RL4和第五参考线段RL5。其中,第二参考线段RL2、第三参考线段RL3、第四参考线段RL4和第五参考线段RL5在宽度方向Z1上依次距离机芯模组11的正投影越来越远。进一步地,第二参考线段RL2、第三参考线段RL3、第四参考线段RL4和第五参考线段RL5的起点和终点分别落在内边缘IE和外边缘OE上。其中,第二参考线段RL2的长度可以介于5mm与8mm之间,且第二参考线段RL2的延长线过第一参考线段RL1的1/8处;第三参考线段RL3的长度可以介于4mm与6.3mm之间,且第三参考线段RL3的延长线过第一参考线段RL1的1/4处;第四参考线段RL4的长度可以介于3.5mm与5.4mm之间,且第四参考线段RL4的延长线过第一参考线段RL1的3/8处;第五参考线段RL5的长度可以介于3mm与5mm之间,且第五参考线段RL5的延长线过第一参考线段RL1的1/2处。In some embodiments, the orthographic projection of the transition portion 12a may have a second reference line segment RL2, a third reference line segment RL3, a fourth reference line segment RL4, and a fifth reference line segment RL5 that are parallel to the length direction Y1 and spaced in sequence. Among them, the second reference line segment RL2, the third reference line segment RL3, the fourth reference line segment RL4, and the fifth reference line segment RL5 are successively farther and farther away from the orthographic projection of the movement module 11 in the width direction Z1. Further, the starting point and the end point of the second reference line segment RL2, the third reference line segment RL3, the fourth reference line segment RL4, and the fifth reference line segment RL5 fall on the inner edge IE and the outer edge OE, respectively. Among them, the length of the second reference line segment RL2 can be between 5mm and 8mm, and the extension line of the second reference line segment RL2 passes through 1/8 of the first reference line segment RL1; the length of the third reference line segment RL3 can be between 4mm and 6.3mm, and the extension line of the third reference line segment RL3 passes through 1/4 of the first reference line segment RL1; the length of the fourth reference line segment RL4 can be between 3.5mm and 5.4mm, and the extension line of the fourth reference line segment RL4 passes through 3/8 of the first reference line segment RL1; the length of the fifth reference line segment RL5 can be between 3mm and 5mm, and the extension line of the fifth reference line segment RL5 passes through 1/2 of the first reference line segment RL1.
在一些实施方式中,第一参考线段RL1的长度可以介于13mm与20mm之间。其中,如果第一参考线段RL1的长度太小,容易导致机芯模组11的自由端FE无法伸入耳甲腔内,以及机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道相距太远;如果第一参考线段RL1的长度太大,同样容易导致自由端FE无法伸入耳甲腔内,以及外耳道被机芯模组11过多地遮挡。换言之,如此设置,既允许机芯模组11的自由端FE伸入耳甲腔内,又使得机芯模组11上的出声孔111a与外耳道具有合适的距离,以在外耳道不被堵住的情况下,用户能够更多地听到机芯模组11产生的声波。In some embodiments, the length of the first reference line segment RL1 may be between 13 mm and 20 mm. If the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too small, it is easy to cause the free end FE of the movement module 11 to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 is too far away from the external auditory canal; if the length of the first reference line segment RL1 is too large, it is also easy to cause the free end FE to be unable to extend into the concha cavity, and the external auditory canal is excessively blocked by the movement module 11. In other words, such a setting allows the free end FE of the movement module 11 to extend into the concha cavity, and the sound outlet hole 111a on the movement module 11 has a suitable distance from the external auditory canal, so that the user can hear more sound waves generated by the movement module 11 when the external auditory canal is not blocked.
在一些实施方式中,钩状结构12可以包括与机芯模组11连接的转接壳体122和与转接壳体122连接的弹性金属丝121,至少部分转接壳体122可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,至少部分弹性金属 丝121可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的后侧。换言之,转接壳体122在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧的部分可以作为过渡部12a的一部分或者过渡部12a的全部。其中,机芯模组11可以具有在佩戴状态下沿厚度方向X1朝向耳部的内侧面IS和背离耳部的外侧面OS,转接壳体122的外表面在垂直于钩状结构12的长度方向的参考截面上的面积可以在沿钩状结构12的长度方向且远离机芯模组11的正方向上逐渐减小,以允许过渡部12a设置成渐缩结构。进一步地,转接壳体122可以在厚度方向X1上朝内侧面IS背离外侧面OS的一侧延伸,以允许钩状结构12的一部分在垂直于厚度方向X1的方向上与机芯模组11投影错开,进而在佩戴状态下,耳部的上耳根能够对耳机10提供较少的支撑力;弹性金属丝121所在平面与内侧面IS可以在非佩戴状态下交叉,以允许钩状结构12的一部分在垂直于厚度方向X1的方向上与机芯模组11投影重叠,进而在佩戴状态下,弹性金属丝121因发生弹性形变而与机芯模组11共同夹持耳部及贴附于耳部。In some embodiments, the hook structure 12 may include a transfer housing 122 connected to the movement module 11 and an elastic metal wire 121 connected to the transfer housing 122. At least part of the transfer housing 122 may be located on the front side of the ear in the wearing state. The wire 121 can be located at the rear side of the ear in the worn state. In other words, the portion of the adapter shell 122 located at the front side of the ear in the worn state can serve as a portion of the transition portion 12a or the entire transition portion 12a. Among them, the movement module 11 can have an inner side surface IS facing the ear along the thickness direction X1 and an outer side surface OS away from the ear in the worn state, and the area of the outer surface of the adapter shell 122 on a reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook structure 12 can gradually decrease in the positive direction along the length direction of the hook structure 12 and away from the movement module 11, so as to allow the transition portion 12a to be set as a tapered structure. Furthermore, the adapter shell 122 can extend toward the side of the inner side surface IS away from the outer side surface OS in the thickness direction X1, so as to allow a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 to be staggered with the projection of the movement module 11 in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, and thus in the worn state, the upper ear root of the ear can provide less supporting force to the earphone 10; the plane where the elastic metal wire 121 is located and the inner side surface IS can cross in the non-worn state, so as to allow a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 to overlap with the projection of the movement module 11 in the direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, and thus in the worn state, the elastic metal wire 121 clamps the ear and adheres to the ear together with the movement module 11 due to elastic deformation.
作为示例性地,结合图7及图3,耳机10可以包括机芯模组11和与机芯模组11连接的钩状结构12,机芯模组11可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,且机芯模组11不与钩状结构12连接的自由端FE可以在佩戴状态下伸入耳部的耳甲腔内,至少部分钩状结构12可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的后侧。其中,机芯模组11可以具有在佩戴状态下沿厚度方向X1朝向耳部的第一内侧面IS1和背离耳部的外侧面OS,厚度方向X1定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组11靠近或者远离耳部的方向,钩状结构12可以具有与机芯模组11连接的过渡部12a,过渡部12a可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,并可以具有在佩戴状态下沿厚度方向X1朝向耳部的第二内侧面IS2。进一步地,第一内侧面IS1可以在佩戴状态下覆盖耳部的耳屏的至少一部分,第二内侧面IS2可以在厚度方向X1上相对于第一内侧面IS1朝着远离外侧面OS的方向弯折,例如钩状结构12在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧的那部分相对于机芯模组11弯折。如此设置,即便耳机10不得不越过耳屏,钩状结构12与机芯模组11之间也可以形成一个容纳耳屏的空间,也即耳机10可以避让耳屏,这样有利于降低耳机10压迫耳屏的风险,进而改善耳机10在佩戴状态下的舒适度。As an example, in combination with FIG. 7 and FIG. 3 , the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, the movement module 11 may be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and the free end FE of the movement module 11 that is not connected to the hook-shaped structure 12 may extend into the concha cavity of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located at the back side of the ear in the wearing state. The movement module 11 may have a first inner side surface IS1 facing the ear along the thickness direction X1 in the wearing state and an outer side surface OS away from the ear, the thickness direction X1 being defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state, the hook-shaped structure 12 may have a transition portion 12a connected to the movement module 11, the transition portion 12a may be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and may have a second inner side surface IS2 facing the ear along the thickness direction X1 in the wearing state. Furthermore, the first inner side surface IS1 can cover at least a part of the tragus of the ear in the wearing state, and the second inner side surface IS2 can be bent in the thickness direction X1 relative to the first inner side surface IS1 in the direction away from the outer side surface OS, for example, the part of the hook-shaped structure 12 located in the front side of the ear in the wearing state is bent relative to the movement module 11. In this way, even if the earphone 10 has to go over the tragus, a space for accommodating the tragus can be formed between the hook-shaped structure 12 and the movement module 11, that is, the earphone 10 can avoid the tragus, which is conducive to reducing the risk of the earphone 10 pressing the tragus, thereby improving the comfort of the earphone 10 in the wearing state.
在一些实施方式中,第二内侧面IS2与第一内侧面IS1之间的夹角可以介于119°与170°之间。其中,如果前述夹角太小,容易违背耳机10避让耳屏的发明初衷;如果前述夹角太大,容易导致耳机10在佩戴状态下与用户的皮肤的贴合度降低。In some embodiments, the angle between the second inner side surface IS2 and the first inner side surface IS1 may be between 119° and 170°. If the angle is too small, it is easy to violate the original intention of the earphone 10 to avoid the tragus; if the angle is too large, it is easy to reduce the fit between the earphone 10 and the user's skin when the earphone is worn.
在一些实施方式中,第二内侧面IS2远离机芯模组11的一端与第一内侧面IS1在厚度方向X1上的间距可以介于1.6mm与2.4mm之间。其中,如果前述间距太小,容易违背耳机10避让耳屏的发明初衷;如果前述间距太大,容易导致耳机10在佩戴状态下与用户的皮肤的贴合度降低。In some embodiments, the distance between the end of the second inner side surface IS2 away from the core module 11 and the first inner side surface IS1 in the thickness direction X1 may be between 1.6 mm and 2.4 mm. If the distance is too small, it is easy to violate the original intention of the earphone 10 to avoid the tragus; if the distance is too large, it is easy to reduce the fit between the earphone 10 and the user's skin when worn.
作为示例性地,过渡部12a可以包括与机芯模组11连接的转接壳体122,至少部分转接壳体122可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧。换言之,转接壳体122在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧的部分可以作为过渡部12a的一部分或者过渡部12a的全部。其中,转接壳体122可以设置成渐缩结构,例如转接壳体122的外表面在垂直于钩状结构12的长度方向的参考截面上的面积可以在沿钩状结构12的长度方向且远离机芯模组11的正方向上逐渐减小。如此设置,过渡部12a也可以设置成渐缩结构,以使得耳机10在整体外观上更加平滑、匀称。As an example, the transition portion 12a may include an adapter shell 122 connected to the movement module 11, and at least a portion of the adapter shell 122 may be located on the front side of the ear in the worn state. In other words, the portion of the adapter shell 122 located on the front side of the ear in the worn state may serve as a portion of the transition portion 12a or the entirety of the transition portion 12a. Among them, the adapter shell 122 may be configured as a tapered structure, for example, the area of the outer surface of the adapter shell 122 on a reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12 may gradually decrease in the positive direction along the length direction of the hook-shaped structure 12 and away from the movement module 11. With such a configuration, the transition portion 12a may also be configured as a tapered structure to make the earphone 10 smoother and more symmetrical in overall appearance.
进一步地,转接壳体122可以在厚度方向X1上朝第一内侧面IS1背离外侧面OS的一侧延伸,以允许耳机10在佩戴状态下避让耳屏,以及允许钩状结构12的一部分在垂直于厚度方向X1的方向上与机芯模组11投影错开,进而在佩戴状态下,耳部的上耳根能够对耳机10提供较少的支撑力。Furthermore, the adapter shell 122 can extend toward the side of the first inner side surface IS1 away from the outer side surface OS in the thickness direction X1, so as to allow the earphone 10 to avoid the tragus when worn, and allow a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 to be offset from the projection of the movement module 11 in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, so that when worn, the upper ear root of the ear can provide less support force to the earphone 10.
在一些实施方式中,在非佩戴状态下,弹性金属丝121可以穿过第一内侧面IS1所在平面,以允许钩状结构12的一部分在垂直于厚度方向X1的方向上与机芯模组11投影重叠,进而在佩戴状态下,弹性金属丝121因发生弹性形变而与机芯模组11共同夹持耳部及贴附于耳部。In some embodiments, in the non-wearing state, the elastic metal wire 121 can pass through the plane where the first inner side surface IS1 is located to allow a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 to overlap with the projection of the movement module 11 in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, and then in the wearing state, the elastic metal wire 121 clamps the ear and adheres to the ear together with the movement module 11 due to elastic deformation.
在一些实施方式中,在非佩戴状态下,弹性金属丝121所在平面与第一内侧面IS1可以交叉,以允许钩状结构12的一部分在垂直于厚度方向X1的方向上与机芯模组11投影重叠,进而在佩戴状态下,弹性金属丝121因发生弹性形变而与机芯模组11共同夹持耳部及贴附于耳部。其中,在非佩戴状态下,弹性金属丝121与第一内侧面IS1之间的夹角可以介于15°与30°之间。In some embodiments, in the non-wearing state, the plane where the elastic metal wire 121 is located may intersect with the first inner side surface IS1, so as to allow a portion of the hook-shaped structure 12 to overlap with the projection of the movement module 11 in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction X1, and then in the wearing state, the elastic metal wire 121 and the movement module 11 clamp the ear and adhere to the ear due to elastic deformation. In the non-wearing state, the angle between the elastic metal wire 121 and the first inner side surface IS1 may be between 15° and 30°.
在一些实施方式中,机芯壳体111可以包括机芯内壳1111和与机芯内壳1111连接的机芯外壳1112,例如两者在厚度方向X1上扣合。其中,机芯内壳1111可以在佩戴状态下相较于机芯外壳1112更靠近耳部,出声孔111a可以设置在机芯内壳1111上。进一步地,机芯内壳1111和机芯外壳1112中的至少一者可以与转接壳体122接插固定,例如图7中所示的机芯内壳1111与转接壳体122接插固定。In some embodiments, the movement housing 111 may include a movement inner housing 1111 and a movement outer housing 1112 connected to the movement inner housing 1111, for example, the two are buckled in the thickness direction X1. The movement inner housing 1111 may be closer to the ear than the movement outer housing 1112 in the wearing state, and the sound outlet 111a may be provided on the movement inner housing 1111. Further, at least one of the movement inner housing 1111 and the movement outer housing 1112 may be plugged and fixed with the adapter housing 122, for example, the movement inner housing 1111 and the adapter housing 122 shown in FIG. 7 are plugged and fixed.
在一些实施方式中,机芯壳体111可以包括机芯内壳1111和与机芯内壳1111连接的机芯外壳1112,例如两者在厚度方向X1上扣合。其中,机芯内壳1111可以在佩戴状态下相较于机芯外壳1112更靠近耳部,出声孔111a可以设置在机芯内壳1111上。进一步地,机芯内壳1111和机芯外壳1112中的一者可以与转接壳体122设置成一体成型结构件,另一者与前述一体成型结构件固定连接。基于此,对于前 述一体成型结构件,扬声器112所对应的区域可以简单地视作机芯内壳1111,呈渐缩结构设置的区域或者电子元件15所对应的区域可以简单地视作转接壳体122。In some embodiments, the movement housing 111 may include a movement inner housing 1111 and a movement outer housing 1112 connected to the movement inner housing 1111, for example, the two are buckled in the thickness direction X1. The movement inner housing 1111 may be closer to the ear than the movement outer housing 1112 when worn, and the sound outlet 111a may be provided on the movement inner housing 1111. Furthermore, one of the movement inner housing 1111 and the movement outer housing 1112 may be provided as an integrally formed structural component with the adapter housing 122, and the other may be fixedly connected to the aforementioned integrally formed structural component. Based on this, for the previous In the one-piece molded structure, the area corresponding to the speaker 112 can be simply regarded as the inner shell 1111 of the movement, and the area with a tapered structure or the area corresponding to the electronic component 15 can be simply regarded as the adapter shell 122.
作为示例性地,结合图7及图3,耳机10可以包括机芯模组11和与机芯模组11连接的钩状结构12,机芯模组11可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,至少部分钩状结构12在佩戴状态下可以位于耳部的后侧。其中,机芯模组11可以包括机芯壳体111和设置在机芯壳体111内的扬声器112,钩状结构12可以包括与机芯壳体111连接的转接壳体122,至少部分转接壳体122可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧。进一步地,结合图24、图15及图16,转接壳体122可以形成有容置腔124和与容置腔124连通的通孔1251,耳机10可以包括至少部分设置在通孔1251内的电极端子151。由于转接壳体122内形成有容置腔124,部分元器件可以收容于该容置腔124内,有利于节省机芯模组11的空间,以允许扬声器112的体积尽可能大。并且,电极端子151可以设置在转接壳体122上,有利于缩短电极端子151与扬声器112在钩状结构12的长度方向上的间距,从而能够充分利用扬声器112的磁路系统(其包括磁铁)与充电盒内的磁吸结构之间的磁吸力,使得电极端子151更可靠地接触充电盒内的电极端子。As an example, in combination with Figures 7 and 3, the earphone 10 may include a movement module 11 and a hook-shaped structure 12 connected to the movement module 11, the movement module 11 may be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state, and at least part of the hook-shaped structure 12 may be located at the back side of the ear in the wearing state. Among them, the movement module 11 may include a movement housing 111 and a speaker 112 disposed in the movement housing 111, the hook-shaped structure 12 may include a transfer housing 122 connected to the movement housing 111, and at least part of the transfer housing 122 may be located at the front side of the ear in the wearing state. Further, in combination with Figures 24, 15 and 16, the transfer housing 122 may be formed with a accommodating cavity 124 and a through hole 1251 connected to the accommodating cavity 124, and the earphone 10 may include an electrode terminal 151 at least partially disposed in the through hole 1251. Since a receiving cavity 124 is formed in the transfer housing 122, some components can be accommodated in the receiving cavity 124, which is beneficial to saving space in the movement module 11, so as to allow the volume of the speaker 112 to be as large as possible. In addition, the electrode terminal 151 can be arranged on the transfer housing 122, which is beneficial to shortening the distance between the electrode terminal 151 and the speaker 112 in the length direction of the hook structure 12, so as to make full use of the magnetic attraction between the magnetic circuit system of the speaker 112 (which includes a magnet) and the magnetic attraction structure in the charging box, so that the electrode terminal 151 can more reliably contact the electrode terminal in the charging box.
在一些实施方式中,电极端子151可以在佩戴状态下朝向耳部的前侧,使得电极端子151靠近扬声器112的距离可以更近,有利于进一步缩短电极端子151与扬声器112在钩状结构12的长度方向上的间距。In some embodiments, the electrode terminal 151 can be oriented toward the front of the ear when worn, so that the electrode terminal 151 can be closer to the speaker 112, which is beneficial for further shortening the distance between the electrode terminal 151 and the speaker 112 in the length direction of the hook structure 12.
在一些实施方式中,电极端子151可以包括彼此间隔设置的充电正极端子1514和充电负极端子1515,充电正极端子1514和充电负极端子1515可以分别对应设置在各自的通孔1251内,以便于耳机10通过电极端子151进行充电。In some embodiments, the electrode terminal 151 may include a charging positive terminal 1514 and a charging negative terminal 1515 that are spaced apart from each other. The charging positive terminal 1514 and the charging negative terminal 1515 may be respectively disposed in their respective through holes 1251 to facilitate charging of the earphone 10 through the electrode terminal 151.
在一些实施方式中,电极端子151可以包括与充电正极端子1514和充电负极端子1515彼此间隔设置的通信端子1516,通信端子1516可以对应设置在相应的通孔1251内,以便于耳机10与诸如充电盒的充电设备进行通信连接。In some embodiments, the electrode terminal 151 may include a communication terminal 1516 spaced apart from the positive charging terminal 1514 and the negative charging terminal 1515 , and the communication terminal 1516 may be correspondingly disposed in a corresponding through hole 1251 to facilitate communication connection between the earphone 10 and a charging device such as a charging box.
作为示例性地,结合图24,充电正极端子1514与充电负极端子1515之间的间距可以大于充电正极端子1514与通信端子1516之间的间距,充电正极端子1514与通信端子1516之间的间距可以大于通信端子1516与充电负极端子1515之间的间距。充电正极端子1514的电势一般高于通信端子1516的电势,通信端子1516一般更容易被高电压损伤。为了在有限的空间内,以尽量避免或者减小充电正极端子1514与通信端子1516之间导通而使得通信端子1516损伤的概率,充电正极端子1514与通信端子1516之间的间距相对通信端子1516与充电负极端子1515之间的间距更大些。并且,为了避免或减小充电正极端子1514与充电负极端子1515之间的短路而造成耳机10的损坏的概率,充电正极端子1514与充电负极端子1515之间的间距也可以相较于通信端子1516与充电负极端子1515之间的间距更大些。进一步地,一些实施方式中,充电正极端子1514与充电负极端子1515之间的间距大于充电正极端子1514与通信端子1516之间的间距,以将电极端子151尽量集中设置以减小电极端子151占据空间的同时,尽量减小电极端子151之间的短路的风险,并将耳机10的损坏程度降到最低。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 24 , the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the negative charging terminal 1515 may be greater than the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516, and the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516 may be greater than the distance between the communication terminal 1516 and the negative charging terminal 1515. The potential of the positive charging terminal 1514 is generally higher than the potential of the communication terminal 1516, and the communication terminal 1516 is generally more easily damaged by high voltage. In order to avoid or reduce the probability of damage to the communication terminal 1516 due to conduction between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516 in a limited space, the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516 is larger than the distance between the communication terminal 1516 and the negative charging terminal 1515. Furthermore, in order to avoid or reduce the probability of damage to the earphone 10 caused by a short circuit between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the negative charging terminal 1515, the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the negative charging terminal 1515 may be larger than the distance between the communication terminal 1516 and the negative charging terminal 1515. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the negative charging terminal 1515 is larger than the distance between the positive charging terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516, so that the electrode terminals 151 are arranged as concentratedly as possible to reduce the space occupied by the electrode terminals 151, and the risk of short circuit between the electrode terminals 151 is reduced as much as possible, and the degree of damage to the earphone 10 is minimized.
在一些实施方式中,沿电极端子151的延伸方向观察,充电正极端子1514、充电负极端子1515和通信端子1516两两之间的连线可以构成不等边三角形。In some embodiments, when observed along the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151 , the connecting lines between the positive charging terminal 1514 , the negative charging terminal 1515 , and the communication terminal 1516 may form an unequal-sided triangle.
在一些实施方式中,沿电极端子151的延伸方向观察,充电正极端子1514、通信端子1516和充电负极端子1515可以彼此间隔地排成一条线段,例如依次排列成一条直线段。其中,沿电极端子151的延伸方向观察,磁铁127和机芯模组11可以分别位于前述直线段的两侧。如此设置,在耳机10放置于充电盒时,扬声器112的磁路系统与充电盒内的永磁体或者软磁体形成第一磁吸对,磁铁127与充电盒内的另一永磁体或者软磁体形成第二磁吸对,电极端子151也因此位于第一磁吸对与第二磁吸对之间而更可靠地接触充电盒内的电极端子。进一步地,转接壳体122的外表面在垂直于钩状结构12的长度方向的参考截面上的面积可以在沿钩状结构12的长度方向且远离机芯模组11的正方向上逐渐减小,也即转接壳体122可以设置成渐缩结构,以允许钩状结构12的过渡部12a设置成渐缩结构,使得耳机10在整体外观上更加平滑、匀称。其中,磁铁127的中心分别与充电正极端子1514、通信端子1516和充电负极端子1515的中心之间具有第一距离、第二距离和第三距离,第三距离可以分别大于第一距离和第二距离,这样有利于降低转接壳体122因磁铁127离充电负极端子1515太近而出现壁厚太小的风险,从而增加转接壳体122的结构强度。In some embodiments, when observed along the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151, the positive charging terminal 1514, the communication terminal 1516 and the negative charging terminal 1515 can be arranged in a line segment spaced apart from each other, for example, arranged in sequence into a straight line segment. Among them, when observed along the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151, the magnet 127 and the movement module 11 can be located on both sides of the aforementioned straight line segment, respectively. In this arrangement, when the earphone 10 is placed in the charging box, the magnetic circuit system of the speaker 112 forms a first magnetic pair with the permanent magnet or soft magnet in the charging box, and the magnet 127 forms a second magnetic pair with another permanent magnet or soft magnet in the charging box. Therefore, the electrode terminal 151 is located between the first magnetic pair and the second magnetic pair and more reliably contacts the electrode terminal in the charging box. Furthermore, the area of the outer surface of the adapter housing 122 on the reference cross section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook structure 12 can be gradually reduced in the positive direction along the length direction of the hook structure 12 and away from the movement module 11, that is, the adapter housing 122 can be set to a tapered structure to allow the transition portion 12a of the hook structure 12 to be set to a tapered structure, so that the overall appearance of the earphone 10 is smoother and more symmetrical. Among them, the center of the magnet 127 has a first distance, a second distance and a third distance from the center of the charging positive terminal 1514, the communication terminal 1516 and the charging negative terminal 1515, respectively, and the third distance can be greater than the first distance and the second distance, respectively, which is conducive to reducing the risk of the adapter housing 122 having too small a wall thickness due to the magnet 127 being too close to the charging negative terminal 1515, thereby increasing the structural strength of the adapter housing 122.
作为示例性地,结合图7及图24,机芯壳体111可以具有在佩戴状态下沿厚度方向X1朝向耳部的第一内侧面IS1和背离耳部的外侧面OS,厚度方向X1定义为在佩戴状态下机芯模组11靠近或者远离耳部的方向,转接壳体122可以具有在佩戴状态下沿厚度方向X1朝向耳部的第二内侧面(例如过渡部12a的第二内侧面IS2)。其中,第二内侧面IS2可以在厚度方向X1上相对于第一内侧面IS1朝着远离外侧面OS的方向弯折,例如转接壳体122相对于机芯模组11弯折。进一步地,电极端子151在第二内侧面IS2上外露,以便于与充电盒内的电极端子接触,且电极端子151的延伸方向可以与扬声器112 的线圈(也即上文提及的音圈)的绕线方向(例如图25中C1所示)交叉。如此设置,以允许第一磁吸对的吸力方向与第二磁吸对的吸力方向相交,有利于降低耳机10在充电盒内晃动的风险,使得电极端子151更可靠地接触充电盒内的电极端子。As an example, in combination with Figures 7 and 24, the movement shell 111 may have a first inner side surface IS1 facing the ear along the thickness direction X1 and an outer side surface OS away from the ear in the wearing state, and the thickness direction X1 is defined as the direction in which the movement module 11 is close to or away from the ear in the wearing state. The adapter shell 122 may have a second inner side surface facing the ear along the thickness direction X1 in the wearing state (for example, the second inner side surface IS2 of the transition portion 12a). The second inner side surface IS2 may be bent in the thickness direction X1 relative to the first inner side surface IS1 in the direction away from the outer side surface OS, for example, the adapter shell 122 is bent relative to the movement module 11. Furthermore, the electrode terminal 151 is exposed on the second inner side surface IS2 to facilitate contact with the electrode terminal in the charging box, and the extension direction of the electrode terminal 151 can be aligned with the speaker 112. The winding direction of the coil (i.e., the voice coil mentioned above) (such as shown in C1 in FIG. 25 ) is intersected. This arrangement allows the suction direction of the first magnetic pair to intersect with the suction direction of the second magnetic pair, which is beneficial to reduce the risk of the earphone 10 shaking in the charging box, so that the electrode terminal 151 can more reliably contact the electrode terminal in the charging box.
进一步地,机芯模组11可以包括设置在机芯壳体111内且与扬声器112耦接的主控电路板13,主控电路板13与扬声器112在厚度方向X1上层叠设置,且位于扬声器112朝向外侧面OS的一侧。如此设置,在机芯壳体111在垂直于厚度方向X1的参考截面上的尺寸有限时,有利于增加扬声器112的面积,以及使得扬声器112离充电盒内的永磁体或者软磁体更近,从而增加第一磁吸对的吸力大小,使得电极端子151更可靠地接触充电盒内的电极端子。Furthermore, the movement module 11 may include a main control circuit board 13 disposed in the movement housing 111 and coupled to the speaker 112. The main control circuit board 13 and the speaker 112 are stacked in the thickness direction X1 and are located on the side of the speaker 112 facing the outer side surface OS. Such a configuration is beneficial to increase the area of the speaker 112 when the size of the movement housing 111 on the reference section perpendicular to the thickness direction X1 is limited, and to make the speaker 112 closer to the permanent magnet or soft magnet in the charging box, thereby increasing the suction force of the first magnetic attraction pair, so that the electrode terminal 151 can more reliably contact the electrode terminal in the charging box.
基于上述的相关描述,耳机10可以包括彼此间隔设置的充电正极端子1514、充电负极端子1515和通信端子1516,充电正极端子1514、充电负极端子1515和通信端子1516可以在佩戴状态下位于耳部的同一侧,例如三者都位于耳部的前侧。其中,充电正极端子1514与充电负极端子1515之间的间距可以大于充电正极端子1514与通信端子1516之间的间距,充电正极端子1514与通信端子1516之间的间距可以大于通信端子1516与充电负极端子1515之间的间距。充电正极端子1514的电势一般高于通信端子1516的电势,通信端子1516一般更容易被高电压损伤。为了在有限的空间内,以尽量避免或者减小充电正极端子1514与通信端子1516之间导通而使得通信端子1516损伤的概率,充电正极端子1514与通信端子1516之间的间距相对通信端子1516与充电负极端子1515之间的间距更大些。并且,为了避免或减小充电正极端子1514与充电负极端子1515之间的短路而造成耳机10的损坏的概率,充电正极端子1514与充电负极端子1515之间的间距也可以相较于通信端子1516与充电负极端子1515之间的间距更大些。进一步地,一些实施方式中,充电正极端子1514与充电负极端子1515之间的间距大于充电正极端子1514与通信端子1516之间的间距,以将电极端子151尽量集中设置以减小电极端子151占据空间的同时,尽量减小电极端子151之间的短路的风险,并将耳机10的损坏程度降到最低。Based on the above description, the earphone 10 may include a charging positive terminal 1514, a charging negative terminal 1515 and a communication terminal 1516 which are spaced apart from each other. The charging positive terminal 1514, the charging negative terminal 1515 and the communication terminal 1516 may be located on the same side of the ear when worn, for example, all three are located on the front side of the ear. The spacing between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the charging negative terminal 1515 may be greater than the spacing between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516, and the spacing between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516 may be greater than the spacing between the communication terminal 1516 and the charging negative terminal 1515. The potential of the charging positive terminal 1514 is generally higher than the potential of the communication terminal 1516, and the communication terminal 1516 is generally more easily damaged by high voltage. In order to avoid or reduce the probability of damage to the communication terminal 1516 due to conduction between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516 in a limited space, the distance between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516 is larger than the distance between the communication terminal 1516 and the charging negative terminal 1515. In addition, in order to avoid or reduce the probability of damage to the earphone 10 caused by a short circuit between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the charging negative terminal 1515, the distance between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the charging negative terminal 1515 can also be larger than the distance between the communication terminal 1516 and the charging negative terminal 1515. Further, in some embodiments, the distance between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the charging negative terminal 1515 is greater than the distance between the charging positive terminal 1514 and the communication terminal 1516, so that the electrode terminals 151 are arranged as concentratedly as possible to reduce the space occupied by the electrode terminals 151, while minimizing the risk of short circuit between the electrode terminals 151 and minimizing the damage to the earphone 10.
在一些实施方式中,充电正极端子1514、充电负极端子1515和通信端子1516中的至少一者设置在转接壳体122处,例如三者都设置在转接壳体122处,再例如三者都设置在电池壳体123处。In some embodiments, at least one of the positive charging terminal 1514 , the negative charging terminal 1515 and the communication terminal 1516 is disposed at the adapter housing 122 , for example, all three are disposed at the adapter housing 122 , and for another example, all three are disposed at the battery housing 123 .
在一些实施方式中,充电正极端子1514、充电负极端子1515和通信端子1516中的至少一者设置在机芯壳体111处,例如任意一者设置机芯壳体111处且余下的两者设置在转接壳体122处。In some embodiments, at least one of the charging positive terminal 1514 , the charging negative terminal 1515 and the communication terminal 1516 is disposed at the movement housing 111 , for example, any one is disposed at the movement housing 111 and the remaining two are disposed at the adapter housing 122 .
作为示例性地,结合图25及图7,机芯模组11包括机芯壳体111,以及设置在机芯壳体111内的扬声器112和主控电路板13,扬声器112与主控电路板13电连接。主控电路板13用于进行信号处理,并将处理好的电信号传输至扬声器112,扬声器112用于将接收的电信号转化成机械振动。其中,扬声器112可以包括与主控电路板13耦接的第一线圈1125(也即上文提及的音圈),第一线圈1125可以伸入扬声器112的磁路系统内,主控电路板13上可以设置有第二线圈134。进一步地,第二线圈134的绕线轴向(例如图25中C2所示)与第一线圈1125的绕线轴向(例如图25中C1所示)可以交叉设置。如此设置,有利于弱化第二线圈134与第一线圈1125之间的互感耦合,从而降低两者线圈之间相互影响,例如降低第二线圈134的电流变化通过互感使得扬声器112出现诸如“沙沙声”、“吱吱声”等杂音的风险。并且,由于第一线圈1125与第二线圈134之间的互感耦合降低,从而能够允许主控电路板13更加靠近扬声器112,从而有利于使得机芯模组11在结构上更加紧凑。As an example, in combination with FIG. 25 and FIG. 7 , the movement module 11 includes a movement housing 111, and a speaker 112 and a main control circuit board 13 disposed in the movement housing 111, and the speaker 112 is electrically connected to the main control circuit board 13. The main control circuit board 13 is used to process signals and transmit the processed electrical signals to the speaker 112, and the speaker 112 is used to convert the received electrical signals into mechanical vibrations. Among them, the speaker 112 may include a first coil 1125 (that is, the voice coil mentioned above) coupled to the main control circuit board 13, the first coil 1125 may extend into the magnetic circuit system of the speaker 112, and a second coil 134 may be disposed on the main control circuit board 13. Further, the winding axial direction of the second coil 134 (for example, as shown in C2 in FIG. 25) and the winding axial direction of the first coil 1125 (for example, as shown in C1 in FIG. 25) may be arranged crosswise. Such a configuration is conducive to weakening the mutual inductive coupling between the second coil 134 and the first coil 1125, thereby reducing the mutual influence between the two coils, for example, reducing the risk of the current change of the second coil 134 causing noises such as "rustling" and "squeaking" in the speaker 112 through mutual inductance. In addition, since the mutual inductive coupling between the first coil 1125 and the second coil 134 is reduced, the main control circuit board 13 can be allowed to be closer to the speaker 112, which is conducive to making the movement module 11 more compact in structure.
在一些实施方式中,主控电路板13与扬声器112可以在第一线圈1125的绕线轴向上层叠设置。如此设置,以在机芯壳体111的容积一定时,有利于在机芯壳体111内设置更大的扬声器112,从而增加耳机10的灵敏度和最大音量。其中,第二线圈134的绕线轴向与第一线圈1125的绕线轴向可以正交设置,例如第二线圈134的绕线轴向和第一线圈1125的绕线轴向分别平行于长度方向Y1和厚度方向X1,以进一步弱化第二线圈134与第一线圈1125之间的互感耦合。进一步地,由于第二线圈134与第一线圈1125之间的互感耦合减弱,主控电路板13与扬声器112在第一线圈1125的绕线轴向上的间距可以进一步缩小,从而有利于机芯模组11在厚度方向X1上设置更加紧凑,减小机芯模组11的体积。在一些实施方式中,主控电路板13与扬声器112在第一线圈1125的绕线轴向上的间距可以小于或者等于3mm。其中,第二线圈134可以设置在主控电路板13背离扬声器112的一侧或者朝向扬声器112的另一侧。例如:第二线圈134设置在主控电路板13背离扬声器112的一侧,主控电路板13与扬声器112在第一线圈1125的绕线轴向上的间距小于或者等于1mm。再例如:第二线圈134设置在主控电路板13朝向扬声器112的另一侧,主控电路板13与扬声器112在第一线圈1125的绕线轴向上的间距小于或者等于2mm。In some embodiments, the main control circuit board 13 and the speaker 112 can be stacked on the winding axis of the first coil 1125. This arrangement is conducive to setting a larger speaker 112 in the movement housing 111 when the volume of the movement housing 111 is constant, thereby increasing the sensitivity and maximum volume of the earphone 10. Among them, the winding axis of the second coil 134 and the winding axis of the first coil 1125 can be orthogonal, for example, the winding axis of the second coil 134 and the winding axis of the first coil 1125 are respectively parallel to the length direction Y1 and the thickness direction X1, so as to further weaken the mutual inductive coupling between the second coil 134 and the first coil 1125. Further, due to the weakening of the mutual inductive coupling between the second coil 134 and the first coil 1125, the distance between the main control circuit board 13 and the speaker 112 on the winding axis of the first coil 1125 can be further reduced, so as to facilitate the movement module 11 to be more compactly arranged in the thickness direction X1, and reduce the volume of the movement module 11. In some embodiments, the distance between the main control circuit board 13 and the speaker 112 in the winding axis direction of the first coil 1125 may be less than or equal to 3 mm. The second coil 134 may be arranged on the side of the main control circuit board 13 away from the speaker 112 or on the other side facing the speaker 112. For example: the second coil 134 is arranged on the side of the main control circuit board 13 away from the speaker 112, and the distance between the main control circuit board 13 and the speaker 112 in the winding axis direction of the first coil 1125 is less than or equal to 1 mm. For another example: the second coil 134 is arranged on the other side of the main circuit board 13 facing the speaker 112, and the distance between the main circuit board 13 and the speaker 112 in the winding axis direction of the first coil 1125 is less than or equal to 2 mm.
本申请中,机芯模组11可以包括电感或者收发线圈等元件,该电感或者收发线圈元件可以包括第二线圈134。在一些实施方式中,机芯模组11可以包括开关电源,开关电源可以用于实现电压转换,开关电源可以设置在主控电路板13上并与主控电路板13电连接;开关电源的电感可以为第二线圈134,用于实现储能、滤波等。在一些实施方式中,机芯模组11可以包括通信器件,通信器件可以用于实现 耳机10与手机、电脑等终端设备配合使用,通信器件设置在主控电路板13上并与主控电路板13电连接;通信器件可以包括收发线圈,从而实现信号的收发,通信器件的收发线圈可以为第二线圈134。In the present application, the movement module 11 may include an inductor or a transceiver coil or other components, and the inductor or transceiver coil component may include a second coil 134. In some embodiments, the movement module 11 may include a switching power supply, which may be used to achieve voltage conversion, and the switching power supply may be arranged on the main control circuit board 13 and electrically connected to the main control circuit board 13; the inductor of the switching power supply may be the second coil 134, which is used to achieve energy storage, filtering, etc. In some embodiments, the movement module 11 may include a communication device, which may be used to achieve The headset 10 is used in conjunction with terminal devices such as mobile phones and computers. The communication device is arranged on the main control circuit board 13 and is electrically connected to the main control circuit board 13; the communication device may include a transceiver coil to realize signal reception and transmission, and the transceiver coil of the communication device may be a second coil 134.
作为示例性地,结合图26及图7,主控电路板13可以包括基板135、形成在基板135上的金属走线136和设置在基板135上的负载137,基板135可以具有电绝缘性,金属走线136可以借助铜刻蚀等技术印刷在基板135上,负载137可以借助表面贴装等技术焊接在基板135上,并与金属走线136连接。主控电路板13可以根据需要使用单面板、双面板、多层板中的任意一种。其中,金属走线136可以包括用于供负载137与外部电源(例如电池14)连接的电源走线1361和回路走线1362,电源走线1361和回路走线1362并排设置,电源走线1361的电流方向与回路走线1362的电流方向相反,以允许负载137与外部电源之间形成电路回路。进一步地,电源走线1361和回路走线1362中任意一者的宽度和宽度均值之差的绝对值与宽度均值之间的比值可以小于或者等于20%,前述比值优选地可以小于或者等于15%,前述比值更优选地可以小于或者等于10%。其中,前述宽度均值定义为电源走线1361和回路走线1362的宽度的平均值。简而言之,前述比值可以用于衡量电源走线1361和回路走线1362中任意一者的宽度偏离两者的宽度的平均值的程度。因此,前述比值越小,电源走线1361的宽度和回路走线1362的宽度越接近。如此设置,由于电源走线1361的电流方向与回路走线1362的电流方向相反,使得电源走线1361产生的磁场和回路走线1362产生的磁场在三维空间中矢量叠加时能够彼此抵消,由于电源走线1361的宽度与回路走线1362的宽度之间的差异较小,使得电源走线1361产生的磁场和回路走线1362产生的磁场在三维空间中矢量叠加后的总磁场强度较小,从而有利于减弱主控电路板13上金属走线136对其他电子元件的电磁干扰,例如降低主控电路板13上金属走线136产生的磁场使得扬声器112出现诸如“沙沙声”、“吱吱声”等杂音的风险。As an example, in combination with FIG. 26 and FIG. 7 , the main control circuit board 13 may include a substrate 135, a metal trace 136 formed on the substrate 135, and a load 137 disposed on the substrate 135. The substrate 135 may have electrical insulation, the metal trace 136 may be printed on the substrate 135 by means of copper etching and other techniques, and the load 137 may be soldered on the substrate 135 by means of surface mounting and other techniques, and connected to the metal trace 136. The main control circuit board 13 may use any one of a single-sided board, a double-sided board, and a multi-layer board as required. Among them, the metal trace 136 may include a power trace 1361 and a loop trace 1362 for connecting the load 137 to an external power source (e.g., a battery 14), the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362 are arranged side by side, and the current direction of the power trace 1361 is opposite to the current direction of the loop trace 1362, so as to allow a circuit loop to be formed between the load 137 and the external power source. Further, the ratio between the absolute value of the difference between the width of any one of the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362 and the width mean and the width mean may be less than or equal to 20%, the aforementioned ratio may preferably be less than or equal to 15%, and the aforementioned ratio may more preferably be less than or equal to 10%. Among them, the aforementioned width mean is defined as the average value of the widths of the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362. In short, the aforementioned ratio can be used to measure the degree to which the width of any one of the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362 deviates from the average value of the widths of the two. Therefore, the smaller the aforementioned ratio is, the closer the width of the power trace 1361 is to the width of the loop trace 1362. With such arrangement, since the current direction of the power trace 1361 is opposite to the current direction of the loop trace 1362, the magnetic field generated by the power trace 1361 and the magnetic field generated by the loop trace 1362 can cancel each other out when the vectors are superimposed in three-dimensional space. Since the difference between the width of the power trace 1361 and the width of the loop trace 1362 is small, the total magnetic field intensity of the magnetic field generated by the power trace 1361 and the magnetic field generated by the loop trace 1362 after the vector superposition in three-dimensional space is small, which is beneficial to reduce the electromagnetic interference of the metal trace 136 on the main control circuit board 13 to other electronic components, for example, reducing the risk of the speaker 112 producing noises such as "rustling" and "squeaking" due to the magnetic field generated by the metal trace 136 on the main control circuit board 13.
在一些实施方式中,电源走线1361的延伸方向和回路走线1362的延伸方向可以平行设置,有利于电源走线1361产生的磁场和回路走线1362产生的磁场彼此抵消。其中,电源走线1361的厚度和回路走线1362的厚度可以相等,有利于简化金属走线136的成型工艺,电源走线1361的宽度和回路走线1362的宽度可以相等,有利于电源走线1361产生的磁场和回路走线1362产生的磁场彼此抵消。进一步地,电源走线1361的长度和回路走线1362的长度可以相等,有利于电源走线1361产生的磁场和回路走线1362产生的磁场彼此抵消。值得注意的是:回路走线1362的厚度可以指其在主控电路板13的厚度方向(例如平行于厚度方向X1)上的尺寸。In some embodiments, the extension direction of the power line 1361 and the extension direction of the loop line 1362 can be set in parallel, which is conducive to the magnetic field generated by the power line 1361 and the magnetic field generated by the loop line 1362 to offset each other. Among them, the thickness of the power line 1361 and the thickness of the loop line 1362 can be equal, which is conducive to simplifying the molding process of the metal line 136, and the width of the power line 1361 and the width of the loop line 1362 can be equal, which is conducive to the magnetic field generated by the power line 1361 and the magnetic field generated by the loop line 1362 to offset each other. Further, the length of the power line 1361 and the length of the loop line 1362 can be equal, which is conducive to the magnetic field generated by the power line 1361 and the magnetic field generated by the loop line 1362 to offset each other. It is worth noting that the thickness of the loop line 1362 can refer to its size in the thickness direction of the main control circuit board 13 (for example, parallel to the thickness direction X1).
在一些实施方式中,电源走线1361和回路走线1362在基板135上可以同层设置。In some embodiments, the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362 may be disposed on the same layer on the substrate 135 .
在一些实施方式中,电源走线1361和回路走线1362在基板135上可以异层设置,且电源走线1361和回路走线1362在主控电路板13的厚度方向上的正投影可以至少部分重叠。In some embodiments, the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362 may be arranged on different layers on the substrate 135 , and the orthographic projections of the power trace 1361 and the loop trace 1362 in the thickness direction of the main control circuit board 13 may at least partially overlap.
在一些实施方式中,负载137可以为主控芯片或者通信芯片等元器件。In some implementations, the load 137 may be a component such as a main control chip or a communication chip.
在一些实施方式中,主控电路板13可以包括连接器138,连接器138可以借助表面贴装等技术设置于在基板135上。其中,电源走线1361和回路走线1362的一端分别与连接器138连接,另一端分别与负载137连接,以便于负载137与外部电源连接。例如:电池14用作外部电源,电池14通过导线129与柔性电路板16的一端连接,柔性电路板16的另一端与连接器138扣合,进而使得电池14与主控电路板13连接。In some embodiments, the main control circuit board 13 may include a connector 138, and the connector 138 may be disposed on the substrate 135 by means of surface mounting or other technologies. One end of the power supply line 1361 and the loop line 1362 are respectively connected to the connector 138, and the other end is respectively connected to the load 137, so that the load 137 is connected to the external power supply. For example, the battery 14 is used as an external power supply, and the battery 14 is connected to one end of the flexible circuit board 16 through the wire 129, and the other end of the flexible circuit board 16 is buckled with the connector 138, so that the battery 14 is connected to the main control circuit board 13.
以下,图27至图36所描述的任一实施例或其组合均为优先权文本的相关内容。其中,图2至图18所描述的任一实施例或其组合中至少一部分技术特征的结构、技术特征与技术特征之间的相对位置或者连接关系、技术特征所起到的作用等与图27至图36所描述的任一实施例或其组合中至少部分技术特征的结构、技术特征与技术特征之间的相对位置或者连接关系、技术特征所起到的作用等相同或者相似。例如:图2至图18所描述的任一实施例或其组合中“耳机10”、“机芯模组11”、“钩状结构12”、“扬声器112”、“主控电路板13”、“电池14”等的结构分别依次与图27至图36所描述的任一实施例或其组合中“耳机20”、“保持部23”、“钩状部21”、“机芯24”、“主板25”、“电池26”等的结构相同或者相似,两两之间的相对位置、连接关系也相同或者相似;再例如:图2至图18所描述的任一实施例或其组合中“自由端FE”、“连接端CE”之间的相对位置与图27至图36所描述的任一实施例或其组合中“自由端231”、“连接端232”之间的相对位置相同或者相似,图2至图18所描述的任一实施例或其组合中“转接壳体122”、“电池壳体123”之间的相对位置与图27至图36所描述的任一实施例或其组合中“连接段211”、“自由段212”之间的相对位置相同或者相似;又例如:图2至图18所描述的任一实施例或其组合中“柔性嵌块1131和柔性覆层1132与机芯壳体111之间相对位置或者连接关系,及其所起到的作用”与图27至图36所描述的任一实施例或其组合中“对于海绵与硅胶的复合结构,海绵可以主要是位于保持部23的自由端231,以使得保持部23通过海绵及其上的硅胶与耳部接触,也即保持部23中海绵所在的区域较其他区域更加柔软”相同或者相似。值得注意的是:由于技术特征较多,且技术特征与技术特征之间的相对位置或者连接关系较为复杂,在此不可能一一列举;但本领域的技术 人员从整体上应该知晓没有列举的技术特征、技术特征与技术特征之间的相对位置或者连接关系、技术特征所起到的作用等之间的对应关系。Hereinafter, any one of the embodiments described in FIGS. 27 to 36 or any combination thereof are the relevant contents of the priority text. Among them, the structure of at least a part of the technical features, the relative position or connection relationship between the technical features, the role played by the technical features, etc. in any one of the embodiments described in FIGS. 2 to 18 or any combination thereof are the same or similar to the structure of at least a part of the technical features, the relative position or connection relationship between the technical features, the role played by the technical features, etc. in any one of the embodiments described in FIGS. 27 to 36 or any combination thereof. For example, the structures of the "earphone 10", "movement module 11", "hook-shaped structure 12", "speaker 112", "main control circuit board 13", "battery 14", etc. in any embodiment or combination described in Figures 2 to 18 are respectively the same or similar to the structures of the "earphone 20", "holding portion 23", "hook-shaped portion 21", "movement 24", "mainboard 25", "battery 26", etc. in any embodiment or combination described in Figures 27 to 36, and the relative positions and connection relationships between them are also the same or similar. For another example, the relative position between the "free end FE" and the "connection end CE" in any embodiment or combination described in Figures 2 to 18 is the same or similar to the relative position between the "free end 231" and the "connection end 232" in any embodiment or combination described in Figures 27 to 36. The relative position between the "adapter housing 122" and the "battery housing 123" in any embodiment or combination described in Figure 18 is the same as or similar to the relative position between the "connecting section 211" and the "free section 212" in any embodiment or combination described in Figures 27 to 36; for example, "the relative position or connection relationship between the flexible insert 1131 and the flexible coating 1132 and the movement housing 111, and the role they play" in any embodiment or combination described in Figures 2 to 18 is the same as or similar to "for the composite structure of sponge and silicone, the sponge can be mainly located at the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23, so that the retaining portion 23 contacts the ear through the sponge and the silicone thereon, that is, the area of the retaining portion 23 where the sponge is located is softer than other areas". It is worth noting that: due to the large number of technical features and the complex relative positions or connection relationships between the technical features, it is impossible to list them one by one here; but the technology in this field Personnel should generally be aware of the correspondence between technical features that are not listed, the relative positions or connections between technical features, the roles played by technical features, etc.
结合图27及图28,耳机20可以包括钩状部21和与钩状部21连接的保持部23,至少部分钩状部21用于挂设在用户的耳部的后侧与头部之间,保持部23用于接触耳部的前侧,以允许钩状部21与保持部23一同夹持耳部。换言之,在三维空间中,钩状部21和保持部23可以不共面。其中,保持部23可以具有彼此正交的厚度方向、长度方向和宽度方向,前述厚度方向定义为在佩戴状态下保持部23靠近或者远离耳部的方向,保持部23在前述长度方向上的长度大于或者等于保持部23在前述宽度方向上的宽度。基于此,钩状部21可以包括与保持部23连接的连接段211和与连接段211连接的自由段212,连接段211和自由段212在前述宽度方向上分别位于保持部23的相背两侧。进一步地,在垂直于前述厚度方向的参考平面(例如纸面所在平面)上,连接段211与保持部23在前述宽度方向上的最大间距(例如图27中T1所示)可以介于10mm与17mm之间。优选地,前述最大间距可以介于11mm与14mm之间。如此,这样既有利于增大保持部23的重心与耳部的上耳根之间的距离,也即降低保持部23在佩戴状态下的重心,又有利于增大保持部23的质心与耳部的对耳轮之间的距离,也即耳机20在用户进行诸如左右摇头、低头抬头和上蹦下跳的运动过程中相对于耳部的对耳轮或者上耳根的转动惯量得以增大,从而改善耳机20在佩戴方面的稳定性。In conjunction with FIG. 27 and FIG. 28 , the earphone 20 may include a hook portion 21 and a retaining portion 23 connected to the hook portion 21, at least part of the hook portion 21 is used to be hung between the back side of the user's ear and the head, and the retaining portion 23 is used to contact the front side of the ear to allow the hook portion 21 and the retaining portion 23 to clamp the ear together. In other words, in three-dimensional space, the hook portion 21 and the retaining portion 23 may not be coplanar. Among them, the retaining portion 23 may have a thickness direction, a length direction and a width direction that are orthogonal to each other, the aforementioned thickness direction is defined as the direction in which the retaining portion 23 approaches or moves away from the ear in the wearing state, and the length of the retaining portion 23 in the aforementioned length direction is greater than or equal to the width of the retaining portion 23 in the aforementioned width direction. Based on this, the hook portion 21 may include a connecting segment 211 connected to the retaining portion 23 and a free segment 212 connected to the connecting segment 211, and the connecting segment 211 and the free segment 212 are respectively located on opposite sides of the retaining portion 23 in the aforementioned width direction. Further, on a reference plane perpendicular to the aforementioned thickness direction (e.g., the plane where the paper is located), the maximum spacing between the connecting section 211 and the retaining portion 23 in the aforementioned width direction (e.g., as shown by T1 in FIG. 27 ) may be between 10 mm and 17 mm. Preferably, the aforementioned maximum spacing may be between 11 mm and 14 mm. In this way, it is not only beneficial to increase the distance between the center of gravity of the retaining portion 23 and the upper ear root of the ear, that is, to lower the center of gravity of the retaining portion 23 in the wearing state, but also beneficial to increase the distance between the center of mass of the retaining portion 23 and the anti-helix of the ear, that is, the moment of inertia of the earphone 20 relative to the anti-helix or upper ear root of the ear is increased during the user's movements such as shaking the head left and right, lowering the head and raising the head, and jumping up and down, thereby improving the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
需要说明的是:基于ANSI:S3.36,S3.25和IEC:60318-7标准可以制得一含头部及其(左、右)耳部的模拟器,例如GRAS 45BC KEMAR,因此本申请中“用户佩戴耳机”或者“耳机处于佩戴状态”这类描述可以指耳机佩戴于前述模拟器的耳部。基于此,本申请所述的“佩戴状态”可以指耳机佩戴于前述模拟器的耳部之后的正常佩戴状态;为了便于描述,前述正常佩戴状态可以进一步从耳部的前侧、后侧等视角进行示意,例如图29及图30所示的正常佩戴状态。当然,由于用户存在个体差异,耳机20的实际佩戴状态相较于前述正常佩戴状态可能存在一定的差异。进一步地,本申请所述的重心是指地球对物体中每一微小部分引力的合力作用点,本申请所述的质心是指物质系统上被认为质量集中于此的一个假想点。一般地,可以简单地认为我们所处环境的重力场是均匀的,因此质心与重心可以简单地视作重合。基于此,可以用铅垂线找一个物体(例如保持部23)的重心。其中,为了便于测量保持部23的重心,可以先将保持部23沿图27所示的参考线RL从耳机20上分离下来。基于此,参考线RL可以是钩状部21与保持部23之间的分界线。例如:如果钩状部21内置有弹性金属丝,保持部23为塑胶制件,两者接插连接,那么破坏两者之间的接插连接关系,即可将保持部23从耳机20上取下。再例如:如果钩状部21和保持部23分别为塑胶制件,两者通过胶接、卡接、接插中的至少一种方式连接,那么破坏两者之间的连接关系,同样可以将保持部23从耳机20上取下。It should be noted that: based on the ANSI: S3.36, S3.25 and IEC: 60318-7 standards, a simulator containing a head and its (left and right) ears can be made, such as GRAS 45BC KEMAR, so the descriptions such as "the user wears headphones" or "the headphones are in a wearing state" in this application can refer to the headphones being worn on the ears of the aforementioned simulator. Based on this, the "wearing state" described in this application can refer to the normal wearing state after the headphones are worn on the ears of the aforementioned simulator; for the convenience of description, the aforementioned normal wearing state can be further illustrated from the perspectives of the front side and the back side of the ear, such as the normal wearing state shown in Figures 29 and 30. Of course, due to individual differences among users, the actual wearing state of the headphones 20 may be somewhat different from the aforementioned normal wearing state. Further, the center of gravity described in this application refers to the point of action of the combined force of the earth's gravity on each tiny part of the object, and the center of mass described in this application refers to an imaginary point on the material system where the mass is considered to be concentrated. Generally, it can be simply considered that the gravitational field of our environment is uniform, so the center of mass and the center of gravity can be simply regarded as coincident. Based on this, the center of gravity of an object (such as the retaining portion 23) can be found with a plumb line. In order to facilitate the measurement of the center of gravity of the retaining portion 23, the retaining portion 23 can be separated from the earphone 20 along the reference line RL shown in FIG. 27. Based on this, the reference line RL can be the dividing line between the hook portion 21 and the retaining portion 23. For example: if the hook portion 21 has an elastic metal wire built in, and the retaining portion 23 is a plastic part, and the two are plug-in connected, then the retaining portion 23 can be removed from the earphone 20 by destroying the plug-in connection relationship between the two. For another example: if the hook portion 21 and the retaining portion 23 are respectively plastic parts, and the two are connected by at least one of gluing, snapping, and plugging, then the retaining portion 23 can also be removed from the earphone 20 by destroying the connection relationship between the two.
进一步地,耳机20还可以包括机芯24、主板25和电池26。其中,机芯24主要是用于将电信号转换成相应的机械振动(也即是“发声”),并可以通过相应的导体与主板25、电池26电性连接;主板25主要是用于控制机芯24的发声;电池26主要是用于给机芯24的发声提供电能。当然,本申请所述的耳机20还可以包括麦克风、拾音器这类传声器,也可以进一步包括蓝牙这类通信器件,它们通过相应的导体与主板25、电池26电性连接,以实现相应的功能。进一步地,在耳机20处于佩戴状态时,由于保持部23主要是位于用户的耳部的前侧,如图29所示,使得保持部23除了用于设置机芯24之外,还可以设置一些便于用户与耳机20进行交互的功能按键。基于此,主板25也可以设置在保持部23,以缩短机芯24及其它诸如功能按键等与主板25之间的走线距离。Furthermore, the earphone 20 may also include a movement 24, a mainboard 25 and a battery 26. Among them, the movement 24 is mainly used to convert electrical signals into corresponding mechanical vibrations (that is, "sound"), and can be electrically connected to the mainboard 25 and the battery 26 through corresponding conductors; the mainboard 25 is mainly used to control the sound of the movement 24; the battery 26 is mainly used to provide electrical energy for the sound of the movement 24. Of course, the earphone 20 described in the present application may also include microphones such as microphones and pickups, and may further include communication devices such as Bluetooth, which are electrically connected to the mainboard 25 and the battery 26 through corresponding conductors to achieve corresponding functions. Further, when the earphone 20 is in a wearing state, since the holding portion 23 is mainly located on the front side of the user's ear, as shown in Figure 29, the holding portion 23, in addition to being used to set the movement 24, can also be set with some function keys that facilitate the user to interact with the earphone 20. Based on this, the mainboard 25 can also be set in the holding portion 23 to shorten the wiring distance between the movement 24 and other such as function keys and the mainboard 25.
作为示例性地,结合图29及图27,在佩戴状态下,并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察,保持部23的长度方向与人体矢状轴所在方向之间的夹角(例如θ所示)可以介于15°与60°之间。优选地,前述夹角可以介于25°与45°之间。其中,结合图29及图27,由于保持部23一般设置成规则结构,例如保持部23的外形设置成圆角矩形,使得保持部23至少在外形上相对于一平行于保持部23的长度方向的对称轴(例如点划线SA所示)对称设置,也即夹角θ可以为对称轴SA与人体矢状轴Y之间的夹角。As an example, in conjunction with Figures 29 and 27, in the worn state, and observed along the direction of the human coronal axis, the angle between the length direction of the retaining portion 23 and the direction of the human sagittal axis (for example, as shown in θ) can be between 15° and 60°. Preferably, the aforementioned angle can be between 25° and 45°. In particular, in conjunction with Figures 29 and 27, since the retaining portion 23 is generally arranged as a regular structure, for example, the outer shape of the retaining portion 23 is arranged as a rounded rectangle, the retaining portion 23 is at least symmetrically arranged in outer shape relative to a symmetry axis parallel to the length direction of the retaining portion 23 (for example, as shown by the dotted line SA), that is, the angle θ can be the angle between the symmetry axis SA and the human sagittal axis Y.
在一些实施方式中,例如图27所示,保持部23具有不与钩状部21连接的自由端231和与钩状部21连接的连接端232。其中,保持部23的自由端231可以相较于保持部23的连接端232更远离钩状部21的自由段212远离连接段211的端部。此时,在佩戴状态下,并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察,如图29所示,保持部23不与钩状部21连接的自由端231相较于保持部23与钩状部21连接的连接端232更靠近用户的头顶。如此,保持部23相对于人体矢状轴倾斜设置,使得保持部23在佩戴状态下朝向耳部的外耳道倾斜,以增加保持部23的重心与耳部的上耳根之间的距离,也即降低保持部23在佩戴状态下的重心,这样有利于改善耳机20在佩戴方面的稳定性。In some embodiments, such as shown in FIG. 27 , the holding portion 23 has a free end 231 not connected to the hook portion 21 and a connecting end 232 connected to the hook portion 21. The free end 231 of the holding portion 23 may be further away from the end of the free section 212 of the hook portion 21 away from the connecting section 211 than the connecting end 232 of the holding portion 23. At this time, in the wearing state, and observed along the direction of the human coronal axis, as shown in FIG. 29 , the free end 231 of the holding portion 23 not connected to the hook portion 21 is closer to the top of the user's head than the connecting end 232 of the holding portion 23 connected to the hook portion 21. In this way, the holding portion 23 is tilted relative to the sagittal axis of the human body, so that the holding portion 23 is tilted toward the external auditory canal of the ear in the wearing state, so as to increase the distance between the center of gravity of the holding portion 23 and the upper ear root of the ear, that is, to reduce the center of gravity of the holding portion 23 in the wearing state, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
作为示例性地,结合图29,在佩戴状态下,保持部23的自由端231与耳部的对耳轮接触,以使得保持部23至少在耳部的对耳轮处压紧耳部;保持部23沿人体冠状轴所在方向正投影至耳部时与耳部的耳甲腔部分重叠,也即耳部的耳甲腔被保持部23至少部分覆盖。优选地,在佩戴状态下,保持部23 沿人体冠状轴所在方向正投影至耳部时与耳部的外耳道至少部分错开,也即耳部的外耳道至少部分不被保持部23覆盖,以便于“解放”耳部的外耳道。如此,相较于相关技术中耳部的耳甲艇被保持部23至少部分覆盖,本实施例中耳部的耳甲腔被保持部23至少部分覆盖,也即保持部23在佩戴状态下朝向耳部的外耳道倾斜,使得保持部23的质心与耳部的对耳轮之间的距离增大,也即耳机20在用户进行诸如左右摇头、低头抬头和上蹦下跳的运动过程中相对于耳部的对耳轮或者上耳根的转动惯量得以增大,这样有利于改善耳机20在佩戴方面的稳定性。As an example, in conjunction with FIG29 , in the wearing state, the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23 contacts the antihelix of the ear, so that the retaining portion 23 presses the ear at least at the antihelix of the ear; when the retaining portion 23 is projected onto the ear along the direction of the human coronal axis, it partially overlaps with the concha cavity of the ear, that is, the concha cavity of the ear is at least partially covered by the retaining portion 23. Preferably, in the wearing state, the retaining portion 23 When projected onto the ear along the direction of the human coronal axis, it is at least partially offset from the external auditory canal of the ear, that is, the external auditory canal of the ear is at least partially not covered by the retaining portion 23, so as to "liberate" the external auditory canal of the ear. In this way, compared with the related art in which the concha hyalaria of the ear is at least partially covered by the retaining portion 23, the concha cavity of the ear in this embodiment is at least partially covered by the retaining portion 23, that is, the retaining portion 23 is inclined toward the external auditory canal of the ear in the wearing state, so that the distance between the center of mass of the retaining portion 23 and the antihelix of the ear is increased, that is, the rotational inertia of the earphone 20 relative to the antihelix or the upper ear root of the ear is increased during the user's movements such as shaking the head left and right, lowering and raising the head, and jumping up and down, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
作为示例性地,结合图29,在人体矢状面所在参考平面(例如YZ平面)上,保持部23的重心(例如G所示)与保持部23的自由端231之间的距离(例如T2所示)与保持部23的长度(例如L所示)之间的比值可以介于0.5与0.75之间。如此,在其他诸如保持部23倾斜设置的条件一定的下,保持部23的重心更远离保持部23的自由端231,使得保持部23的质心与耳部的对耳轮之间的距离增大,也即耳机20在用户进行诸如左右摇头、低头抬头和上蹦下跳的运动过程中相对于耳部的对耳轮或者上耳根的转动惯量得以增大,这样有利于改善耳机20在佩戴方面的稳定性。其中,人体矢状面所在参考平面也可以定义为一垂直于保持部23的厚度方向的参考平面。As an example, in conjunction with FIG. 29 , on the reference plane (e.g., YZ plane) where the human body sagittal plane is located, the ratio between the distance between the center of gravity of the retaining portion 23 (e.g., shown in G) and the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23 (e.g., shown in T2) and the length of the retaining portion 23 (e.g., shown in L) can be between 0.5 and 0.75. In this way, under other conditions such as the tilted setting of the retaining portion 23, the center of gravity of the retaining portion 23 is further away from the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23, so that the distance between the center of mass of the retaining portion 23 and the anti-helix of the ear is increased, that is, the moment of inertia of the earphone 20 relative to the anti-helix or the upper ear root of the ear is increased during the user's movements such as shaking the head left and right, lowering the head and raising the head, and jumping up and down, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing. Among them, the reference plane where the human body sagittal plane is located can also be defined as a reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction of the retaining portion 23.
进一步地,保持部23的长度(例如图29中L所示)可以介于22mm与35mm之间。优选地,前述长度可以介于25mm与32mm之间。其中,保持部23的长度太短,例如短到无法接触耳部的对耳轮,不利于保持部23与钩状部21一同夹持用户的耳部;而保持部23的长度太长,例如长到一大部分伸出耳部的耳轮,容易导致用户或者第三者碰到耳机20,不利于耳机20在佩戴方面的可靠性。Furthermore, the length of the retaining portion 23 (such as shown by L in FIG. 29 ) may be between 22 mm and 35 mm. Preferably, the aforementioned length may be between 25 mm and 32 mm. If the length of the retaining portion 23 is too short, for example, so short that it cannot contact the antihelix of the ear, it is not conducive to the retaining portion 23 and the hook portion 21 clamping the user's ear together; and if the length of the retaining portion 23 is too long, for example, so long that a large part of it protrudes from the antihelix of the ear, it is easy for the user or a third party to touch the earphone 20, which is not conducive to the reliability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
进一步地,在沿保持部23的长度方向且由保持部23的自由端231指向保持部23的连接端232的正方向上,保持部23在其长度的3/4处的宽度与保持部23在其长度的1/4处的宽度之间的比值可以介于1与2之间。优选地,前述比值可以介于1与1.3之间。如此,有利于使得保持部23的重心(也即质心)往其连接端232偏移,从而有利于增大保持部23的重心与耳部的上耳根之间的距离,以及增大保持部23的质心与耳部的对耳轮之间的距离。Further, along the length direction of the holding portion 23 and in the positive direction from the free end 231 of the holding portion 23 to the connecting end 232 of the holding portion 23, the ratio between the width of the holding portion 23 at 3/4 of its length and the width of the holding portion 23 at 1/4 of its length may be between 1 and 2. Preferably, the aforementioned ratio may be between 1 and 1.3. In this way, it is beneficial to shift the center of gravity (i.e., the center of mass) of the holding portion 23 toward its connecting end 232, thereby facilitating the increase of the distance between the center of gravity of the holding portion 23 and the upper ear root of the ear, and the increase of the distance between the center of mass of the holding portion 23 and the antihelix of the ear.
基于上述的描述,机芯24可以设置在保持部23,保持部23在佩戴状态下也可以朝向耳部的外耳道倾斜,使得机芯24可以位于保持部23的连接端232,以缩短机芯24(具体可以为保持部23上的出声孔)与耳部的外耳道之间的距离,这样有利于增加用户听到的机芯24发出的声音的强度。进一步地,如果保持部23的连接端232设置地较其自由端231更宽些,那么保持部23的连接端232允许设置的机芯24的体积也可以更大些,这样有利于增大机芯24发出的声音的强度。Based on the above description, the movement 24 can be arranged on the holding part 23, and the holding part 23 can also be tilted toward the external auditory canal of the ear when being worn, so that the movement 24 can be located at the connecting end 232 of the holding part 23, so as to shorten the distance between the movement 24 (specifically, the sound outlet hole on the holding part 23) and the external auditory canal of the ear, which is conducive to increasing the intensity of the sound emitted by the movement 24 heard by the user. Furthermore, if the connecting end 232 of the holding part 23 is arranged wider than its free end 231, the volume of the movement 24 allowed to be arranged at the connecting end 232 of the holding part 23 can also be larger, which is conducive to increasing the intensity of the sound emitted by the movement 24.
作为示例性地,电池26可以设置在钩状部21中(图未示出),具体地,电池26可以靠近钩状部21的自由段212设置。这样有利于增大电池26的容量,以及均衡耳机20的重量分布。As an example, the battery 26 can be arranged in the hook 21 (not shown), specifically, the battery 26 can be arranged close to the free section 212 of the hook 21. This is conducive to increasing the capacity of the battery 26 and balancing the weight distribution of the earphone 20.
作为示例性地,例如图27及图28,机芯24、主板25和电池26可以设置在保持部23内。如此,由于没有电池26的干扰,钩状部21可以仿形设置成与耳部的后侧(以及头部)贴合更好的结构,这样有利于改善耳机20在佩戴方面的稳定性。其中,机芯24可以位于保持部23的连接端232,电池26可以位于保持部23的自由端231。此时,通过改变机芯24的体积、电池26的容量等参数,可以调整保持部23的重心的位置。例如:电池26相较于机芯24更靠近自由端231,机芯24在保持部23的宽度方向上的尺寸大于电池26在前述宽度方向上的尺寸。As an example, for example, in Figures 27 and 28, the movement 24, the main board 25 and the battery 26 can be arranged in the holding portion 23. In this way, since there is no interference from the battery 26, the hook-shaped portion 21 can be contoured to be a structure that fits better with the back side of the ear (and the head), which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing. Among them, the movement 24 can be located at the connecting end 232 of the holding portion 23, and the battery 26 can be located at the free end 231 of the holding portion 23. At this time, the position of the center of gravity of the holding portion 23 can be adjusted by changing the volume of the movement 24, the capacity of the battery 26 and other parameters. For example: the battery 26 is closer to the free end 231 than the movement 24, and the size of the movement 24 in the width direction of the holding portion 23 is larger than the size of the battery 26 in the aforementioned width direction.
在其他一些实施方式中,例如图31或者图34,保持部23的自由端231可以相较于保持部23的连接端232更靠近钩状部21的自由段212远离连接段211的端部。此时,在佩戴状态下,并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察,如图33或者图36所示,保持部23不与钩状部21连接的自由端231相较于保持部23与钩状部21连接的连接端232更远离用户的头顶。如此,保持部23同样相对于人体矢状轴倾斜设置,以增加保持部23的重心与耳部的上耳根之间的距离,也即降低保持部23在佩戴状态下的重心,这样有利于改善耳机20在佩戴方面的稳定性。In some other embodiments, such as FIG. 31 or FIG. 34 , the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23 may be closer to the end of the free section 212 of the hook-shaped portion 21 away from the connecting section 211 than the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23. At this time, in the wearing state, and observed along the direction of the human coronal axis, as shown in FIG. 33 or FIG. 36 , the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23 that is not connected to the hook-shaped portion 21 is farther away from the top of the user's head than the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23 that is connected to the hook-shaped portion 21. In this way, the retaining portion 23 is also tilted relative to the sagittal axis of the human body to increase the distance between the center of gravity of the retaining portion 23 and the upper ear root of the ear, that is, to lower the center of gravity of the retaining portion 23 in the wearing state, which is conducive to improving the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
作为示例性地,在佩戴状态下,保持部23不与钩状部21连接的自由端231可以伸入耳部的耳甲腔内,以允许保持部23相对于人体矢状轴倾斜设置。与上述实施例类似的是:机芯24、主板25和电池26同样可以设置在保持部23内,以使得钩状部21的仿形结构不会更电池26干扰。与上述实施例的主要区别在于:机芯24可以相较于电池26更靠近自由端231,以缩短机芯24(具体可以为保持部23上的出声孔)与耳部的外耳道之间的距离,这样有利于增加用户听到的机芯24发出的声音的强度。值得注意的是:本实施例中,虽然保持部23的自由端231设置成伸入耳部的耳甲腔内,但保持部23并不伸入耳部的外耳道内,以便于“解放”外耳道。其中,考虑到不同人群之间的差异,佩戴状态下,保持部23可能会遮盖外耳道的一部分,这种情景不能与保持部23直接插入外耳道混为一谈,也即两者不同。As an example, in the wearing state, the free end 231 of the holding portion 23 that is not connected to the hook-shaped portion 21 can be extended into the concha cavity of the ear, so as to allow the holding portion 23 to be tilted relative to the sagittal axis of the human body. Similar to the above embodiment, the movement 24, the main board 25 and the battery 26 can also be arranged in the holding portion 23, so that the contoured structure of the hook-shaped portion 21 will not interfere with the battery 26. The main difference from the above embodiment is that the movement 24 can be closer to the free end 231 than the battery 26 to shorten the distance between the movement 24 (specifically, the sound outlet hole on the holding portion 23) and the external auditory canal of the ear, which is conducive to increasing the intensity of the sound emitted by the movement 24 heard by the user. It is worth noting that in this embodiment, although the free end 231 of the holding portion 23 is arranged to extend into the concha cavity of the ear, the holding portion 23 does not extend into the external auditory canal of the ear, so as to "liberate" the external auditory canal. Among them, taking into account the differences between different groups of people, when worn, the retaining portion 23 may cover a portion of the external auditory canal. This scenario cannot be confused with the retaining portion 23 being directly inserted into the external auditory canal, that is, the two are different.
进一步地,保持部23的自由端231可以抵靠或者压持在耳部的耳甲腔内,例如保持部23在其长度方向上抵靠在耳部的耳甲腔内,再例如保持部23在其厚度方向上压持在耳部的耳甲腔内。如此,除了钩状部21在耳部的后侧施加夹持力并形成摩擦力等作用力之外,保持部23还可以与耳部的耳甲腔内形 成抵接力或者夹持力并形成摩擦力等作用力,从而改善耳机20在佩戴方面的稳定性。Furthermore, the free end 231 of the holding portion 23 can abut against or be pressed against the concha cavity of the ear. For example, the holding portion 23 abuts against the concha cavity of the ear in its length direction, and for another example, the holding portion 23 is pressed against the concha cavity of the ear in its thickness direction. In this way, in addition to the hook-shaped portion 21 exerting a clamping force on the back side of the ear and forming a friction force, the holding portion 23 can also abut against the concha cavity of the ear. The earphone 20 is provided with abutting force or clamping force and a friction force and other forces, thereby improving the stability of the earphone 20 when being worn.
进一步地,本申请的发明人在长期的研发工作中发现:当保持部23的自由端231设置成伸入耳部的耳甲腔内时,保持部23会至少部分覆盖耳部的耳屏;而耳部的耳屏一般沿背离用户的头部的方向朝耳部的前侧凸起,使之容易被保持部23压持,长时间佩戴耳机20时容易引起不适。为此,保持部23设置成在佩戴状态下避让耳部的耳屏,以避免对耳部的耳屏造成挤压,从而改善耳机20在佩戴方面的舒适度。Furthermore, the inventors of the present application have found in their long-term research and development work that when the free end 231 of the holding portion 23 is configured to extend into the concha cavity of the ear, the holding portion 23 will at least partially cover the tragus of the ear; and the tragus of the ear generally protrudes toward the front side of the ear in a direction away from the user's head, making it easy to be pressed by the holding portion 23, which may cause discomfort when wearing the earphone 20 for a long time. For this reason, the holding portion 23 is configured to avoid the tragus of the ear in the wearing state to avoid squeezing the tragus of the ear, thereby improving the wearing comfort of the earphone 20.
作为示例性地,结合图31及图32,在保持部23朝向耳部的内侧,保持部23的连接端232相较于自由端231部分凸出,以使得保持部23朝向耳部的内侧在整体上并非为平面。其中,在佩戴状态下,保持部23的连接端232与耳屏周围的皮肤接触,使得保持部23的其他区域能够避让耳部的耳屏。进一步地,由于保持部23的连接端232相对于自由端231部分凸出,而电池26又可以设置在保持部23的连接端232,使得电池26在保持部23的厚度方向上的尺寸得以增大,有利于增大电池26的容量,从而延长耳机20的待机/使用时长。As an exemplary embodiment, in combination with Figures 31 and 32, on the inner side of the retaining portion 23 facing the ear, the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23 partially protrudes compared to the free end 231, so that the inner side of the retaining portion 23 facing the ear is not flat as a whole. In the worn state, the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23 contacts the skin around the tragus, so that other areas of the retaining portion 23 can avoid the tragus of the ear. Furthermore, since the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23 partially protrudes relative to the free end 231, and the battery 26 can be arranged at the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23, the size of the battery 26 in the thickness direction of the retaining portion 23 is increased, which is beneficial to increase the capacity of the battery 26, thereby extending the standby/use time of the headset 20.
作为示例性地,结合图34及图35,保持部23的连接端232相对于自由端231弯折,以使得保持部23在整体上并非为平面。其中,在佩戴状态下,保持部23的连接端232与耳屏周围的皮肤接触,使得保持部23的其他区域能够避让耳部的耳屏。进一步地,由于保持部23的连接端232相对于自由端231弯折,而机芯24和电池26又可以分别设置在保持部23的自由端231和连接端232,使得保持部23的连接端232和自由端231之间的弯折处可以恰好对应于机芯24和电池26之间。As an exemplary embodiment, in conjunction with Figures 34 and 35, the connection end 232 of the retaining portion 23 is bent relative to the free end 231, so that the retaining portion 23 is not a plane as a whole. In the worn state, the connection end 232 of the retaining portion 23 contacts the skin around the tragus, so that other areas of the retaining portion 23 can avoid the tragus of the ear. Furthermore, since the connection end 232 of the retaining portion 23 is bent relative to the free end 231, and the movement 24 and the battery 26 can be respectively arranged at the free end 231 and the connection end 232 of the retaining portion 23, the bend between the connection end 232 and the free end 231 of the retaining portion 23 can exactly correspond to the area between the movement 24 and the battery 26.
需要说明的是:对于图31至图36所示的两种实施例,其主要区别在于:保持部23的连接端232在佩戴状态下与用户的皮肤接触的位置,其中相较于图31至图33所示的实施例,图34至图36所示的实施例中保持部23的连接端232在佩戴状态下与用户的皮肤接触的位置更靠近耳部的上耳根,也即更靠近用户的头顶。It should be noted that: for the two embodiments shown in Figures 31 to 36, the main difference lies in: the position where the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23 contacts the user's skin when worn, wherein compared with the embodiments shown in Figures 31 to 33, the position where the connecting end 232 of the retaining portion 23 contacts the user's skin when worn in the embodiments shown in Figures 34 to 36 is closer to the upper ear root of the ear, that is, closer to the top of the user's head.
除了优化保持部23及其中相关结构之外,优化耳机20的重量分布以及耳机20提供的夹持力,同样有利于改善耳机20在佩戴方面的稳定性。In addition to optimizing the retaining portion 23 and the related structures therein, optimizing the weight distribution of the earphone 20 and the clamping force provided by the earphone 20 is also beneficial to improving the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
作为示例性地,钩状部21的质量与保持部23的质量之间的比值可以介于1/9至1/2之间。优选地,前述比值可以介于1/6.5至1/3.5之间。如此,在其他诸如保持部23的重心与耳部的上耳根之间的距离以及保持部23的质心与耳部的对耳轮之间的距离一定的情况下,通过调整钩状部21的质量、保持部23的质量等参数,以增加耳机20在佩戴方面的稳定性。其中,当沿图27所示的参考线RL切割耳机20之后,其中一部分即可视作保持部23,另一部分即可视作钩状部21,以便于分别测量钩状部21和保持部23的质量。As an example, the ratio between the mass of the hook-shaped portion 21 and the mass of the retaining portion 23 may be between 1/9 and 1/2. Preferably, the aforementioned ratio may be between 1/6.5 and 1/3.5. In this way, when other parameters such as the distance between the center of gravity of the retaining portion 23 and the upper ear root of the ear and the distance between the center of mass of the retaining portion 23 and the antihelix of the ear are constant, the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing is increased by adjusting parameters such as the mass of the hook-shaped portion 21 and the mass of the retaining portion 23. Among them, after the earphone 20 is cut along the reference line RL shown in Figure 27, a part of it can be regarded as the retaining portion 23, and the other part can be regarded as the hook-shaped portion 21, so as to measure the masses of the hook-shaped portion 21 and the retaining portion 23 respectively.
在一些实施方式中,钩状部21可以包括与保持部23连接的弹性金属丝和包覆于弹性金属丝的弹性包覆体,弹性金属丝主要是使得钩状部21与保持部23配合以提供相应的夹持力,弹性包覆体主要是用于改善钩状部21在佩戴方面的舒适度及其与耳部的后侧(以及头部)之间的贴合度。其中,弹性包覆体的厚度可以介于1mm与3.5mm之间。优选地,前述厚度可以介于1.5mm与2.5mm之间。进一步地,弹性包覆体的邵氏硬度可以为0-40A;优选地,前述邵氏硬度可以为0-10A。相应地,弹性包覆体的材质可以为硅胶、发泡海绵、热塑性聚氨酯弹性体、热塑性弹性体等中的一种或其组合。其中,考虑到弹性包覆体需要与用户的皮肤接触,弹性包覆体的材质可以优选为单一的硅胶或者热塑性聚氨酯弹性体,或者海绵与硅胶的复合结构,例如海绵包覆在弹性金属丝上而硅胶又包覆在海绵上。In some embodiments, the hook portion 21 may include an elastic wire connected to the retaining portion 23 and an elastic coating coated on the elastic wire, wherein the elastic wire mainly enables the hook portion 21 to cooperate with the retaining portion 23 to provide a corresponding clamping force, and the elastic coating is mainly used to improve the comfort of the hook portion 21 in wearing and the fit between the hook portion 21 and the back of the ear (and the head). The thickness of the elastic coating may be between 1 mm and 3.5 mm. Preferably, the aforementioned thickness may be between 1.5 mm and 2.5 mm. Further, the Shore hardness of the elastic coating may be 0-40A; preferably, the aforementioned Shore hardness may be 0-10A. Accordingly, the material of the elastic coating may be one or a combination of silicone, foam sponge, thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer, thermoplastic elastomer, etc. Considering that the elastic coating needs to contact the user's skin, the material of the elastic coating may preferably be a single silicone or thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer, or a composite structure of sponge and silicone, such as sponge coated on the elastic wire and silicone coated on the sponge.
在一些实施方式中,保持部23可以包括壳体和包覆于壳体的弹性覆层,壳体主要是用于容纳机芯24、主板25、电池26等结构件以及与钩状部21配合以提供相应的夹持力,弹性覆层主要是用于改善保持部23在佩戴方面的舒适度及其与耳部的前侧之间的贴合度。类似地,弹性覆层的厚度可以介于1mm与3.5mm之间。优选地,前述厚度可以介于1.5mm与2.5mm之间。进一步地,弹性覆层的邵氏硬度可以为0-40A;优选地,前述邵氏硬度可以为0-10A。相应地,弹性覆层的材质可以为硅胶、发泡海绵、热塑性聚氨酯弹性体、热塑性弹性体等中的一种或其组合。其中,考虑到弹性覆层需要与用户的皮肤接触,弹性覆层的材质可以优选为单一的硅胶或者热塑性聚氨酯弹性体,或者海绵与硅胶的复合结构,例如海绵包覆在壳体上而硅胶又包覆在海绵上。进一步地,对于海绵与硅胶的复合结构,海绵可以主要是位于保持部23的自由端231,以使得保持部23通过海绵及其上的硅胶与耳部接触,也即保持部23中海绵所在的区域较其他区域更加柔软。其中,保持部23中海绵所在的区域的面积可以大于2×2mm2;优选地,前述面积可以大于5×5mm2In some embodiments, the holding portion 23 may include a shell and an elastic coating coated on the shell, the shell is mainly used to accommodate structural parts such as the movement 24, the mainboard 25, the battery 26, and cooperate with the hook portion 21 to provide a corresponding clamping force, and the elastic coating is mainly used to improve the comfort of the holding portion 23 in wearing and the fit between it and the front side of the ear. Similarly, the thickness of the elastic coating may be between 1 mm and 3.5 mm. Preferably, the aforementioned thickness may be between 1.5 mm and 2.5 mm. Further, the Shore hardness of the elastic coating may be 0-40A; preferably, the aforementioned Shore hardness may be 0-10A. Accordingly, the material of the elastic coating may be one or a combination of silicone, foam sponge, thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer, thermoplastic elastomer, etc. Among them, considering that the elastic coating needs to contact the user's skin, the material of the elastic coating may preferably be a single silicone or thermoplastic polyurethane elastomer, or a composite structure of sponge and silicone, for example, the sponge is coated on the shell and the silicone is coated on the sponge. Further, for the composite structure of sponge and silicone, the sponge can be mainly located at the free end 231 of the holding portion 23, so that the holding portion 23 contacts the ear through the sponge and the silicone thereon, that is, the area where the sponge is located in the holding portion 23 is softer than other areas. The area where the sponge is located in the holding portion 23 can be greater than 2×2 mm 2 ; preferably, the aforementioned area can be greater than 5×5 mm 2 .
作为示例性地,在佩戴状态下,保持部23和钩状部21对用户的耳部施加的夹持力可以介于0.1N至0.5N之间。优选地,前述夹持力可以介于0.15N至0.3N之间。其中,夹持力过大,不利于耳机20在佩戴方面的舒适度;而夹持力过小,不利于耳机20在佩戴方面的稳定性。As an example, in the wearing state, the clamping force applied by the retaining portion 23 and the hook portion 21 to the user's ear may be between 0.1 N and 0.5 N. Preferably, the clamping force may be between 0.15 N and 0.3 N. If the clamping force is too large, it is not conducive to the comfort of the earphone 20 in wearing; and if the clamping force is too small, it is not conducive to the stability of the earphone 20 in wearing.
需要说明的是:本申请所述的夹持力可以借助拉力计测量得到。例如:将耳机20佩戴在上述模拟 器或者用户的耳部上,也即佩戴状态;然后将拉力计固定在保持部23背离耳部的一侧,随即拉动拉力计,并观察;在保持部23朝向用户的耳部的一侧恰好与用户的皮肤分离时,读出拉力计上显示的拉力,该拉力即可简单地视作夹持力。It should be noted that the clamping force described in this application can be measured by a tensile force gauge. The device or the ear of the user, that is, in the wearing state; then the tensile gauge is fixed to the side of the retaining portion 23 away from the ear, and the tensile gauge is pulled immediately to observe; when the side of the retaining portion 23 facing the ear of the user is just separated from the skin of the user, the tension displayed on the tensile gauge is read, and the tension can be simply regarded as the clamping force.
进一步地,钩状部21沿保持部23的厚度方向正投影至保持部23时可以与保持部23部分重叠。如此,以在佩戴状态下,钩状部21和保持部23不仅可以从耳部的前侧和后侧两个方向压持耳部,而且前述夹持力主要表现为压应力,有利于增加佩戴的稳定性和舒适度。Furthermore, the hook-shaped portion 21 can partially overlap the holding portion 23 when being orthogonally projected onto the holding portion 23 along the thickness direction of the holding portion 23. In this way, in the wearing state, the hook-shaped portion 21 and the holding portion 23 can not only press the ear from the front and back sides of the ear, but also the aforementioned clamping force is mainly manifested as compressive stress, which is conducive to increasing the stability and comfort of wearing.
本申请记载的具体实施方式仅为示例性的,具体实施方式中的一个或者多个技术特征是可选的或者附加的,并非构成本申请发明构思的必要技术特征。换言之,本申请的保护范围涵盖并远大于具体实施方式。并且,本申请记载的具体实施方式仅为示例性的,并非因此限制本申请的保护范围,凡是利用本申请说明书及附图内容所作的等效装置或等效流程变换,或直接或间接运用在其他相关的技术领域,均同理包括在本申请的专利保护范围内。 The specific implementation methods recorded in this application are only exemplary, and one or more technical features in the specific implementation methods are optional or additional, and do not constitute necessary technical features of the inventive concept of this application. In other words, the protection scope of this application covers and is far greater than the specific implementation methods. Moreover, the specific implementation methods recorded in this application are only exemplary, and do not limit the protection scope of this application. Any equivalent device or equivalent process transformation made using the contents of the specification and drawings of this application, or directly or indirectly used in other related technical fields, are also included in the patent protection scope of this application.

Claims (10)

  1. 一种耳机,其特征在于,所述耳机包括机芯模组和与所述机芯模组连接的钩状结构,所述机芯模组在佩戴状态下位于耳部的前侧,且所述机芯模组不与所述钩状结构连接的自由端在佩戴状态下伸入所述耳部的耳甲腔内,至少部分所述钩状结构在佩戴状态下位于所述耳部的后侧,所述机芯模组具有彼此正交的厚度方向、长度方向和宽度方向,所述厚度方向定义为在佩戴状态下所述机芯模组靠近或者远离所述耳部的方向,所述机芯模组的长度大于所述机芯模组的宽度,且所述机芯模组的长度介于22mm与35mm之间,所述钩状结构具有与所述机芯模组连接的过渡部,所述过渡部在佩戴状态下位于所述耳部的前侧,且所述过渡部的外表面在垂直于所述钩状结构的长度方向的参考截面上的面积在沿所述钩状结构的长度方向且远离所述机芯模组的正方向上逐渐减小,在佩戴状态下,并沿人体冠状轴所在方向观察,相较于所述机芯模组不与所述钩状结构连接的自由端,所述机芯模组与所述钩状结构连接的连接端更靠近用户的头顶,所述长度方向与人体矢状轴所在方向之间的夹角介于15°与60°之间。A headset, characterized in that the headset comprises a movement module and a hook-shaped structure connected to the movement module, the movement module is located at the front side of the ear when worn, and the free end of the movement module not connected to the hook-shaped structure extends into the concha cavity of the ear when worn, at least part of the hook-shaped structure is located at the back side of the ear when worn, the movement module has a thickness direction, a length direction and a width direction orthogonal to each other, the thickness direction is defined as the direction in which the movement module approaches or moves away from the ear when worn, the length of the movement module is greater than the width of the movement module, and the length of the movement module is between 22 mm and 12 mm. The hook-shaped structure is between 35mm and 135mm, the hook-shaped structure has a transition portion connected to the movement module, the transition portion is located on the front side of the ear in the worn state, and the area of the outer surface of the transition portion on the reference cross-section perpendicular to the length direction of the hook-shaped structure gradually decreases in the positive direction along the length direction of the hook-shaped structure and away from the movement module. In the worn state, and observed along the direction of the human coronal axis, the connection end of the movement module connected to the hook-shaped structure is closer to the top of the user's head than the free end of the movement module not connected to the hook-shaped structure, and the angle between the length direction and the direction of the human sagittal axis is between 15° and 60°.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机,其特征在于,所述机芯模组的宽度介于10mm与16mm之间。The earphone according to claim 1, characterized in that the width of the movement module is between 10 mm and 16 mm.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机,其特征在于,所述钩状结构在一垂直于所述厚度方向的参考平面上的正投影与所述机芯模组在所述参考平面上的正投影之间具有一平行于所述宽度方向且长度最长的第一参考线段,所述过渡部的正投影具有分别呈连续的弧形过渡的内边缘和外边缘,所述外边缘在所述长度方向上相较于所述内边缘更远离所述第一参考线段,所述内边缘的整体弯曲程度大于所述外边缘的整体弯曲程度。The earphone according to claim 1 is characterized in that there is a first reference line segment parallel to the width direction and with the longest length between the orthographic projection of the hook structure on a reference plane perpendicular to the thickness direction and the orthographic projection of the movement module on the reference plane, the orthographic projection of the transition portion has an inner edge and an outer edge which are respectively continuous arc-shaped transitions, the outer edge is farther away from the first reference line segment than the inner edge in the length direction, and the overall curvature of the inner edge is greater than the overall curvature of the outer edge.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的耳机,其特征在于,所述过渡部的正投影具有平行于所述长度方向且依次间隔的第二参考线段、第三参考线段、第四参考线段和第五参考线段,所述第二参考线段、所述第三参考线段、所述第四参考线段和所述第五参考线段的起点和终点分别落在所述内边缘和外边缘上,以所述第一参考线段与所述机芯模组的正投影相交的点作为所述第一参考线段的起点,以所述第一参考线段与所述钩状结构的正投影相交的点作为所述第一参考线段的终点;其中,The earphone according to claim 3, characterized in that the orthographic projection of the transition portion has a second reference line segment, a third reference line segment, a fourth reference line segment and a fifth reference line segment which are parallel to the length direction and spaced in sequence, the starting points and end points of the second reference line segment, the third reference line segment, the fourth reference line segment and the fifth reference line segment respectively fall on the inner edge and the outer edge, the point where the first reference line segment intersects with the orthographic projection of the movement module is used as the starting point of the first reference line segment, and the point where the first reference line segment intersects with the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure is used as the end point of the first reference line segment; wherein,
    所述第二参考线段的长度介于5mm与8mm之间,且所述第二参考线段的延长线过所述第一参考线段的1/8处;The length of the second reference line segment is between 5 mm and 8 mm, and the extension line of the second reference line segment passes through 1/8 of the first reference line segment;
    所述第三参考线段的长度介于4mm与6.3mm之间,且所述第三参考线段的延长线过所述第一参考线段的1/4处;The length of the third reference line segment is between 4 mm and 6.3 mm, and the extension line of the third reference line segment passes through 1/4 of the first reference line segment;
    所述第四参考线段的长度介于3.5mm与5.4mm之间,且所述第四参考线段的延长线过所述第一参考线段的3/8处;The length of the fourth reference line segment is between 3.5 mm and 5.4 mm, and the extension line of the fourth reference line segment passes through 3/8 of the first reference line segment;
    所述第五参考线段的长度介于3mm与5mm之间,且所述第五参考线段的延长线过所述第一参考线段的1/2处。The length of the fifth reference line segment is between 3 mm and 5 mm, and an extension line of the fifth reference line segment passes through a half of the first reference line segment.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的耳机,其特征在于,所述第一参考线段的长度介于13mm与20mm之间。The earphone according to claim 3, characterized in that the length of the first reference line segment is between 13 mm and 20 mm.
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的耳机,其特征在于,所述钩状结构的正投影和所述机芯模组的正投影不重叠。The earphone according to claim 3, characterized in that the orthographic projection of the hook-shaped structure and the orthographic projection of the movement module do not overlap.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机,其特征在于,所述机芯模组具有在佩戴状态下沿厚度方向朝向所述耳部的内侧面和背离所述耳部的外侧面,所述钩状结构包括与所述机芯模组连接的转接壳体和与所述转接壳体连接的弹性金属丝,至少部分所述转接壳体在佩戴状态下位于所述耳部的前侧,至少部分所述弹性金属丝在佩戴状态下位于所述耳部的后侧,所述转接壳体的外表面在所述参考截面上的面积在沿所述钩状结构的长度方向且远离所述机芯模组的正方向上逐渐减小,所述转接壳体在所述厚度方向上朝所述内侧面背离所述外侧面的一侧延伸,所述弹性金属丝所在平面与所述内侧面在非佩戴状态下交叉。The earphone according to claim 1 is characterized in that the movement module has an inner side surface facing the ear and an outer side surface away from the ear along the thickness direction in a worn state, the hook-shaped structure includes an adapter shell connected to the movement module and an elastic metal wire connected to the adapter shell, at least part of the adapter shell is located on the front side of the ear in a worn state, and at least part of the elastic metal wire is located on the rear side of the ear in a worn state, the area of the outer surface of the adapter shell on the reference cross-section gradually decreases along the length direction of the hook-shaped structure and in the positive direction away from the movement module, the adapter shell extends toward the side of the inner side surface away from the outer side surface in the thickness direction, and the plane where the elastic metal wire is located intersects with the inner side surface when not worn.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机,其特征在于,所述机芯模组包括机芯壳体和设置在所述机芯壳体内的扬声器,所述机芯壳体在佩戴状态下朝向所述耳部的一侧设置有出声孔,所述扬声器产生的声波经由所述出声孔传播而出,所述机芯模组在佩戴状态下与所述耳甲腔配合形成与所述耳部的外耳道连通的辅助腔体,所述出声孔至少部分位于所述辅助腔体内。The earphone according to claim 1 is characterized in that the movement module includes a movement shell and a speaker arranged in the movement shell, the movement shell is provided with a sound outlet hole on a side facing the ear in a worn state, the sound waves generated by the speaker are propagated out through the sound outlet hole, and the movement module cooperates with the cavum concha to form an auxiliary cavity connected to the external auditory canal of the ear in a worn state, and the sound outlet hole is at least partially located in the auxiliary cavity.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的耳机,其特征在于,所述辅助腔体呈半开放式设置。The earphone according to claim 8, characterized in that the auxiliary cavity is semi-open.
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的耳机,其特征在于,在佩戴状态下,所述机芯模组和所述钩状结构从所述耳甲腔所对应的耳部区域的前后两侧共同夹持所述耳部区域。 The earphone according to claim 1 is characterized in that, in the wearing state, the movement module and the hook-shaped structure jointly clamp the ear area from the front and back sides of the ear area corresponding to the concha cavity.
PCT/CN2023/083722 2022-08-31 2023-03-24 Earphone WO2024113551A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/116220 WO2024045045A1 (en) 2022-08-31 2022-08-31 Earphone
CNPCT/CN2022/136041 2022-12-01
PCT/CN2022/136041 WO2024045391A1 (en) 2022-08-31 2022-12-01 Earphone

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024113551A1 true WO2024113551A1 (en) 2024-06-06

Family

ID=87459582

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/116220 WO2024045045A1 (en) 2022-08-31 2022-08-31 Earphone
PCT/CN2022/136041 WO2024045391A1 (en) 2022-08-31 2022-12-01 Earphone
PCT/CN2023/083722 WO2024113551A1 (en) 2022-08-31 2023-03-24 Earphone

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/116220 WO2024045045A1 (en) 2022-08-31 2022-08-31 Earphone
PCT/CN2022/136041 WO2024045391A1 (en) 2022-08-31 2022-12-01 Earphone

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (6) CN219478097U (en)
WO (3) WO2024045045A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011114454A (en) * 2009-11-25 2011-06-09 Victor Co Of Japan Ltd Headphone
CN114189778A (en) * 2021-06-25 2022-03-15 东莞市吉声技术有限公司 Earphone set
CN114286237A (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-04-05 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 Earphone set

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001160996A (en) * 1999-09-20 2001-06-12 Pioneer Electronic Corp Earphone and earphone microphone
US8428289B2 (en) * 2007-06-13 2013-04-23 Innovelis, Inc. Headphone adaptation and positioning device
CN209659556U (en) * 2019-07-10 2019-11-19 戴兵 A kind of earphone hanger structure and earphone
JP2021118376A (en) * 2020-01-22 2021-08-10 株式会社Jvcケンウッド Earphone, earphone supporter, and earphone supporter set
CN218162797U (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-12-27 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 Earphone set
CN114339511A (en) * 2020-10-10 2022-04-12 万魔声学(湖南)科技有限公司 Wireless earphone
CN214014497U (en) * 2021-02-03 2021-08-20 深圳市大十科技有限公司 Earphone with multiple supporting parts
US11368780B1 (en) * 2021-12-06 2022-06-21 Shenzhen Xinwanhong Technology Co., Ltd. Bone conduction earphone
CN216752043U (en) * 2021-12-06 2022-06-14 杭州黛萌科技有限公司 Ear hook for earplug fixing

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011114454A (en) * 2009-11-25 2011-06-09 Victor Co Of Japan Ltd Headphone
CN114286237A (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-04-05 深圳市韶音科技有限公司 Earphone set
CN114189778A (en) * 2021-06-25 2022-03-15 东莞市吉声技术有限公司 Earphone set

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2024045045A1 (en) 2024-03-07
CN219478097U (en) 2023-08-04
CN118138939A (en) 2024-06-04
CN117641175A (en) 2024-03-01
CN220732968U (en) 2024-04-05
CN220823245U (en) 2024-04-19
CN219592604U (en) 2023-08-25
WO2024045391A1 (en) 2024-03-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022022618A1 (en) Earphone
CN219437126U (en) Earphone
WO2024113551A1 (en) Earphone
WO2024113557A1 (en) Earphone
WO2024113331A1 (en) Earphone
WO2024113330A1 (en) Housing assembly and electronic device
WO2024113332A1 (en) Core module and earphone
WO2024113478A1 (en) Charging case for earphones
CN220087469U (en) Main control circuit board and earphone
CN220087454U (en) Movement module and earphone
CN220359313U (en) Earphone
CN220234899U (en) Earphone
CN220359311U (en) Earphone
CN220359310U (en) Earphone
CN219087278U (en) Shell assembly, movement module and electronic equipment
WO2024138620A1 (en) Earphone
CN219087251U (en) Shell assembly and electronic equipment
CN219087277U (en) Earphone
CN219087276U (en) Movement module and earphone
WO2024138624A1 (en) Loudspeaker and electronic device
WO2024138623A1 (en) Loudspeaker and electronic device
WO2024138621A1 (en) Main unit module and electronic device
WO2024138622A1 (en) Loudspeaker and electronic device
CN118138928A (en) Shell assembly and electronic equipment
CN118138935A (en) Movement module and earphone